Department of Mining Engineering

Mineral Science Building

University of Pretoria

Lynnwood Road

Republic of South Africa

Tel Number: +27 12 420 3763

Department of Mining Engineering

Departmental Study Guide

Last revision: February 2021

© Copyright reserved
Department of Mining Engineering – Departmental Study Guide 2021

Table of Contents
1. Vision.................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2. Mission ................................................................................................................................................................. 3
3. Values .................................................................................................................................................................. 3
4. General Departmental Administration and Regulations ....................................................................................... 3
4.1. Inquiry Based Learning (IBL) ................................................................................................. 3
4.2. Location of Notice Board........................................................................................................ 3
4.3. Practical guides ...................................................................................................................... 3
4.4. Plagiarism .............................................................................................................................. 3
4.4.1. Overview of Plagiarism .......................................................................................................... 4
4.5. Report Submission Guidelines .............................................................................................. 4
4.6. Department Cover Pages ...................................................................................................... 5
4.7. Sick test and sick exam guidelines ........................................................................................ 5
4.8. Supplementary Exam Guidelines at UP ................................................................................ 5
4.9. Perusal of examination answer scripts and memorandum .................................................... 5
4.10. Class representative responsibilities ..................................................................................... 5
4.11. Vacation work ........................................................................................................................ 6
4.12. Appeal process and adjustment of marks.............................................................................. 6
5. General Rules ...................................................................................................................................................... 6
5.1. UP Policies ............................................................................................................................. 6
5.2. Lectures ................................................................................................................................. 7
5.3. Exam Admissions requirements ............................................................................................ 7
5.4. Mode of assessment .............................................................................................................. 7
5.5. Student Support ..................................................................................................................... 7
5.6. Late Assignments and Reports .............................................................................................. 7
5.7. Turnitin (Tii) Assignments on clickUP – Digital Receipts ....................................................... 7
5.8. Grievance Procedures ........................................................................................................... 7
5.9. Academic Dishonesty ............................................................................................................ 8
5.10. Absence from certain scheduled activities............................................................................. 8
5.11. Practical visits ........................................................................................................................ 8
5.12. Student well being .................................................................................................................. 8
5.13. Knowledge Areas ................................................................................................................... 8
6. Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Graduate Attributes....................................................................... 8
7. Addendum A ...................................................................................................................................................... 12
7.1. Individual Cover Sheet ......................................................................................................... 12
7.2. Group Cover Sheet .............................................................................................................. 12

2
1. Vision
“To be a leading research-intensive Mining Engineering Department in Africa, recognised internationally for its
quality, relevance and impact, and also for developing people, creating knowledge and making a difference locally
and globally”

2. Mission
“The Mission of the Department of Mining Engineering is to educate and lead mining engineering students to
become Imagineers by empowering them with technical and non-technical skills through the use of world class
education, research, leadership and related technology interventions”

3. Values
Our values include Respect, Caring, Honesty, Integrity, Ethics and Trust.

4. General Departmental Administration and Regulations

4.1. Inquiry Based Learning (IBL)
The Department of Mining Engineering emphasizes ‘Inquiry Based Learning’ (IBL) that implies involvement that
leads to understanding. This will help the student to learn the content and course concepts and to gain a deeper
understanding of the subject matter.

IBL emphasizes constructivist ideas of learning and engages the students in their own learning.

• Students take more responsibility for:

• Determining what they need to learn
• Identifying resources and how best to learn from them
• Using resources and reporting their learning
• Learning to value and build on 'their prior knowledge'.

The lecturer is the facilitator in this approach.

4.2. Location of Notice Board

Notice boards are situated in the foyer on level 5 of the Mineral Sciences Building, top of the West Wing (Metallurgy
side) flight of stairs as well as the top of the East Wing (Geology side) of the building. Students are requested to
make sure of any information that will appear on the notice boards on a regular basis. Information regarding project
deadlines and examinations will be passed onto students at the beginning of the semester. More importantly,
students are expected to check clickUP for regular updates and information regarding the module.

4.3. Practical guides

Some of the module consists of a practical component pertaining to the module content and outcomes. These
guides are loaded onto clickUP.

4.4. Plagiarism
Each student must be aware of the importance of avoiding plagiarism during the writing of reports and assignments.
More information on this important topic is available on:

http://www.library.up.ac.za/plagiarism/.

3
 4.4.1. Overview of Plagiarism
You commit plagiarism when, in any written work, you use another person’s words, ideas or opinions without
acknowledging these as being from that other person. You do this when you copy the work word-by-word (verbatim);
or submit someone else’s work in a slightly altered form (such as changing a word with one meaning to another
word with the same meaning); and you do not acknowledge the source in a way that shows from whom or where
you took the words, ideas or reasoning.

You must provide references whenever you quote (use the exact words), paraphrase (use the ideas of another
person, in your own words) or summarize (use the main points of another’s opinions, theories or data).

It does not matter how much of the other person’s work you use (whether it is one sentence or a whole paragraph),
or whether you do it unintentionally or on purpose. If you present the work as your own without acknowledging the
source, you are committing theft. Because of this, plagiarism is regarded as a very serious contravention of the
University’s rules, which can lead to expulsion from the University.

Even if another student gives you permission to use one of his or her past assignments or other research, to hand
in as you own, you are not allowed to do it. It is another form of plagiarism. You are also not allowed to let anybody
copy your work with the intention of passing it on as his/her work.

While academic staff is responsible for educating students about various appropriate systems of referencing, as
well as how to avoid plagiarism, students need to take responsibility for their own academic career. Speak to your
lecturer if you are at any stage uncertain as to what is required.

Information brochures on this topic are also available at the Library.

4.5. Report Submission Guidelines

For each assignment (group or individual) and each practical report (group or individual), the appropriate cover page
with anti-plagiarism checks must be completed and attached.

Section Contents
Fonts, Sizes, Spacing Font: Times New Roman, 12pt or Arial, 11pt
and File naming Spacing: 1.5-line spacing, 2cm margins
Conventions. File names:
• Year_modulecode_assignment#_your surname and initials
E.g. 2021_PMY423_Ass3_MandelaN.pdf
Title page Department name, module title, group name, project title, author(s), date, group
members (names, student numbers, program DECLARATION “We declare that this
assignment, submitted by the group members whose names appear above, is
the group’s own work and we have referenced all the sources we have used”.
Summary Summary of the aim of the practical, method used, main conclusions and findings
(must all fit on one page).

Table of contents Table of contents with page numbers.

Introduction and Introduce background to problem, positive description of the problem, aim of analysis
problem analysis and objectives and activities.
Method How the problem is to be approached, analyzed and including data collation.
Analysis and results Data calculation and discussion of results. Modify title of chapter according to type of
report.
Conclusions Summary of the task and the main findings.
References References used to support the report (following Harvard style of reference).
Appendices Supporting data, e.g. Derivations, maps, computer printouts, detailed tables, raw data,
etc.

4
4.6. Department Cover Pages
To ensure that students are aware of the implications of plagiarism, the Faculty has prepared a cover page for all
assignments.

Please Note: See addendum A for the individual and group assignment cover pages

Please carefully read the above two-cover page documents indicate if you agree to use them at all times when
handing in your assignments.

4.7. Sick test and sick exam guidelines

The standard practice of the Department is followed when students are absent from tests and exams:

• Should any one of the two semester tests be forfeited due to medical illness, the student will be granted
entry into the sick test with a valid Medical certificate.
• There will be only ONE sick test per module towards the end of the 2nd semester.
• The date of the sick test will be communicated after the 2nd semester test. This date will be scheduled
within 1 week after the 2nd semester test original date.
• A medical certificate must be submitted to your lecturer and the departmental administrator,
Ms Abea Kgatse in Mineral Science 5-24, tel. (012) 420-3763, within 3 working days after the date of the
test has been missed.
• No sick notes will be accepted after the 3-day deadline.
• You cannot visit a doctor the date of the test.
• Only medical certificates issued by persons and practitioners registered with the Health Professions Council
of South Africa and the Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa will be accepted.
• Only medical certificates containing the practice number, address, contact details and signature of the
particular practitioner who issued the certificate will be accepted.
• The certificate must clearly identify the student and must reflect that a consultation took place and/or that
the student was examined on a specific date.
• It must furthermore indicate the specific days during which the student is unfit to participate in academic
activities. A medical certificate is not accepted if it merely states that the student appeared ill or declared
himself/herself unfit.
• The scope of the sick test will include work covered in the 1st & 2nd semester tests as per the module study
guide.
• The grade obtained in the sick test will be used as the mark for the missed semester test in contributing to
the semester grade.
• NOTE: In the case where a student misses BOTH semester tests, exam entry will be forfeited.

4.8. Supplementary Exam Guidelines at UP

Please click on the link for Supplementary examinations in the School of Engineering to make sure you are aware
of the Universities policies regarding supplementary examinations.

4.9. Perusal of examination answer scripts and memorandum

Transparency and accountability with the evaluation of student achievements require that:

1. a written memorandum for evaluation be drafted simultaneously with the examination paper;
2. all markers be provided with a memorandum for evaluation and that uniform interpretation of students’
answers be agreed upon beforehand;
3. feedback to students serves as a learning opportunity on the basis of the contents of the memorandum,
which was used for evaluation;
4. a student’s right to question his or her results be acknowledged in accordance with the regulations and
assessment principles and that he or she has access to the memorandum which was used for evaluation;
5. feedback to students must be given prior to the commencement of supplementary examinations; and
precaution be taken to prevent that changes are made to already marked examination and test answer
scripts during feedback by: 19 • drawing lines through open spaces at the end of answers; • circling
insertions in paragraphs and/or sentences in red ink; and • ensuring that no stationery is brought to the
feedback meeting.

4.10. Class representative responsibilities

5
 The class representative is responsible for:

1. The advancement of a healthy and constructive morale in the class. This includes the handling and solution of
problems in the class and nurturing of a professional ethos.
2. Liaise with the relevant guidance lecturers on behalf of the students.
3. Participating in interviews with prospective administration personnel on request of the Dean’s office (only final
year students).
4. Expressing thanks to guest speakers on behalf of students.

4.11. Vacation work

Each student has the responsibility to arrange his or her own vacation work. Although every effort is made to place
students with employers for their vacation work, the university cannot guarantee that each student will be placed.

Please take note: This is a requirement for the completion of the degree program (12 weeks in total).

Vacation work can be performed in any vacation period.

For the second and third study years (PPY220 and PPY320 respectively), reports must be handed in during the
first quarter of the FOLLOWING year.

The report is to be accompanied by the following documentation:

1. Individual assignment cover page – see addendum A

2. Employer’s report and feedback on practical training

For all the first year engineering students, a 1st year workshop is organised by the EBIT faculty (PWP 121 Mining
students).

For any queries, contact Joseph Makhasa, Student Administration at 012-420 2142 or email:

[email protected]

4.12. Appeal process and adjustment of marks

After marks awarded for assignments, practical reports, class tests and semester tests are posted, students have a
7-day period within which they can appeal for an adjustment of marks due to errors in grading or other
interpretation-related matters. Any adjustments will only be made at the discretion of the lecturer. After this 7-day
period no marks will be altered.

Because of this ruling, semester marks are final once a student has received exam entrance. This means that
semester marks cannot be adjusted after the exam to allow borderline cases to be allowed re-examination or special
examination entrance, or to allow for a pass with distinction.

5. General Rules
5.1. UP Policies
Please familiarize yourselves with the new policies by going to the UP policies page on the UP web, or click on the
link: UP Policies 2020

6
5.2. Lectures
During lectures, the door is closed and will remain closed until the lecture ends. It is most distractive to both the
lecturer and the students when individuals enter and leave the lecture room. Should you have an appointment,
make an arrangement with the lecturer prior to the lecture starting.

No electronic devices will be used during the lecture (i.e. camera’s, video cameras, ipod’s, MP3 players or
walkman’s) other than Clickers, tablets (for taking notes purposes only) or the PC’s in the PC laboratory during
tutorials unless as requested and allowed by the lecturer in charge.

Cell phones must be switched off during lectures (relevant use thereof will be indicated as such).

No food or drinks are allowed into the lecture hall or to be consumed during lectures

5.3. Exam Admissions requirements

A minimum semester mark of 40% AND, where applicable, a minimum ECSA assessment mark of 50% is required
to be admitted into the examination.

5.4. Mode of assessment

Online or physical test or exam

5.5. Student Support

For Academic Support, contact your Lecturer; see the module study guide on clickUP

General Support:

Report a problem you experience to the “Student Help Desk”.

o Approach the assistants at the Helpdesks that are adjacent to the Student
Computer Laboratories (in IT Building, NW2, CBT, etc.).
o Visit the Open Labs situated in the Informatorium Building to report the problem
at the offices of the “Student Help Desk”.
o Call 012 420-3837.
o Email: [email protected]

5.6. Late Assignments and Reports

It is in the best interests of all parties to adhere to the specified timeframe. Late submissions of any work required
for assessment will be accepted up to two working days after the specified submission date. The marks awarded to
such a late submission will be penalised according to the module study guide. No assignments will be accepted
after the assignments have been returned graded to the students.

5.7. Turnitin (Tii) Assignments on clickUP – Digital Receipts

For all assignments that are submitted through Tii on clickUP, a student must save the digital receipt report given
after the assignment was submitted.

This is the only evidence to proof that a student had submitted his/her assignment on clickUP.

Always provide a hard copy of your assignment with proof of your Turnitin report.

5.8. Grievance Procedures

Any questions relating to the subject can be addressed initially through the class representative, who has access to
established communication channels for academic-related problems. Such grievances should first be discussed
with the subject lecturer and, if not satisfactorily resolved, shall be referred to the Department Head who will
determine any further actions required.

7
 5.9. Academic Dishonesty
Respect for individual property rights is a tenet of academic life. Dishonesty in any form will not be tolerated. It is
expected that you make yourself aware of, and understand the contents of, the current procedures and policies
regarding the regulations of the University and what constitutes academic dishonesty. In particular, plagiarism in
any form will not be tolerated and all sources used in assignments must be referenced, be it published work or work
of other students.

5.10. Absence from certain scheduled activities

Whilst attendance at lectures is not compulsory following University rules, it is necessary to emphasize that this
activity is critically important for the students’ development. Lectures are not required to assist with students’
questions arising from the fact that have missed scheduled lectures. Students are also encouraged to take
cognizance of the Departments procedures for special exams as described in the Examination and Related Matters.

5.11. Practical visits

If applicable: during visits to mines and similar industries, the student will be exposed to the profession and, by the
nature of the visit, to certain risks. The student must complete a waiver of liability form prior to the visit and
sign it him/herself (if older than 21 years of age) or let it be signed by parent or guardian (if under 21 years of age).
During the visit the students should observe and obey all instructions from a member of staff or mine personnel with
regard to areas in which they may work, safety instructions and other work-related matters. No deviation from these
instructions are allowed.

It will be expected of all students to complete a visit report after each of these excursions. The department will
arrange for the Mine tour kit to be made available in the 3rd year of studies as part of the PNB300 mine tour
requirements. Additional costs associated with this will be conveyed with pre-registered students.

Safety and protective clothing must be worn at all times. Inappropriate or unsafe clothing will result in the student
being refused access to the mine or property. In such a case, where the student cannot then participate in the
practical, no credit (or claim for credit) will be entertained for the practical work.

5.12. Student well being

Students who have personal problems should discuss this with their academic year group guardian, who will refer
it to our department’s student well beings’ co-ordinator, Prof RCW Webber-Youngman.

The academic year group guardians are as follows:

• 1st year: Prof RCW Webber-Youngman

• 2nd year: Me Sezer Uludag
• 3rd year: Dr Bertie Meyer
• 4th year: Mr Jannie Maritz

5.13. Knowledge Areas

The Bachelor’s programme contains a coherent core of mathematics, basic sciences and fundamental engineering
sciences that provides a viable platform for further studies and lifelong learning. The coherent core enables
development in a traditional discipline or in an emerging field, and embraces both fundamental and core elements
as defined by SAQA. Following are the list of knowledge areas with the associated SAQA credits required (the
ECSA credits are sourced from ECSA document E-02-PE-rev4):

Knowledge area Minimum ECSA - credits required

1. Mathematical Sciences 56
2. Basic Sciences 56
3. Engineering Sciences 180
4. Design and Synthesis 72

5. Complementary studies 56

6. Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) Graduate Attributes

8
6.1. Graduate attributes for Engineering Bachelor’s Degrees (Excerpt from ECSA
Document No. PE-61: Standards for Accredited University Bachelor's Degrees)
GA 1: Problem solving

Identify, formulate, analyse and solve complex engineering problems creatively and

Innovatively.

GA 2: Application of Scientific and Engineering Knowledge

Apply knowledge of mathematics, natural sciences, engineering fundamentals and an engineering

specialty to solve complex engineering problems.

Level descriptor: Knowledge of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences is

characterized by:

• systematic, theory-based understanding of the natural sciences applicable to the discipline;

• Conceptually-based mathematics, numerical analysis, statistics and formal aspects of
computer and information science to support analysis and modelling applicable to the discipline;
• A systematic, theory-based formulation of engineering fundamentals required in the
engineering discipline; and
• Engineering specialist knowledge that provides theoretical frameworks and bodies of
knowledge for the accepted practice areas in the engineering discipline; much is at the forefront
of the discipline.

Range Statement: Mathematics, natural science and engineering sciences are applied in formal
analysis and modelling of engineering situations, and for reasoning about and conceptualizing
engineering problems.

GA 3: Engineering Design

Perform creative, procedural and non-procedural design and synthesis of components, systems,
engineering works, products or processes.

Range Statement: Design problems used in exit-level assessment must conform to the definition of a
complex engineering problem. A major design problem should be used to provide evidence. The design
knowledge base and components, systems, engineering works, products or processes to be designed
are dependent on the discipline or practice area.

GA 4: Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis

Demonstrate competence to design and conduct investigations and experiments.

Range Statement: The balance of investigation and experiment should be appropriate to the discipline.
Research methodology to be applied in research or investigation where the student engages with
selected knowledge in the research literature of the discipline.

Note: An investigation differs from a design in that the objective is to produce knowledge and
understanding of a phenomenon and a recommended course of action rather than specifying how an
artefact could be produced.

9
GA 5: Engineering methods, skills and tools, including information technology

Demonstrate competence to use appropriate engineering methods, skills and tools, including those based
on information technology.

Range Statement: A range of methods, skills and tools appropriate to the disciplinary

designation of the program including:

• Discipline-specific tools, processes or procedures;

• Computer packages for computation, modelling, simulation, and information handling;
• Computers and networks and information infrastructures for accessing, processing, managing,
and storing information to enhance personal productivity and teamwork.

GA 6: Professional and Technical Communication

Demonstrate competence to communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with engineering
audiences and the community at large.

Range Statement: Material to be communicated is in an academic or simulated professional context.

Audiences range from engineering peers, management and lay persons, using appropriate academic
or professional discourse. Written reports range from short (300-1000 words plus tables diagrams) to
long (10 000 to 15 000 words plus tables, diagrams and appendices), covering material at exit-level.
Methods of providing information include the conventional methods of the discipline, for example
engineering drawings, as well as subject-specific methods.

GA 7: Sustainability and Impact of Engineering Activity

Demonstrate critical awareness of the sustainability and impact of engineering activity on the social,
industrial and physical environment.

Range Statement: The combination of social, workplace (industrial) and physical environmental factors
must be appropriate to the discipline or other designation of the qualification. Comprehension of the
role of engineering in society and identified issues in engineering practice in the discipline: health, safety
and environmental protection; risk assessment and management and the impacts of engineering
activity: economic, social, cultural, environmental and sustainability.

GA 8: Individual, Team and Multidisciplinary Working

Demonstrate competence to work effectively as an individual, in teams and in multidisciplinary

environments.

Range Statement: Multidisciplinary tasks require co-operation across at least one disciplinary
boundary. Co-operating disciplines may be engineering disciplines with different fundamental bases
other than that of the programme or may be outside engineering.

GA 9: Independent Learning Ability

Demonstrate competence to engage in independent learning through well-developed learning skills.

Range Statement: Operate independently in complex, ill-defined contexts requiring personal

responsibility and initiative, accurately self-evaluate and take responsibility for learning requirements;
be aware of social and ethical implications of applying knowledge in particular contexts.

10
GA 10: Engineering Professionalism

Demonstrate critical awareness of the need to act professionally and ethically and to exercise judgment
and take responsibility within own limits of competence.

Range Statement: Evidence includes case studies typical of engineering practice situations in which
the graduate is likely to participate. Ethics and the professional responsibility of an engineer and the
contextual knowledge specified in the range statement of Graduate attribute 7 is generally applicable
here.

GA 11: Engineering management

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and economic

decision-making.

Range Statement: Basic techniques from economics, business management; project management
applied to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.

11
7. Addendum A
7.1. Individual Cover Sheet

MINING ENGINEERING

INDIVIDUAL COVER SHEET FOR PRACTICALS/ASSIGNMENTS

Practical/Assignment Number:
Module Code:
Date of Submission:
Student Detail:
Initials:
Surname:
Student Number:

Declaration:
1. I understand what plagiarism is and am aware of the University’s policy in this regard.
2. I declare that this practical report is my own, original work.
3. I did not refer to work of current or previous students, memoranda, solution manuals or any other material containing
complete or partial solutions to this assignment.
4. Where other people’s work has been used (either from a printed source, Internet, or any other source), this has been properly
acknowledged and referenced.
5. I have not allowed anyone to copy my work/report.

Signature of Student

___________________________

Marked by

Signature

Date

7.2. Group Cover Sheet

12
 MINING ENGINEERING

GROUP COVER SHEET FOR PRACTICALS/ASSIGNMENTS

Practical/Assignment Number:
Module Code:
Date of Submission:

All Student Details

Student number Initials and Surname Signature Date

Declaration:
1. I understand what plagiarism is and am aware of the University’s policy in this regard.
2. I declare that this practical report is my own, original work
3. I did not refer to work of current or previous students, memoranda, solution manuals or any other material containing
complete or partial solutions to this assignment.
4. Where other people’s work has been used (either from a printed source, Internet, or any other source), this has been properly
acknowledged and referenced.
5. I have not allowed anyone to copy my work/report.

Signature of Student

___________________________

Marked by

Signature

Date

13
Study Guide
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

1
Table of Contents
1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 4
1.1 General Premise and Educational Approach ................................................................... 4
2 Administrative information........................................................................................ 5
2.1 Contact details .............................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Timetable ..................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 Study material and purchases ........................................................................................ 6
2.3.1 Prescribed Material .......................................................................................................................... 6
2.3.2 Additional Notes ............................................................................................................................... 6
2.4 Programme/Departmental/Module rules, requirements and guidelines ......................... 6
2.4.1 Lecture room rules............................................................................................................................ 6
2.4.2 Time table clashes............................................................................................................................. 6
2.5 Grievance procedures.................................................................................................... 6
3 Module information .................................................................................................. 7
3.1 Purpose of the module .................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Module outcomes ......................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Guidelines to the use of the Outcomes Approach sections .............................................. 8
3.3.1 Study Units ........................................................................................................................................ 8
3.3.2 Self-Study Activities ........................................................................................................................... 8
3.3.3 Criteria of Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 8
3.4 Module structure .......................................................................................................... 9
3.4.1 ECSA .................................................................................................................................................. 9
3.4.2 Competency Standard for Pr. Eng. Registration ............................................................................... 9
3.4.3 Rules of Conduct and Ethics.............................................................................................................. 9
3.4.4 Engineering Leadership in the context of Professionalism ............................................................. 10
3.4.5 Continued Professional Development ............................................................................................ 10
3.4.6 Intellectual property ....................................................................................................................... 10
3.4.7 Voluntary associations .................................................................................................................... 10
3.4.8 Contracting ..................................................................................................................................... 10
3.4.9 Labour relationships ....................................................................................................................... 11
3.5 Learning presumed to be in place ................................................................................ 11
3.6 Credit map and notional hours .................................................................................... 11
3.7 Planned Schedule ........................................................................................................ 12
4 Assessment ............................................................................................................. 12
4.1 Minimum Requirements .............................................................................................. 12
4.2 Calculation of Marks.................................................................................................... 13
4.3 Exam Assignment ........................................................................................................ 13
4.4 Semester Tests ............................................................................................................ 13
4.5 Absence from Tests ..................................................................................................... 13
4.6 Plagiarism ................................................................................................................... 14

2
5 Exam Assignment .................................................................................................... 14
5.1 Assignment Requirements ........................................................................................... 14
5.2 Problem Statement ..................................................................................................... 15
5.3 Criteria for Assessment ............................................................................................... 15
5.4 Supplementary Exam Assignment ................................................................................ 15
6 Support services ...................................................................................................... 15
6.1 Safety in the evening and emergencies ........................................................................ 15
6.2 E-learning support ....................................................................................................... 15
6.3 Other support services: ............................................................................................... 16
7 Appendix A: Cover sheet for assignments ................................................................. 18
7.1 IPI410: Assignment Cover Sheet .................................................................................. 18

3
1 Introduction
1.1 General Premise and Educational Approach
Engineering is a demanding profession that at its core is meant to serve the community. Every
profession has certain requirements. The most basic being the correct skill set. Another common
requirement is the assurance that the skill set is at the right level. It is also common amongst
professions to have a regulatory body. In the case of engineering it is the Engineering Council of South
Africa (ECSA). ECSA was established in terms of the Engineering Profession Act 2000, (Act 46 of 2000).
ECSA is operated by Professional Engineers to ensure the professional standard of engineering in
South Africa.

A graduated engineer does not automatically become a professional engineer. Professional

registration with ECSA in the professional engineer category of registration, is based on having
acquired the accredited B.Eng. / B.Sc. Eng. degree plus at least three years of post- graduate
engineering experience of an appropriate nature, referred to as the “candidacy phase”.

After successful registration as a professional engineer the status of every professional engineer has
to be maintained. This entails, apart from the annual fees, continually satisfying prescribed
requirements.

During the normal activities of an engineer there are issues that face all engineers at some or other
time and some of them more frequent and prevalent than others. The premise of this course is to
guide students to:
 Register as professional engineers after successful completion of an accepted and accredited
degree, for example B.Eng. at UP.
 Understand the maintaining of professional status.
 Demonstrate professionalism as professional engineer
 Have basic insight into some of the major issues engineers face

A problem-driven approach to learning is followed. Student centred and cooperative learning and
teaching methods are applied during lectures and assignment sessions. In order to optimally develop
the above-mentioned skills, as well as to stimulate the development of communication skills,
interpersonal skills and group dynamics, lecture room interaction and participation is encouraged.
Students are expected to participate in discussions during lectures. Fellow students are dependent on
the inputs made in class, therefor class participation is crucial.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

 2 Administrative information
2.1 Contact details
Building and
Name Telephone number Email address
room number
Module
Ms J van der Walt 5-40 Min Sc +27 12 420 6877 [email protected]
coordinator
Departmental
Ms A Kgatshe 5-24 Min Sc +27 12 420 3763 [email protected]
administrator
Teaching
Mr T Oates 5-60 Min Sc +27 12 420 3179 [email protected]
assistants
Faculty student
Ms M van Meyeren Human Resources +27 12 420 2870 [email protected]
advisor*
Merensky Library
Subject librarian Mr Lathola Mchunu +27 12 420 4713 [email protected]
Level 5-31
Other guest lecturers, mostly external to the university, will also participate in the presentation of
Other
the module.

Consulting hours: Online meetings or consultations may be requested. Proper and professional email
etiquette is expected for every communication.

Your Faculty Student Advisor can advise you on goal-setting, adjustment to university life, time
management, study methods, stress management and career exploration. Book an individual
consultation or attend a workshop. For other support services see Section 6.

Students may only consult the course lecturers during the agreed upon time (for online meetings).
Face to face consultations will be limited due to the current COVID-19 restrictions and regulations.
Any specific consultation times with regards to assignments and tests will be published on clickUP.

Note: All email communications are expected to be written in a professional format, including a proper
subject line starting with IPI 410. Emails without a proper subject and format will be disregarded.

All queries will be attempted to be answered within 1-2 days. Email queries regarding lecture hours,
lecture venues, etc. will not be replied to. Most often the answer to the query might be available in
the study guide. It is expected of the student to familiarise oneself with the content. Last minute
queries regarding semester test content, exam assignment and arrangements will not be entertained.
It is expected that students keep up to date with clickUP announcements and in class announcements.

2.2 Timetable
Online lectures will be uploaded onto clickUP each week. It is advised that students use the allocated
lecture times (according to the timetables) to work through the recorded lectures and submit any
related questions on clickUP’s Discussion Board.

For some lectures, live lecturing sessions will be arranged – this will be communicated through the
semester. Note: Blackboard Collaborate only allows for a certain number of participants for any live
lecture or discussion, so those students unable to join the session due to capacity reached can view
the recording afterwards. Questions can be submitted on the clickUP Discussion Board.

Contact session Day Groups Time Venue

Lecture 1 Tuesday 1 15:30-16:20 N/A
Lecture 1 Tuesday 2 16:30-17:20 N/A
Lecture 2 Friday 1&2 13:30-15:20 N/A

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

2.3 Study material and purchases

2.3.1 Prescribed Material

• No specific text book is available at the moment.
• Material regarding the topics covered will be uploaded onto clickUP, if available.

2.3.2 Additional Notes

• The provisional content of the slides are as loaded on clickUP. It is the responsibility of the
student to make notes of the changes and/or new information provided during lectures.
• Please take note that additional notes or slides will not be handed out as paper copies.
• Changes may however be made to the slides after the lectures.

2.4 Programme/Departmental/Module rules, requirements and guidelines

It is critical to go through this entire study guide before doing anything else. Note that this study guide
should be read in conjunction with the department general study guide which is available on your
clickUP module. Formatting of reports and assignment submissions discussed in the department study
guide will apply, unless specifically changed in this study guide.

2.4.1 Lecture room rules

Lectures are attended by more than two to three hundred students at a time, thus to reserve
individual attention requires discipline and respect to and from fellow students. Disciplined behaviour
and actions, teamwork and timeliness are the keystones of successful project management. The
following are rules of engagement:
• Be on time for lectures – the class will commence on the set time and the doors will be closed
on commencement of the class.
• Whilst the lecturer is conveying information, silence is required. Time will be given for group
discussions. Lectures will be stopped if this is not adhered to. The rule is simple, only one
person talks at a time during the lectures.
• The use of cell-phones during the lecture is strictly prohibited.

2.4.2 Time table clashes

Time table clashes are the student’s responsibility. No special arrangements can be made to
accommodate instances of time table clashes. Announcements and other communication will be
made during lectures and via clickUP and it is the responsibility of students to be present to
receive these.

2.5 Grievance procedures

All issues should be reported in writing, providing details of the complaint or issue. First consult the
lecturer concerned about the complaint or issue. If the matter is, however, not resolved, you should
consult the class representative (the primary function of the class representative is to serve as a two-
way communication channel between the class and the lecturer.) If the matter remains unresolved
you should consult the module co-ordinator in the case of large module classes with multiple lecturers.
Where the co-ordinator is unable to or fails to resolve the matter, you should consult the Head of
Department. Should the matter remain unresolved, you may approach the Dean of the Faculty.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

3 Module information
3.1 Purpose of the module
The main focus of this module is Graduate Attribute (GA) 10 of ECSA. It is therefore important to
ensure that every student understands the content and demonstration of this outcome.

The dimension of the course is: “Demonstrate critical awareness of the need to act professionally and
ethically and to exercise judgement and take responsibility within own limits of competence”.

According to the ECSA a candidate demonstrates professionalism by showing the following:

1. Being aware of requirements to maintain continued competence and to keep abreast of
up-to-date tools and techniques;
2. Displays understanding of the system of professional development.
3. Accepts responsibility for own actions;
4. Displays judgement in decision making during problem solving and design;
5. Limits decision making to area of current competence;
6. Reason about and make judgement on ethical aspects in case study context; and
7. Discerns boundaries of competence in problem solving and design.

In order to use these principles in all the material covered in the module these principles will be
discussed in detail at the start of course.

ECSA states: “Evidence includes case studies typical of engineering practice situations in which the
graduate is likely to participate.”

In order to achieve the above-mentioned objectives, attendance of and meaningful participation

during lectures and other sessions is essential. Furthermore, students are advised to embark on a well-
structured and systematic study program, in which the module material is studied in a probing,
scientific and innovative manner, rather than by simple and passive memorizing.

After completion of each study area or theme, the student must be able to:
1. Explain what the study area is.
2. Discuss the study area
3. Distinguish the components of the study area.
4. Apply the study area and the components of it to professionalism and the practicing of
engineering.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

3.2 Module outcomes
The assessment of the graduate attribute is based on the following breakdown:
GA sub- Semester
Scope of assessment Exam
components tests
Accepting responsibility for own actions, display judgement in
decision making during problem solving and design, aspects of the Yes –
A Code of Conduct of registered Persons and CPD in case studies and Yes Formally
distinguishing boundaries of competence in problem solving and assessed
design
Demonstrate awareness of how competence relates to
Yes –
professionalism in terms of: continued maintenance of
B Yes Formally
competence, keeping up to date with tools and techniques, limiting
assessed
decision making to area of competence

To pass the module a student must achieve a final mark of 50% and comply with the subminimum of
50% for each of the two GA sub-components assessed in the examination.

3.3 Guidelines to the use of the Outcomes Approach sections

The information given in the subsequent sections of this study manual under the various study
theme headings is intended to assist students in their learning, in order to attain the required skills
and learning outcomes effectively. The following specific information items are included under each
of the study theme headings.

3.3.1 Study Units

The title of the study unit and references to appropriate study material are given here. The study
of the referenced study material is regarded as the minimum requirement for satisfactory attainment
of the learning outcomes.

3.3.2 Self-Study Activities

Information is provided on exercises and problems related to the study material, which should
be attempted and which is in accordance with the criteria of assessment of the study theme.

3.3.3 Criteria of Assessment

The criteria of assessment are a list of specific skills that must be mastered by the student in
order to acquire the learning outcomes of the syllabus theme. During assessment (test and the
examination) students will be evaluated in terms of these criteria. The statements used to describe
the criteria of assessment are classified in terms of a series of thinking skills (cognitive domains).

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

 Cognitive
Description Typical Action Verbs
Domain

Remembering previously Arrange, describe, identify, label, list, match, name and
Knowledge
learned information. outline.
Classify, discuss, estimate, explain, give example(s),
Understanding the meaning of
Comprehension identify, predict, report, review, select, summarize and
information.
interpret “in your own words”.
Use the information Apply, calculate, demonstrate, illustrate, interpret,
Application appropriately in different modify, predict, prepare, produce, solve, use, manipulate
situations. and put into practice.
Break the information into Analyze, appraise, calculate, compare, criticize, derive,
Analysis the component parts and see differentiate, choose, distinguish, examine, subdivide,
the relationships. organize and deduce.
Putting the component Assemble, compose, construct, create, design,
Synthesis together to form new products determine, develop, devise, formulate, propose,
and ideas. synthesize, plan, discuss, support.
Making judgements of an idea, Appraise, assess, compare, conclude, defend,
Evaluation theory, opinion, etc., based on determine, evaluate, judge, justify, optimize, predict and
criteria. criticize.

3.4 Module structure

Although it may not be stated in the description of each of the subsequent topics it is the intention to
invite specialists from the expertise of a topic to lecture on the topic.

3.4.1 ECSA
The following topics will be discussed:
• The requirement for a professional body for engineering;
• The Act that constituted ECSA;
• The roles that ECSA fulfils;
• Quality assurance of qualifications;
• Registration with ECSA;
• Maintenance of the registration;
• Reservation of Engineering Work; and
• Overview of Continued Professional Development.
• A representative of ECSA will present a lecture about ECSA.

3.4.2 Competency Standard for Pr. Eng. Registration

Registration as a professional engineer requires the demonstration of certain competency outcomes
and a minimum time of experience whilst demonstrating these outcomes. This is the phase that a
graduate engineer needs to complete in order to acquire the right skills and experience towards
registration.

3.4.3 Rules of Conduct and Ethics

The conduct of persons professionally registered with ECSA is prescribed by the Rules of Conduct for
Professionally Registered Person. The major aspects of ECSA’s rules of conduct will be discussed.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 9

Every professional person could be confronted with ethical issues. Engineers are faced with situations
where they are the target of bribery or corruption and may also be tempted to bribe a client. There
are also situations when an engineer does not suspect it, but is unwarily coerced and implicated as
being bribed due to obligations that were created. Engineers must be prepared to avoid situations
where they can be implicated in unethical behaviour. Related to the above important aspects and
background of the Public Finance Management Act will be covered.

3.4.4 Engineering Leadership in the context of Professionalism

As an Engineering graduate, one is destined to become Engineers who will be in leading positions such
as projects, technical designs lead, functional lead or organisational lead on various levels, ranging
from Head of Research and Development, CTO, COO and perhaps CEO. Once in a leading position, one
will be required to do more than the technical work one is qualified to do. As a professional in the
workplace, one will be expected to work with people. That is the biggest challenge engineers
experience in the world of work since it will be most likely that the majority of engineers will have a
longer career working and leading people to get the best out of them individually as well as collectively
in teams, departments and organisations as a whole.
This module aims to provide an awareness of the major people challenges engineering leaders face
and will provide key areas to focus on at the outset of one’s career.

3.4.5 Continued Professional Development

To stay abreast of new developments professionally registered persons are required to continue their
professional development. The major requirements of this will be discussed.

3.4.6 Intellectual property

Engineers are continually faced with the issue of who owns the intellectual property of their work.
This will be discussed with reference to:
• Copyright
• Trademarks
• Trade secrets
• Patents
• Secrets
• Protection of intellectual property
• Use and abuse of intellectual property

3.4.7 Voluntary associations

An introduction about voluntary associations and the role voluntary associations’ play in the
professional development of an engineer will be provided. Information about voluntary association in
major disciplines will be provided. Additional information about other voluntary associations listed
with ECSA will also be provided.

3.4.8 Contracting
Engineers also are faced with issues regarding:
• Contracts
• Tenders
• RFI/P/Q
An external guest lecturer, practicing law will present a lecture about these issues and the general
aspects of Contract Law.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

3.4.9 Labour relationships
The era when labour was just ignored and abused has passed a long time ago. Engineers have to know
what the requirements with regards to labour are and how to act according to them. Engineers fulfil
both roles: employers and employees. The major acts in play are:
• Basic Conditions of Employment (BCE)
• Labour Relations Act

A practicing labour lawyer will be invited to present the information.

3.5 Learning presumed to be in place

Although no pre-requisite learning for this module is indicated, it is advised that only persons who
successfully completed the majority of the third-year subjects should enrol. The module is aimed at
achieving NQF8 and that may only be achieved after reaching NQF7.

3.6 Credit map and notional hours

The number of credits allocated to a module give an indication of the volume of learning required for
the completion of that module and is based on the concept of notional hours. Given that this module
carries a weighting of x credits, it follows that you should spend an average of 10x hours of study in
total on the module (1 credit = 10 notional hours). This includes time for lectures, assignments,
projects, tests and exams. This means that you should spend approximately 80 hours/14 weeks = 5.71
hours per week.

Class
Notional Hours
contact Description Tutorial Hours Contact Hours
sessions
1 Introduction 2 3 1
2 ECSA 8 3 2
Engineering Leadership in the context of
3 8 1 2
Professionalism
4 Continued Professional Development 8 3 2
5 Intellectual Property 8 3 2
6 Competency Standard for Candidate Engineer 8 3 2
7 Voluntary Associations 8 3 1
8 Contracting 8 3 2
9 Labour Relations 8 3 2
10 Assessment and Feedback 1 3 3 1
11 Assessment and Feedback 2 3 3 1
12 Exam: Professional Engineer Development ≥8 3 2
Total 80 34 20
Total hours 80 = credits 8 x 10 notional hours (per credit)

Note: The notional hours include the contact time, as well as the estimated time to be allocated for self-
study, preparation for the tests and the exam assignment.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 11

3.7 Planned Schedule
Theme Tuesday (S1) Friday (S2) Topic Platform
Online (Live, Recording
1 16-03-21 - Introduction
available afterwards)
Online (Live, Recording
2 - 19-03-21 ECSA
available afterwards)
Engineering Leadership in the Online (Live, Recording
3 - 26-03-21
context of Professionalism available afterwards)
CPD & semester test & exam Online (Pre-recorded)
4 - 09-04-21
info
Online (Live, Recording
5 - 16-04-21 Intellectual Property
available afterwards)

Test 1 17-04-21 23-04-21 Test week 1 Refer to Heading 4

Feedback Test 1 & Perusal Online (Pre-recorded)
- - 30-04-21
Arrangements
Registration Competency Online (Pre-recorded)
6 - 07-05-21 requirement, Codes of
Conduct

08-05-21 16-05-21 Recess

8 - 21-05-21 Labour Law Online (Pre-recorded)

7 - 28-05-21 Voluntary Associations Online (Pre-recorded)
9 - 04-06-21 Contract Law Online (Pre-recorded)

Test 2 05-06-21 12-06-21 Test week 2 Refer to Heading 4

- TBC TBC Sick test (Date TBC) Online
Feedback Test 2 & Perusal Online (Pre-recorded)
- - 18-06-21
Arrangements

Exam - 25-06-21 Submission

These dates are tentative and changes could occur based on overall university schedule and guest
lecturer availability.

4 Assessment
Also see the examination regulations in the Year Book of the Faculty of Engineering, Built Environment
and Information Technology (Part 1: Engineering or Part 2: Built Environment and Information
Technology). All assessments will be either online OR written in person/on campus (depending on
lockdown level one of the two will be applicable). Details will be formally communicated through
clickUP closer to the time of assessment.

4.1 Minimum Requirements

• A sub-minimum of 40% semester mark is required for entry to the exam.
• A sub minimum of 50% is required for each sub component of the graduate attribute (GA)
during the exam (see section 3.2 for details on sub-components)
• A sub minimum of 40% is required in the exam to pass the module.
• A final mark of at least 50% is required to pass the module.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 12

4.2 Calculation of Marks
The final mark is calculated as follows:

(𝑆𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑀𝑎𝑟𝑘 𝑥 0.5) + (𝐸𝑥𝑎𝑚 𝑀𝑎𝑟𝑘 𝑥 0.5)

The semester mark is compiled as follows:

(𝑆𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑇𝑒𝑠𝑡 1 𝑥 0.5) + (𝑆𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑇𝑒𝑠𝑡 2 𝑥 0.5)

4.3 Exam Assignment

The exam assignment will be available on clickUP and discussed in class. It must be completed prior
to the indicated due date. The purpose of the assignment is to assess the understanding of lectured
concepts and the achievement of GA number 10.

4.4 Semester Tests

Two tests of 60 minutes will be written during the scheduled test weeks of the EBIT faculty. The first
semester test could be either a paper based or a computer marked test. The second test will be a
computer marked test. The exam will be a personal professional development plan.

• The semester tests will cover the material up to the last lecture before the designated test
week.
• The venues and designation will be made available on clickUP after allocation of the
venues.
• Students will also be tested on the contents of this study guide in the first semester test
and special/sick test.

The objective of this is to assess to what extent the student has achieved the course outcomes and
objectives. Dates, times and venues will be announced as soon as the timetables become available.
All tests will be closed book.

4.5 Absence from Tests

Any absence from a semester test must be supported with a medical certificate. A hard copy of the
medical certificate must be submitted to Ms van der Walt (Mineral Sciences Building; Room 5-40) or
to Mr Thomas Oates (Mineral Sciences Building; Room 5-60) and a scanned copy should be emailed
to [email protected] (using the correct email etiquette described in section 2.1), within
the time allowed by the regulations of the EBIT faculty. The medical certificate should indicate the full
name and student number clearly. The health care practitioner should state the condition(s) leading
to absence in sufficient detail and merely stating: “medical condition” is inadequate.

Only ONE special/sick test for all legitimate absentees will be arranged. This test will be based on all
the work done in the module up to the date of such test and will be scheduled after the second
semester test.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 13

4.6 Plagiarism
Plagiarism is a serious form of academic misconduct. It involves both appropriating someone else’s
work and passing it off as one’s own work afterwards. Thus, you commit plagiarism when you present
someone else's written or creative work (words, images, ideas, opinions, discoveries, artwork, music,
recordings, computer-generated work, etc.) as your own. Only hand in your own original work.
Indicate precisely and accurately when you have used information provided by someone else.
Referencing must be done in accordance with a recognised system. Indicate whether you have
downloaded information from the Internet. For more details, visit the library’s website:
http://www.library.up.ac.za/plagiarism/index.htm.

5 Exam Assignment
5.1 Assignment Requirements
1. Submission:
a. A digital version in pdf-format of the assignment must be loaded onto clickUP (via Turn-
It-In) at the designated submission point, on or before the specific due date. Using
converters which add additional logos or statements to the assignment is unacceptable.
If the document is converted as a set of graphics pages, where no text can be copied, it
will be deemed as an attempt to bypass the originality check and it will then be rejected
outright. In the case where the digital file is rejected the printed version will not be
assessed and no marks will be assigned. Failure to submit a digital copy will mean non-
submission leading to an exam fail, even if a hard copy has been submitted. This is to
ensure plagiarism check. Students who fail to make the submission deadline will lead to
an exam fail.
b. Turn-It-In similarity scores below 30% will be tolerated. Any similarity scores above 30%
will be investigated for possible plagiarism. Any plagiarism cases will be handed over
to the University of Pretoria’s legal services for further investigation.
c. There will be opportunity to re-submit several times until the date of submission, to give
students the opportunity to ensure that the desired level of originality is achieved.
2. A separate submission link will be created for the completed cover sheet given Appendix A of
this document. Assignments without a fully completed signed cover sheet submitted on this
link will not be marked, other cover sheets are not acceptable.
3. The format, style and presentation should be in accordance with the following:
a. 11pt Arial font;
b. 1.15 line spacing;
c. 2cm margins; and
d. The student number of the submitter must appear in the header of all pages, in case pages
get separated.
4. Students must refrain from unnecessary decorations that do not directly contribute to the
assignment and support the answer to the problem statement.
5. No late hand-in of assignments will be accepted.
6. It is recommended that students work continuously on the assignment.
7. Plagiarism is a serious offence and suspicion thereof will be dealt with severely by the
university according to its policies. For more information, consult:
http://www.ais.up.ac.za/plagiarism/index.htm.
8. Harvard Referencing Method. Students who do not comply with the Harvard Referencing
method will be penalized with at least 10% for the assignment. (A complete guide will be
available on clickUP.)
9. Submissions that do not comply with all the requirements will be rejected.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 14

5.2 Problem Statement
The problem statement will be discussed in class through the course of the semester to provide
sufficient time for preparation and will also uploaded on clickUP.

5.3 Criteria for Assessment

The assignment will be assessed according to the criteria set in the problem statement.

5.4 Supplementary Exam Assignment

There will be no special exam for the module. Final instructions will made available roughly 4-5 weeks
prior to the exam assignment submission deadline. Problem statement will be discussed earlier in class
during lectures through the course of the semester.

The final 2-3 weeks of the exam assignment preparation time will be allocated for submission of the
assignment (both hard copy and online) to avoid last minute submissions.

Students who fail the exam assignment/module will be provided an opportunity for a supplementary
exam assignment; should they qualify as per the regulations prescribed within the faculty year book.

6 Support services
Please download a QR code reader on your cell phone. To download a QR code reader open your
mobile app store (App Store, Google Play or Windows Marketplace) and search for QR code readers.

6.1 Safety in the evening and emergencies

 For any safety or emergency related matters, e.g. if you need a security officer to accompany
you from your residence to campus, phone the Operational Management Centre (details at
the back of your student card).
 The 24-hour, multi-disciplinary UP Crisis Line offers professional and confidential support to
victims of crime in times of trauma. For assistance and immediate action, phone the UP Crisis
Line on: 0800 00 64 28.
 Hatfield residence students: From 18:00 till 06:00 security officers are available to escort you
(on foot) to and from your residence or campus anywhere east of the Hatfield Campus through
to the Hillcrest Campus.

6.2 E-learning support

 Report a problem you experience to the Student Help Desk on your campus.
 Visit the open labs in the Informatorium Building or IT labs on your campus to report problems
at the offices of the Student Help Desk.
 Approach the assistants at the help desks—campus specific (for example: adjacent to the
Student Computer Laboratories in IT Building, NW2, CBT or Aldoel Building IT labs, etc).
 Call 012 420 3837.
 Email [email protected]

© 2021 University of Pretoria 15

6.3 Other support services:
 Think carefully before
dropping modules (after the
closing date for amendments
or cancellation of modules).
FLY@UP: www.up.ac.za/fly@up
 Make responsible choices
The Finish
with your time and work
Line is Yours email: [email protected]
consistently.
 Aim for a good semester
mark. Don’t rely on the
examination to pass.
Academic support for students
with learning disabilities:
 Assistive technological
services
https://www.up.ac.za/disability-
 Facilitation of test and
unit
examination
Disability accommodations
012 420 2064
Unit  Test and exam concession
email: [email protected]
applications
 Accessible study venues and
a computer lab
 Referrals for recommended
textbooks in electronic
format

Student
Provides counselling and
Counselling 012 420 2333
therapeutic support to students
Unit

Student
Promotes and assists students 012 420 5233
Health
with health and wellness 012 420 3423
Services

Provides support for UP students

The Careers [email protected]
and graduates as they prepare
Office 012 420 2315
for their careers

24-hour Operational 012 420-2310

Department Management Centre 012 420-2760
of Security
Services 24-hour Operational Manager 083 654 0476
Crisis Line 0800 006 428
Enquiries concerning studies,
Department 012 420 2371/4001
accommodation, food, funds,
of Student Roosmaryn Building, Hatfield
social activities and personal
Affairs campus
problems

© 2021 University of Pretoria 16

Centre for
Sexualities, Identifies and provides training
012 420 4391
AIDS and of student peer counsellors
Gender

Fees and http://www.up.ac.za/enquiry

012 420 3111
funding www.up.ac.za/fees-and-funding

012 420 3051

IT Helpdesk For student IT related queries [email protected]

Mining https://www.up.ac.za/mining-
012 420 3763
Engineering engineering

© 2021 University of Pretoria 17

7 Appendix A: Cover sheet for assignments
This cover sheet must be submitted along with the exam assignment, on the separate link created
(See Section 5). Note: Assignments submitted without the accompanying completed and signed
cover page will not be marked.

7.1 IPI410: Assignment Cover Sheet

Title of assignment:

I hereby state that the work in this assignment is my own and that I gave recognition to all material of authors
that was referenced in the document. I also did not give my assignment to anybody else to copy.

Plagiarism: Plagiarism is committed when someone uses another person’s words, ideas, or opinions
without acknowledgement. Special care should be taken with information from the Internet and other
electronic sources. Transgression will result in disciplinary action in accordance with the regulations of the
University of Pretoria. All submissions will be checked for plagiarism with TURNITIN.

Submitted by:

Surname, Initials
Student number
Date submitted 2 0 Y Y M M D D
Engineering Discipline
Signature

Outcome assessment Yes No Mark

GA 10a
GA 10b
Non-GA (Intro + formatting) NA NA
Module pass

© 2021 University of Pretoria 18

Exam Assignment

Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

1. Basis of the module

Graduate Attribute 10: Engineering Professionalism

Learning outcome: Demonstrate critical awareness of the need to act professionally
and ethically and to exercise judgement and take responsibility within own limits of
competence.

GA10

The candidate exhibits professionalism by the following:

• Being aware of requirements to maintain continued competence and to keep
abreast of up-to-date tools and techniques;
• Displays understanding of the system of professional development;
• Accepts responsibility for own actions;
• Displays judgement in decision making during problem solving and design;
• Limits decision making to area of current competence;
• Reason about and make judgement on ethical aspects in case study context; &
• Discerns boundaries of competence in problem solving and design.

Range Statement:
Evidence includes case studies typical of engineering practice situations in which the
graduate is likely to participate.

GA10 consists of four core areas:

• Competence in relation to professionalism and CPD
• Accepting responsibility for own actions
• Judgement in decision making during problem solving and design
• Knowledge of the Code of Conduct of registered Persons

The core area of competence consists of:

• Continued maintenance of competence
• Keeping abreast of up to date tools and techniques
• Limiting decision making to area of competence
• Distinguishing boundaries of competence in problem solving and design
• Understanding the system of professional development: CPD

© 2021 University of Pretoria 1

`

Competence questions to answer:

So when does your training really stop?

From another viewpoint: When will the world we live in stagnate?

If one stops maintaining his or her competence, will it be a general event? Or
will you stay competent by just floating further?
How will an engineer with stale competencies be in any position to face new
challenges as come forth in the future?

2. Developing/Expanding Competence

• Post-graduate study or courses

• Attendance and/or participation in conferences, congresses, etc.
• Publication of articles in peer reviewed publications

More detail in the lecture on Continued Professional Development

Major pointers
Would you take your car to a lawyer?
Would you call a doctor if there is something wrong with your house’s
plumbing?
Should a civil engineer accept a task to design a high-speed data link?
Should the electronic engineer design the structures and buildings to house the
equipment?
What about accepting a multi-disciplinary assignment?

3. Decisions

Three steps are involved:

• Obtain information to understand the purpose and circumstances,
• Evaluate the information, &
• Make the decision/judgement

The impact of the decision on aspect of daily life must be

Recognised & Addressed

This will again feature in the lectures on Registration requirements and Code of
Conduct.

4. Code of Conduct of registered Persons

This is the definition of ethics as far as persons registering with ECSA are concerned.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

5. CPD

Acceptable continued professional development for professional engineers

Defined in broad terms by the professional engineers that serve on the board of ECSA

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

Theme 2: Engineering Council of South
Africa
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

1 Imagine a world without engineering practitioners

 Can you? No, it is impossible as Engineering is one of the professions that does more
to improve people’s lives than any other profession:
o The houses we live in, the buildings we work in, the electricity we use, the
water we drink, the roads we travel on, the aircraft we fly in, the airports we
land on, and so we can go on
o Almost all designed/developed by engineering practitioners
 Engineering as a science has played a predominant role in contributing to
improvement of human health, safety and comfort.
 So, before you start your Engineering career, take a step back and pride yourself in
the noble profession you have chosen to work in and to improve the lives of fellow
human beings.

2 What is a profession
 “A profession is a learned calling which requires advanced knowledge,
understanding and abilities gained from intensive and specialised education, training
and practical experience.”
 “Members of a profession limit their activities to their areas of knowledge and
experience, doing so out of a commitment to serve and protect the public.”
 “Professional practitioners ensure that their competence is maintained throughout
their careers.”

© 2021 University of Pretoria 1

`
2.1 Structure of the engineering profession
 Section 22 of the Constitution of South Africa
o Every citizen has the right to choose their trade, occupation or profession
freely. The practice of a trade, occupation or profession may be regulated by
law.
 Council for the Built Environment Act, No. 43 of 2000, is the overarching Council for
six built environment professions of which engineering is one.
 The Engineering Professions Act, No. 46 of 2000 gives effect to regulating the
Engineering profession as stated in the constitution.
 Recognised Learned Societies in Engineering known as Voluntary Associations.
 Other Legislation for specific engineering requirements
 ECSA: A statutory body created by Acts of 1968, 1990, 2000

2.2 Why should we regulate engineering?

 Protection of the Public.
 Protection of the Engineering Profession.

3 What is ECSA?
 Statutory body established in terms of the Engineering Professions Act, 46 of 2000
which regulates the engineering profession in S.A.
 Principle Focus: Public Safety, Health & Interest through registration
 Sets and audits Academic & Professional Development Standards for engineering
practitioners
 Builds relationships internationally to achieve international recognition for registered
persons.
 ECSA is signatory to the Accords and Agreements.

3.1 Mandate of ECSA

 Development of standards for engineering education and professional competency.
 Registration of engineering practitioners in approved categories of registration that
demonstrate competency against set standards & maintain a national register of
accredited engineering professionals.
 Development and enforcement of the Code of Conduct for registered practitioners.
 Development of specialised categories of registration.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`
 Conduct accreditation visits to evaluate engineering education programmes at
tertiary institutions.
 Investigation of complaints of improper conduct against registered persons.
 Recognise Voluntary Associations.
 Enter into international agreements for the recognition of educational programmes
and registration.
 Recommend to CBE the identification of the type of work performed by engineering
practitioners.
 Determining conditions relating to Continuing Education and Training/Continuing
Professional Development (CPD).
 Annually publish guidelines for professional fees and scope of work.
 Advise the Minister of Public Works or any other Minister or CBE on matters relating
to the engineering profession.

3.2 What engineering has in place

 Well established voluntary engineering associations (VA’s) – more than 100 years of
engineering knowledge.
 ECSA as the regulator of the engineering profession in South Africa since 1969.
 Strong engineering industry regarded as the engineering power house in Africa.
 High standards of engineering education.
 International acceptance of SA engineering qualifications accredited in terms of
Washington, Sydney and Dublin Accords.
 High standard of assessment of training and experience, which have been
recognised internationally in terms of four mutual exemption agreements.

3.3 ECSA’s engineering family

 Engineers
 Certified Engineers
 Engineering Technologists
 Engineering Technicians
 Specified Categories

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

`

4 Why should you register?

 Engineering Risk
o Engineering activity has potential adverse consequences and therefore must
be carried out responsibly and ethically
o Economically
o Using available resources efficiently
o Safeguarding health and safety
o In an environment sound and sustainable way, and
o Managing risks throughout the entire life-cycle of a system.
 Peer recognition of Qualification and Experience
 Public confidence in professional competence
 Ability to accept professional responsibility for the engineering work performed.
 International recognition
 Marketability in employment market
 Exclusive use of reserved Titles like Pr. Eng.
 Statutory Requirement

5 ECSA registration system

 Registration has moved from input based to outcomes based.
 Policy R-01-P defines two methods of assessment of applicants that can be applied
in a category:
 Default Method: Two stage process involving:
o Experience Appraisal (EA)
o Professional Review (PR)
 Within a category, all disciplines will use a single method of assessment.
 The registration system is well documented in various Policies, Standards, Guidelines
and Procedures as can be found on the website. (www.ecsa.co.za)
 An electronic system is being developed to facilitate the Registration System.

5.1 Registration documentation

 R-01-P Policy on Registration of Persons in Professional Categories

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

`
 R-02-xx Competency Standard for Registration (PE-Engineer; PT-Technologist; PN-
Technician)
 R-03-xx Processing of Applications for Registration (PE-Engineer; PT-Technologist;
PN-Technician)
 R-04-P Training and Mentoring Guide for Professional Categories
 R-08-xx Guide to the Competency Standards for Registration (PE-Engineer; PT-
Technologist; PN-Technician)
 R-05-DIS-xxx Discipline-Specific Training Guidelines
 E-17-P Criteria and Processes for Recognition of Educational Qualifications (all
professional categories)
 E-02-xx Accredited Program Standard (PE-Engineer; PT-Technologist; PN-
Technician)

6 ECSA professional competencies

Grouped into five groups [Discussed later in detail during Theme 3 and Theme 6]:
1

Group A: Engineering problem solving

Outcome 1: Define, Investigate and Analyse Complex Engineering Problems
Outcome 2: Design or develop solution to Complex Engineering Problems
Outcome 3: Comprehend and apply Complex Engineering knowledge:
Principles, specialist knowledge, jurisdictional and local
knowledge.
Group B: Managing engineering activities
Outcome 4: Manage part or all of one or more Complex Engineering Activities
Outcome 5: Communicate clearly with others in the course of his or her
Engineering activities
Group C: Impacts of engineering activity
Outcome 6: Recognise and address the reasonably foreseeable social, cultural
and environmental effects of Complex Engineering Activities
Outcome 7: Meet all legal and regulatory requirements and protect the health
and safety of persons in the course of his or her Complex
Engineering activities.
Group D: Exercise judgement, take responsibility and act ethically
Outcome 8: Conduct engineering activities ethically

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

`
Outcome 9: Exercise sound judgement in the course of Complex Engineering
Activities
Outcome 10: Be responsible for making decisions on part or all of Complex
Engineering Activities
Group E: Initial Professional Development (IPD)
Outcome 11: Undertake Initial Professional Development activities sufficient to
maintain and extend his or her competence.

**Note: These must not be confused with the Graduate Attributes (Exit Level Outcomes) that are defined for
the Engineering degree or the content of GA10.

6.1 How professional competencies fit together

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

`

7 Professional development model

7.1 Once graduated

 Register as a “Candidate” with ECSA.
o To achieve registration in a candidate category, an applicant must:
 Satisfy the relevant educational outcomes determined by Council for
the Category
 All applications go through a “Qualification Evaluation”
Candidate Engineer B.Sc. (Eng.) or B.Eng.
Candidate Engineering Technologist B.Tech.
Candidate Certificated Engineer Certificate of Competency
Candidate Engineering Technician National Diploma

7.2 Professional registration

 Worldwide — Based on two requirements:
o Academic entry level qualification –– basic engineering qualification:
B.Sc. (Eng.) or B.Eng. for the Engineer;
B.Tech. for the Technologist; and

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

`
National Diploma in engineering for Technician.
 Three years of practical / technical post qualification training of enough variety and at
the appropriate Engineering level for the category of registration concerned.
 Engineering Profession Act 46 of 2000 defines registration as follows:
o To achieve registration in a professional category, an applicant must:
o Satisfy the educational outcome as defined for the related candidate
category
o Demonstrate competence against standards determined by council for the
category

7.3 Training period

 Structured training programs are more effective in gaining the relevant competencies
at the required level.
 Imperative that training programmes are well developed, managed and implemented.
 International norms are that Candidates cannot acquire the required competencies
and each to the required level in a shorter period than 3 years.
 It generally takes longer than three years to acquire the necessary competencies, on
average 4-5 years.
 Spending time on a particular element of training without a qualitative objective will
not ensure achievement of the required level of competency for that level.
 An Employer with a signed Commitment and Undertaking (C & U) with ECSA would
have a structured program in place with suitable mentors.

7.4 Developing professional competence

 During the post graduate period of training and experience, candidate is in
employment and works with and under supervision of qualified Engineering
supervisors and mentors.
 Training process may involve structured activities, including induction and training
courses on specific skills or technologies.
 Main learning process is through working with competent Engineering personnel:
therefore, develop a cordial relationship with your supervisors and mentors.
 Candidate is under direct or indirect supervision of an Engineering Professional.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

`
 A mentor guides the candidate’s professional development (with assistance of
engineering supervisor).

7.5 Planning principles: Training programmes

 Two principles must be followed by supervisors and mentors when planning training
programmes for candidates:
o A variety of work activities is necessary for the proper development of a
candidate. Variety may be obtained at the various stages in the life-cycle of an
engineering activity: conception, planning, design,
commissioning/construction, implementation, operation and closure.
o Increasing responsibility and accountability within the organisation must be
imposed on and accepted by the candidate until he/she is capable of accepting
professional responsibility in making and executing engineering decisions at
the full professional level.

7.6 Training progression

 The expected training progression of a Candidate Engineer is as depicted in Table
2.1.
Table 2.1: Training progression (Degree of Responsibility)
Level Description Nature of Work Responsibility Level of Support
A. Being Induction/Observe None Explains
Exposed challenges/solutions
B. Assisting Performs under close Limited for work Coaches & feedback
supervision output
C. Participating Performs under Full for Progressively
limited supervision supervised reduces support
work
D. Contributing Performs with Full to Candidate articulates
approval of work supervisor for own reasoning &
output quality of work compares
E. Performing Without supervision Full as Candidate takes on
appropriate for without
a registered support/limited
person guidance

© 2021 University of Pretoria 9

`

8 Conclusion
 ECSA is the custodian of the values and ethos of the profession.
 As a registered professional in future you should remember that the profession
operates in a global environment.
 ECSA are the regulators of the engineering profession
 One of ECSA’s main objectives will always be to uphold the integrity and dignity of
the profession.
 We wish you well in your Engineering Career!

9 ECSA Contact Information

Website: www.ecsa.co.za
E-mail: [email protected]
Offices: Waterview Corner Building
2 Ernest Oppenheimer Avenue
Bruma

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

IPI 410
Leadership In Engineering

Dr Johann Uys
26 March 2021

1
 Outcomes

1. Better understanding of major career choices and

destinations

2. Difference between managers and leaders

3. Leadership is in the end for many the biggest engineering

occupation

4. Better insight into current and future leadership

requirements

5. You are your future – do the right things from the

beginning (and not only do things right)

2
Destinations and choices
What is my first objective in my Engineering career?

What is a watershed decision in my long term Engineering

career going to be?
Where is my Engineering qualification going to take me?

What legacy am I going to leave behind?

3
Destinations and choices
What is my first objective in my Engineering career?

Personal
• Get as much exposure as you can – never shy away –
volunteer and slog!!!
• Find a role model/mentor
• Learn to say “no”
• Learn from others – play dumb – but not dead!
• Make mistakes you can afford – and LEARN from it
Professional
• Keep your portfolio up to date (do your homework!)
• Get the ECSA registration as professional engineer!!
• More bucks!
• More authority
• True professional
4
Destinations and choices
What is a watershed decision in my Engineering career going
to be?

Managerial & Technical &

Business Specialist
focused focused

Note to you!
You don’t have
to make any of
these choices!
Then this is your
career:

5
6
Questions

7
 Technical & Specialist Focused: Implications
Where is my Engineering qualification going to take me?

T&S Core competencies

• Creativity
• Practicalities of the engineering world and various
application fields – cross functional knowledge
application
• Foresight and futuristic thinking
• Tenacity
• Diversity of sciences integrated
8
Managerial & Business Focused: Implications

PM Core competencies

• Team Builder and Leading Teams

• Presentation & Public Speaking
• People Skills – “soft skills”
• Flexibility
• Decision Making (without knowing all the facts!)
• Negotiation skills
• Critical Thinking – inductive and deductive reasoning
• Integrity

9
Managerial & Business Focused: Implications

Project Manager vs. Project Leader

Is there a difference?
Best place
to begin
career

Project Leader Project Manager

• Set Direction • Plan & Budget
• Inspire • Organise work
teams and • Staff the project
people • Control the
• Align People Project
• Motivate &
Support

Inspiration vs. Administration 10

11
Questions

12
Future Leadership Contexts

Enterprise

Group

Business

Function

Managers

Others

Self
13
Future Leadership Contexts
Career paths bring different complexities

CEO/CTO

VP

Director

Senior Manager
Project Manager
People
Engineering
Supervisor
Technical
Engineer

14
Managerial & Business Focused: Implications

Project Manager Snr Executive

Budgets Budgets
Schedules Finance & listing
Team Building Company Milestones
Client Satisfaction Team Building
Conflict resolution Client Satisfaction
Stakeholder management Conflict resolution
Quality Board management
Politics Quality
Resource management Politics
Co-ordination Resource management
Problem solving Technical Marketing & Sales success
Problem solving Interpersonal Problem solving Interpersonal
Communication Skills Visionary
Strategy
Communication Skills

15
 Then there is the 4th Industrial Revolution

• Essential Skills for Engineers - WEF

• Machines cannot do/execute / practice – only people:

• Emotional Intelligence
• Creativity and Innovation
• Leadership
• Adaptability
• Problem solving
• Strategy

16
Questions

17
 So what must I do to start my Leadership journey?
• Develop your 10 year plan: (but be realistic – research 10
years service) – be a leader to yourself first and foremost

• Develop:
• Resilience – team with someone - “I got you covered”
• Agility – sleep, eat, rest well
• Flexibility/Adaptability – develop more curiosity
beyond engineering

• Listening Skills Focus on what a person says – formulate

your message is the last thing you attend to

• Communication skills!

• EQ – 4 pillars of EQ

• Values 18
 Develop a 10 year plan? How?
• Start with a CV – at this stage you may have little
experience to rely on to impress people and decision
makers

• State clearly your

• Personal values
• Person description of who you are and what you are
• They want the right attitude, skills & experience can
come later
• Illuminate your future ambitions
• Show them you’re a hard worker

• They only have you to buy – sell it!

19
 Develop a 10 year plan? How? - ctd
• Main thing to remember is are you at a arrivals or
departure gate?
• Develop a continuous development plan
• Studies,
• Specialisation
• Educate yourself about things in the world
• Travel and go places
• Get to know your country
• Get to know your world
• Bring what you learn to work

20
 Resilience

• The ability of a substance or object to spring back into

shape; elasticity
• The capacity to recover quickly from difficulties;
toughness

21
22
Listening

• Learn to listen – it builds personal power

• Listening is a skill – here is how:

• S – Sit square on to the person
• O – Open body language – do not fold arms for instance
• L – Lean into conversation – if behind a desk, lean forward
• E – Eye contact but do not stare
• R – Respond – uhm, ok, etc. Interrupting is not responding

• Listening Exercise.

23
24
Communication

• Presentation Skills & Verbal Interaction

– Eye contact

– Posture

– Message content
• Factual & Technical = Engineering

• Motivation for Achievement = Team leading = the “What to do”

to achieve the desired goal

• Inspiration for Impact on people = Leaders have followers –

elements of inspiration = tenacity, focus, emotional facts,
hardships, lessons learnt AND applied.

25
26
EQ – 4 pillars of EQ

• EQ is a social skill all of us can learn

• 1st 2 pillars:

– Identify my own emotions

– Manage my own emotions

27
28
EQ – 4 pillars of EQ

• EQ is a social skill all of us can learn

• Last 2 pillars:

– Identify another person’s emotions

– Manage his/her emotions

29
30
Main message

• As a future leader you are being

watched closer than you think

• Legacies

• Live life!
31
32
Questions

33
Theme 4: Continuing Professional
Development
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

As related to the Policy and Rules on Continuing Professional Development (special

focus on section 9 of the linked document and Appendix A) issued by gazette (19-
01-2017)

1. Background
ECSA is responsible for regulating the practice of engineering in South Africa.
1. The Code of Conduct requires:
1.1. Practicing strictly within their area of competence
1.2. Maintenance and enhancement of this competence
2. As a result Registered persons:
2.1. Have the responsibility to keep abreast of developments and
knowledge in their areas of expertise
2.2. Should strive to contribute to the advancement of the body of
knowledge with which they practice and to the profession in general
3. In accordance with Act 46 of 2000 ECSA:
3.1. Must serve and protect the safety and health of the public by
establishing and maintaining minimum standards of practice, knowledge
and skills of registered engineering persons in the country as well as to
establish and maintain standards of professional ethics among them.
3.2. Is through section 13(k) of the Act empowered to determine
conditions relating to continuing education and training
3.3. May make CPD part of renewal of registration requirements.
4. ECSA also maintain the international agreements with other engineering
bodies abroad. These bodies require CPD as part of their requirements and
therefore also demand that ECSA do the same if the SA registration is to be
recognised.
5. The system of CPD, was started in 2006, and linked to renewal of registration
from 1 Jan 2007 for all registered persons.
© 2021 University of Pretoria 1
`

2. Objective of the CPD System

CPD is introduced for all registered persons in order to:
1. Ensure that all registered persons maintain their competence throughout
their period of registration.
2. Meet the requirements of the Act.
3. Be the acceptable means for renewal of registration.
4. Meet the requirements for recognition of ECSA’s assessment process with
regard to international agreements.
5. Ensure that those South African registered persons meet the requirements
for their continued international registration.

3. CPD Definition

3.1 CPD can be defined

 As the systematic maintenance, improvement and broadening of knowledge
and skills, &
 The development of personal qualities necessary for the execution of
professional and technical duties throughout a person’s engineering
career.

3.2 ECSA’s definition

 Is widely drawn and not prescriptive so as to remain flexible enough to be
relevant to all registered persons at all stages of their careers.
 The emphasis for meeting CPD requirements is not on the acquisition of credits
for the attendance of academic or theoretical courses alone, but has been
spread over three categories of activities, which would contribute to meeting
the minimum CPD credits needed for renewal of registration.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

4. Administration
The CPD system is administered by ECSA in terms of its obligation under the
Act.
 Provision of CPD activities according to specific criteria and guidelines is
outsourced to
• Recognised voluntary associations (VAs);
• Accredited tertiary educational institutions &
• Other recognised providers
 ECSA ensures that the responsibilities outsourced are carried out in a fair,
equitable and responsible manner. ECSA therefore retains the right to review
or withdraw any outsourced responsibilities from providers, should the
circumstances so require.

5. Role of Employers of Registered Engineering

Persons
Employers
 Are responsible for creating a suitable work environment, which supports and
promotes the participation of registered persons in activities that maintain their
competence, &
 Share a responsibility to maintain a work environment in which the continued
development of registered persons is assured.

6. Applicability for Various Categories of

Registration
Policy on CPD is applicable to:
1. Professional Categories
Professional Engineers, Professional Engineering Technologists, Professional
Engineering Technicians and Professional Certificated Engineers. It is also applicable
to those persons who are registered in the category of Registered Technicians,
including Master Technicians.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

`

2. Candidate Categories
Registered Candidates are not required to comply with the CPD requirements for
purposes of renewal of registration, however they are required to undertake CPD in
order to comply with the requirements for full registration. Candidates therefore
must record their CPD annually.

3. Specified Categories
This policy is applicable to the following specified category: Registered Lift Inspectors

7. Possible Exemptions from CPD Requirements

Exemptions are allowed to the CPD requirements in the following cases:
1. During Postgraduate Studies
2. Practising Abroad
3. Retired Registered Persons
4. Deferment

7.1 During Postgraduate Studies

Registered Persons Undertaking Postgraduate Studies
Registered persons who are undertaking full or part-time postgraduate studies are not
exempt from the CPD requirements. However, following the award of a post graduate
qualification, CPD credits may be claimed.

7.2 Registered Persons Abroad

Registered persons who are practising abroad
 Should meet the same requirements as those in South Africa &
 Will not be granted deferment.
However
 Documentary proof of compliance with CPD requirements in any particular
country, where such requirements apply, will be accepted for CPD purposes in
South Africa.
 In the absence of such proof of compliance with CPD requirements,
documentation on activities attended outside South Africa will have to be

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

`

submitted to ECSA for evaluation and, if approved, the registered person will
qualify for the specified CPD credits

7.3 Retired Registered Persons

Retired Registered Persons who
 No longer carry out any part-time consulting or engineering work, are
exempted from CPD requirements.
 Are listed as “retired” on ECSA’s database, and who carry out part-time
consulting or engineering work within the limits of the ECSA policy, are not
exempt from CPD requirements, but they will be required to accumulate 3
credits per year.

In either of these cases electing to return to active engineering practice

At least 3 credits for CPD activities should be presented to ECSA in order to change
their registration back to active in the category concerned.

If the retired registered person is still active in engineering

Doing part-time consulting or engineering work, and who does not comply with the
requirements for being listed as “retired” on the ECSA Database, full compliance is
required.

7.4 Deferment
Application for and granting deferment
 Registered persons may apply for deferment of CPD and ECSA will review such
applications individually.
 If reasons given are acceptable to ECSA, deferment may be granted.
 Registered persons experiencing physical disability, illness or other extenuating
circumstances as reviewed and approved by ECSA may be exempt.
 Supporting documentation must be furnished to ECSA.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

`

8. CPD requirements
Major aspects of CPD Requirements
 Cycles and credits per year
 Recording of CPD activities

8.1 Cycles and credits per year

Minimum per year and total
1. CPD will run in 5-year cycles, during which period every registered person will
be required to accumulate a minimum of 25 credits in order to retain registration
2. In any one year, the registered person will be required to accumulate a
minimum of 3 credits across at least two of the categories (not necessarily 3
credits per category) mentioned in Table 4.1. Further explanation in class
lecture.
3. Additional credits earned in any one year may be carried over to the subsequent
years within the five year cycle

8.2 Recording of CPD activities

All registered persons will be required to record their CPD activities annually:
 Either manually on form ECPD1 and by posting it to ECSA, Private Bag X691,
BRUMA, 2026, or electronically, in a password protected private domain for
each registered person, via ECSA’s website www.ecsa.co.za and registered
persons may record individual CPD activities on a continuous basis as they
occur during each annual cycle, provided that all CPD activities undertaken
during each annual cycle must be recorded no later than 30 days after the
completion of each annual cycle.

 When recording CPD activities under sub-rule 5(1), any person who is
registered in more than one professional category must inform the council
which category of registration is the most appropriate to his or her area of
practice, in which case the council evaluates the appropriateness of the CPD
activities so recorded in the context of the registration category preferred by
such registered person.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

`

 Every registered person must retain documentary evidence of all CPD activities
undertaken during each five year cycle, and be able to present such evidence
when requested by the council to do so.

9. Categories of Activities for CPD Credits

CPD credits must be obtained in at least two of the three categories listed below in
Table 4.1. At least 5 credits, per five year cycle, must be from Category 1.
Table 4.1: CPD Credit Categories
Cat. Type of activity Maximum/year Calculation
1 Developmental Activities
See activities in 9.1 none 10 hours/credit
Post graduate degree* 5 5 credits per
degree
2 Work-based Activities
Engineering Work 2 credits = 600hours (300
hours/credit)
Mentoring of candidate practitioners 1 credit = 50hours (50
hours/credit)
3 Individual Activities
Membership of a recognised 1 credit (not linked to
voluntary association hours)
Other activities none 10 hours/credit
*Not awarded per year but only on completion of degree

9.1 Developmental Activities

Attending developmental events
1. Attendance of structured educational/developmental meetings will be credited
with one credit per 10 hours of attendance.
2. A full day activity will be regarded as being for 10 hours and a half-day activity
will be regarded as 5 hours and hence half a credit.
3. Minimum of 5 credits (50 hours) has to be accumulated per 5 year cycle under
this category:

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

`

a. Conferences
b. Congresses
c. Large group workshops
d. Lectures
e. Seminars
f. Refresher courses
g. Colloquiums
h. E-learning
i. Relevant additional completed accredited qualifications at benchmark
level or above (5 credits)
j. A completed post-graduate qualification (5 credits)

9.2 Work-based Activities

Credits for working & mentoring
1. A different formula is used to calculate credits in this category. Since registered
persons also remain current by performing their day-to-day engineering
responsibilities, a weighting of one credit for every 300 hours per year for
engineering related work (including management) is awarded for this category.
2. A maximum of two credits for 600 hours per year may be earned in respect of
this activity.
3. In addition, the mentoring of candidate persons in the workplace will be
recognised as CPD with a maximum of 1 credit for 50 hours of mentoring per
year.
4. In-house skills training sessions organised by employer/engineering
company and career guidance for candidates may also be presented under this
sub-category.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

`

9.3 Individual Activities

Individual Activities consist of:
 Membership of an ECSA recognised voluntary association
 Other activities
Voluntary Associations
Membership of an ECSA recognised voluntary association (engineering
society/institution or institute) will result in a maximum of 1 credit per annum

9.3.1 Other activities

Other activities include the following groups:
 Educational involvement
 Papers & Conferences
 Institutions & Committees
 Self-Enrichment
Educational involvement with credit earned
Activity Credit
Part-time lecturing to under- and postgraduate students 1/10h of lecturing
Supervision of postgraduate students 2/annum
Oral examinations of final year and postgraduate students 1/10h of active
involvement
External examiner of M dissertations and Doctorate theses 2/annum
External examiner of final year students 1/annum

Papers & Conferences apply as follows

Activity Credit
Publication of research in peer reviewed journals: a single 2/publication
author
Where paper has a number of authors 1/publication/author
Publication of technical articles 1/article published
Papers presented at conferences or congresses / poster 1 each
presentations

© 2021 University of Pretoria 9

`

To verify institutions & participation in Committees (credit for active

involvement)
Activity Credit
Participation in statutory, professional, institutional, technical or non- 1/10h
technical committee or task groups
Evaluation of educational programmes at Universities for 1 /10h
accreditation purposes
Evaluation of educational qualifications for ECSA’s Qualifications 1/10h
Examination Committee
Evaluation of competence and applications for registration for ECSA’s 1/10h
Registration
Committees and Professional Advisory Committees

Recognised self-enrichment activities are:

Activity Credit
Self-study which includes, but is not restricted to studying of journals 1/10h study
or electronic of computerised material. All activities under this item
must be verified.

10. Role of Recognised Voluntary Associations

ECSA’s view in terms of CPD on recognised VAs and Accredited Tertiary
Educational Institutions:
1. In South Africa the voluntary engineering associations and accredited tertiary
educational institutions render an invaluable service in offering a wide range of
services that can be used by engineering persons to maintain and improve their
competence.
2. ECSA expects that the recognised voluntary associations should where
possible as part of their activities assist their members in identifying CPD
activities which meet their needs & present CPD activities.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

`

3. Recognised voluntary associations will also be responsible for the validation

and monitoring of courses, seminars and conferences offered for CPD credits
by other providers.

11. Approval of Providers of CPD Activities

The main aspects are:
1. Recognised VAs and Accredited Tertiary Educational Institutions
2. All other recognised bodies
3. Responsibility of registered persons
4. Assurance by VAs
5. Approval of activities by other bodies

11.1 Recognised VAs and Accredited Tertiary Educational

Institutions
ECSA has given approval:
To voluntary associations recognised as such in terms of the Act, as well as accredited
tertiary educational institutions to run activities, which will be acknowledged for
obtaining CPD credits.

ECSA regards:
These bodies are capable of ensuring that all their courses, seminars or conferences
etc would be of adequate standard.

11.2 All other recognised bodies

All other bodies, such as private companies or state organisations
1. Would need to have the contents of every event they provide for in this Category
of CPD approved by the recognised voluntary association for the discipline or
category of registration concerned and for the assignment of the appropriate
credits.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 11

`

2. The organisers of these courses, conferences or seminars etc. would therefore

have to approach the appropriate recognised voluntary association for vetting
of the activity and may be charged a fee for such evaluation and approval.

11.3 Responsibility of registered persons

Registered persons
Registered persons, who intend participating in an activity provided by any other
bodies should ensure that the activity is approved so that the credits awarded will be
recognised by ECSA.

11.4 Assurance by VAs

In approving a Category 1 CPD activity the recognised voluntary associations will
ensure that:
1. The activity should serve to maintain or enhance the knowledge, skills and
competence of all those who participate in it.
2. The activity should meet an educational and developmental need and provide
an effective learning experience for the participants.
3. The (type of) participants or group of participants must be specified and where
appropriate, the discipline should also be specified.
4. The depth and breadth of the subject matter covered must be appropriate with
sufficient time for discussion.
5. The subject covered should provide a balanced view and should not be unduly
promotional.
6. The presenters should have proven practical and academic experience and be
good communicators.
7. Evaluation forms for obtaining feedback from participants on the activity must
be provided for rating of the relevance, quality and effectiveness of the activity.

11.5 Approval of activities presented by other bodies

To obtain approval:
1. Private Providers of CPD activities will be required to submit their proposed
activity to the recognised voluntary association for that discipline or category of
registration, who will arrange for assessment of the content and CPD credit
value thereof.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 12

`

2. Applications for approval of CPD activities must be submitted to the appropriate

recognised voluntary association.

12. Process of Renewal of Registration

Renewal of registration entails:
1. All registered persons will be required to apply for renewal of registration on the
prescribed form at least 3 months prior to the expiry of their registration.
2. This renewal of registration every five years will merely be an administrative
process for those who meet the CPD requirements.
3. However, those registered persons who are identified administratively as
having not met the requirements, will be advised accordingly that their
deficient CPD record will be referred to the relative Registration
Committee or Professional Advisory Committee for decision.
4. Possible actions that may be taken by ECSA are given below.

13. Audit
ECSA will conduct random audits.
1. ECSA will conduct random audits of up to 10% of the CPD records of all
registered persons in the different categories of registration annually.
2. If selected for audit, registered persons will be required to send, within four
weeks of initial notification, verification of their CPD activities.
3. Where the CPD activity was presented by any other provider, proof of approval
of the activity from the recognised voluntary association together with proof of
attendance must be submitted.
4. The audit of CPD submissions will be done by members of ECSA’s Registration
and Professional Advisory Committees
5. Registered persons being audited will be advised of the outcome.
6. Those who do not pass the audit will have their record and verification
documentation referred to the relative Registration Committee or Professional
Advisory Committee for decision.
7. Possible actions that may be taken by ECSA are given below.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 13

`

14. Non-Compliance
A registered person not complying
In the event of a registered person not complying with the requirements of the CPD
system, ECSA may impose any one or more of the following conditions:
1. Require the registered person to follow an approved remedial programme of
continuing professional development within a period prescribed by ECSA.
2. Removing the registered person’s name from the relevant register.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 14

Theme 5: Intellectual Property
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

Richard Posner, Judge of the U.S. Court of Appeals:

“The future of a nation depends in no small part on the efficiency of industry, and the
efficiency of industry depends in no small part on the protection of intellectual
property.”
Disclaimer
1. The author/presenter is not a legal practitioner and the contents of this
presentation should be viewed as introductory material identifying legal
aspects of the intellectual property field important to a typical
engineering/scientific environment. Under no circumstances must this material
be viewed as a professional legal opinion. The intellectual property field is
highly complex and it is impossible to cover the field in all of its detail in this
presentation.
2. All the material contained herein originates from the relevant South Africa
Laws pertaining to intellectual property and relevant sections of international
legal conventions and/or agreements that South Africa subscribes to.

1. Defining IP
1. Under SA Law there is no single law that protects “Intellectual Property”.
2. Intellectual Property is a collective term that refers to the protection of a
variety of human intellectual endeavours, which are protected under different
laws.
3. South African laws that are relevant are:
(a) Copyright Act 98 of 1978, as amended;
(b) Trade Marks Act 194 of 1993;
(c) Patents Act 75 of 1978;
(d) Patents Amendment Act 20 of 2002; &
(e) Designs Act 195 of 1993.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 1

`

1.1 International Picture

1. Important to realise that South African Law does not stand in isolation, but is
in many ways written to be in harmony with a variety of international laws and
conventions that the RSA subscribes to
1.1. Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works
(1971) first adopted in 1886; this is administered by the World
Intellectual Property Organisation “WIPO”, Geneva, Switzerland. Some
164 countries agreed to this convention, including the RSA
1.2. Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (1883, as
amended 1979) agreed to between 173 signatories, including the RSA
1.3. Agreement on Trade-related Aspects of Intellectual Property
Rights (1995) also known as the ‘TRIPS Agreement’, administered by
the WTO (as a result of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(‘GATT’))
1.4. WIPO Copyright Treaty (‘WCT’) (1996)
2. Also important to note that various RSA IP Laws make direct reference to
some of these, notably the Berne Convention, the Paris Convention and
TRIPS!

1.2 RSA Constitution

1. Note that IP rights are not specifically covered by the SA Constitution
2. A good example is the much-publicised case of Laugh It Off Promotions CC
vs. South African Breweries International BV (CLT4204, SA Constitutional
Court)
3. Here the Court was asked to decide on the two rights of IP Protection and
Freedom of Speech. The Court found that:
a. The two rights have equal status
b. And, balancing them against each other found
c. The Right to Freedom of Expression overrides the IP Rights of SAB
d. This was criticised extensively by the legal profession as it could have
serious effects on the rights of business to act and deal with their
propriety rights as they see fit and be protected by the various IP laws.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

The judgement also would have serious effects on the status and
image of certain Trade Marks in the public mind

1.3 Examples
Justice Dikgang Moseneke, handing down a unanimous judgement in the
Constitutional Court, found that SAB had not proved that Laugh It Off had infringed
on the brewery’s trademark with the message on its T-shirts.

The following images are as they appear on the Laugh It Off website and although
clearly being based on well-known Trade Marks seem to be now impossible to
legally prohibit and some appear to be clearly defamatory.

Figure 5.1: Logo Knock-offs

1.4 Summary
1. It is evident that intellectual property is a complex topic and that it is governed
by a number of laws as well as international conventions.
2. SA industry tends to view this not as a major aspect of doing business, and in
some cases have paid a heavy penalty by losing its exclusive rights to
competitors much more astute to the real value of a company’s IP.
3. Note that Intellectual Property is normally TERRITORIAL. But international
protection can be achieved by way of various international conventions and
agreements that the RSA subscribes to. (e.g. the Berne and Paris Convention
states that a national of any of the member states will enjoy the same protection
in any of the member states than in his/her own state, also holds for permanent
residents of a member state).

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

`

2. Trade Marks™
1. A trade mark is a distinctive sign or indicator used by an individual, business
organisation, or other legal entity to identify that the products or services to
consumers with which the trade mark appears originate from a unique source,
and to distinguish its products or services from those of other entities.
2. A trade mark is typically a name, word, phrase, logo, symbol, design, image, or
a combination of these elements. There is also a range of non-conventional
trademarks comprising marks which do not fall into these standard categories,
such as those based on colour, smell, or sound.
3. The owner of a registered trade mark may commence legal proceedings for
trade mark infringement to prevent unauthorised use of that trade mark.
4. However, registration is not required. The owner of a common law trade mark
may also file suit, but an unregistered mark may be protectable only within the
geographical area within which it has been used or in geographical areas into
which it may be reasonably expected to expand.

2.1 Governing Act

Trade Marks Act 194 of 1993 describes:
1. Commercial symbol or “sign”
2. Used on both products and services
3. Word or words
4. Slogans
5. Names
6. Made-up (“created”) words
7. Colours (e.g. Orange)
8. Shapes
9. Logos

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

`

2.2 Examples

Burberry Check Pattern, Distinctive liquor bottle

registered by Burberry as a shape
Trade Mark

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

`

2.3 Distinctive Shapes

Nestle’s KitKat™ shape was distinct in 1935, but

now is no longer distinct and is seen as functional
by the public (Aldi Stores v. Nestle, 2009).

2.4 Colours
Orange (the cellular co.) registered Orange Pantone No 151 as a Trade Mark and is
currently taking legal action against those who it believes transgresses against its
trademark.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

`

2.5 Value of a Trademark

1. Value of a Trademark lies in:
1.1.To indicate origin (identify owner)
1.2. Indicates quality (e.g. BMW, Rolls-Royce)
1.3. Manufacturer’s reputation linked to the mark
1.4. Valuable for advertising
1.5. To distinguish from other marks
2. BUT A TRADEMARK MUST BE DISTINCTIVE!
 Common surnames are Not distinctive (e.g. Van der Merwe, but Lalk is!)
 Single alphanumeric letters are also not distinctive (but KPMG, BMW is).
The “Golden Arches” of McDonalds has become distinctive
 Terms that have become common language, e.g. “frequency hopper” used
in military radio communications is no longer protectable (used to be seen
as synonymous with the Grintek TR15H radio sets)

2.6 Must a trademark be registered?

1. By doing so you will strengthen your ownership claim (use ®)
2. However, you do not have to register it to claim ownership. You can rely on
common law (but it is harder to defend your rights) (use ™)
3. Common Law = “a law that is not written into the statutes, but is commonly
recognised as law” E.g. Judges have some power to make laws through their
decisions. So, when a judge decides that, in this case, X should get damages
because reasons ABC, this is common law. The next time there is the same
situation, other judges will follow previous judges’ decisions.

2.7 Protecting a Trade Mark

1. Against unauthorised use;
2. Also protection against similar marks (passing off as that of somebody else);
3. Even if not used in the RSA but well-known elsewhere (e.g. Orange v. some
local firms, McDonalds v. Joburgers). It is about prevention of confusion
(passing-off); &
4. But you can lose your trade mark if it is not being used as one of the provisions
for registration is that “the applicant must have the intention to make use of the
mark”.
© 2021 University of Pretoria 7
`

2.8 Remedies
1. Interdict (first step normally an Urgent Interim Interdict, to restore the previous
status quo). Followed by a Final Interdict;
2. Damages (must be reasonable);
3. Royalties;
4. Removal of infringing mark from the register; &
5. Confiscation of all products carrying the infringing mark.

2.9 A Legal Example

McDonald’s Corporation v. Joburgers Drive-Inn Restaurant (Pty) Ltd in the Supreme
Court of South Africa, 1996. Case No. 547/95, 1996.
1. McDonald’s obtained registration of its trade marks in South Africa in 1968,
1974, 1979, 1980, 1984 and 1985. It is now the registered proprietor of fifty-two
marks. Of these, twenty-seven consist of or incorporate the word “McDonald”
or “McDonald’s”. Also, used is the letter “M” in the form of so-called golden
arches, with or without the word “McDonald’s”. Others consist of the words BIG
MAC, EGG McMUFFIN and McMUFFIN. There are also two clown devices.
2. When the case proceedings commenced, McDonald’s had not traded in South
Africa nor had it used any of its trade marks here.
3. During 1992 Mr Sombonos (owner of Chicken Licken) on behalf of Joburgers
decided to establish fast food outlets and restaurants using the trade marks
McDonald’s, BIG MAC and the golden arches design. In 1993 Mr Sombonos
applied for the registration of these and some other McDonald’s marks. At the
same time he applied to the Registrar of Trade Marks in terms of Section
36(1)(a) and (b) of the Trade Marks Act, No. 62 of 1963 (“the old Act”) for the
expungement of the trade marks which are held by McDonald’s. McDonald’s
opposed these applications and filed its counter-statements in the
expungement applications during August 1993. During the same period
McDonald’s applied again for the registration of all the trade marks in its name.
4. In this case the Court found: The First and Second Respondents are hereby
interdicted and restrained, with costs, from imitating, reproducing or translating
in the Republic of South Africa any of the Applicant’s trade marks in which the
word McDonald or McDonald’s appears.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

`

3. Copyright©
1. The following can be protected by copyright:
1.1. Literary works
1.2. Dramatic works
1.3. Artistic works
1.4. Musical works
1.5. Cinematographic films
2. First four are “traditional works”, or “products of skill and labour”
3. Last one is an “entrepreneurial work”, product of the “investment of
entrepreneurs”. Also, includes sound recordings, broadcasts, “programme-
carrying signals”, published editions
4. “Secondary work copyright”, e.g. if Thabo translates John’s book from English
to Zulu, both would be entitled to copyright (Thabo’s translation is a “product of
skill and labour”), but this does not detract from John’s “original copyright”
5. Note also that “collections of data” (a database) is protected, TRIPS Agreement
specifically identifies this as an “intellectual creation”. The specific arrangement
of data in itself is worthy of protection.
6. Under TRIPS (Art 10(1)) “Computer programs, whether in source or object
code, shall be protected as Literary Works under the Berne Convention”

3.1 Copyright and Technology

1. The legal domain tends to lag the technology space, which sometimes creates
legal problems
2. E.g. in Golden China TV Game Centre & Others v Nintendo Co Ltd (1997), SA
High Court (Appellate Division) the court found that a microchip containing
images and sequences of a video game qualified for copyright protection as a
cinematographic film
3. But Copyright is complex
A sound recording probably includes copyright protection for a literary work (lyrics), a
musical work, copyright of the performers, the producer, etc. THUS BY COPYING
THE SOUND RECORDING YOU MAY INFRINGE ON THE RIGHTS OF NUMEROUS
INDIVIDUALS, EACH WHO WILL HAVE A STRONG CASE FOR LEGAL RELIEF.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 9

`

4. There is no copyright in ideas, thoughts, mathematical formulas, etc.

5. Copyright indicated by ©, but copyright is not registerable per se. Need not
identify copyright, being able to prove originality is sufficient.

3.2 Duration of Copyright

1. The Berne Convention states that “The term of protection granted shall be the
life of the author plus fifty years after his death”
2. Exceptions (e.g. computer programmes) where copyright exists for fifty years
after the end of the year in which the work was completed or published (thus
Microsoft still has about 20-30 years of copyright left on Windows 1 or MS
DOS!)

3.3 Ownership of Copyright

1. The Copyright Act states that “the ownership of any copyright shall vest in the
author, or the co-authors, of the work” (Sect 21(1))
2. But be aware of “works for hire” where an author is contracted to perform a
work the “employer” of the author owns the work’s copyright
3. Copyright is transmitted by law, e.g. if the owner is declared insolvent the
copyright then vests in the trustee of the insolvent
4. Copyright ownership grants the author exclusive rights to benefit financially by
exploiting his rights, e.g. transferring his rights to another party

3.4 Remedies
1. Interdict
2. Claiming damages
3. Handing over all infringing copies
4. In lieu of damages, a reasonable royalty
5. Anton Piller order (a mandatory injunction order coupled with an inspection
order) I Advantage in that this can be awarded without prior notice to the other
party allowing access and search of the party’s premises (preventing other
party to destroy evidence…)

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

`

4. Patents
1. Patents are granted for inventions, new technological improvements that
contain some measure, great or small, of inventiveness over what is previously
known (UNISA, Patent Law Notes, 2000).
2. Patents all have the following characteristics:
2.1. Issued by a state or other patent office;
2.2. Require that the invention be publicly described (this can be a draw-
back in some cases!! – in some cases may be better to rely on Trade
secrets);
2.3. Prevent ALL others from using the invention for the duration of the
patent.
3. Regulated in the RSA by the Patents Act 57 of 1978 (but also linked to the Paris
Convention and Patent Cooperation Treaty known as the “PCT”).
4. Other important agreements include TRIPS (distinguish from THRIPS a NRF
scheme).

4.1 What can be patented?

1. A patentable invention must be (must comply to ALL three)
(a) New
(b) Involve an inventive step
(c) Be capable of use in trade, industry, or agriculture
2. Not patentable are (there are also others we do not cover here)
(a) Materials or substances already in nature
(b) Scientific theories, mathematical methods (but their technical
implementation can be patented)
(c) Methods, schemes, rules for performing mental acts, playing games or
doing business (but their technical implementation can be patented)
(d) Aesthetic creations
(e) A computer programme (although this now seems to become a possibility
in the US, the SA Patents Act though still excludes computer programmes)
But despite this the SA Patent Office is awarding software patents, Microsoft for
example, in recent years have registered some 300 software patents in the RSA, this
probably has more to do with the nature of the RSA Patent Office which is a “non-
© 2021 University of Pretoria 11
`

examining” patent office making it unlikely that patent applications for software will be
rejected. This is currently attracting attention from the SA Government which is
seemingly set against software patenting …

4.2 Requires absolute novelty

1. Sect. 25(5) of the SA Patents Act states: “an invention is deemed new if it does
not form part of the state of the art immediately before the priority date of that
invention”.
2. This places a difficult requirement on the inventor. Sect 25(6) of the Act states:
“The state of the art shall comprise all matter (whether a product, process,
information about either, or anything else) which has been made available to
the public (whether in the Republic or elsewhere) by written or oral description,
by use or in any other way”.
3. Therefore “loose lips robs you of your intellectual property” to borrow a term
from military security but if your disclosure is made as a secret or confidential
disclosure it will not destroy your idea’s novelty

4.3 International protection

1. Once you submitted a local patent application with the SA Patent Office you
can also apply for protection elsewhere, e.g. under the “Patent Cooperation
Treaty” or “PCT” applying for any number of PCT member countries (you must
choose which countries, as there is no such thing as an “international patent”!)
2. Patent Duration = 20 years from priority date

5. Employment and IP

5.1 Position of your employees (Secrets)

What happens to inventions, or intellectual works made by my employee?
1. The various laws do not specifically provide for the allocation of inventions or
intellectual works made by my employee in the course of his/her employment.
2. The Patent Act does however contain some provisions on this (Sect 59). In
general it takes the stand that inventions made by employees shall belong to
the employer in certain circumstances.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 12

`

3. A UK case (Sterling Engineering Co Ltd v. Patchett, 1955, 72 RPC 50 at 58)

found:
“No doubt the respondent was the inventor and in the ordinary case the benefit of an
invention belongs to the inventor. But at the time when he made these inventions he
was employed by the appellants as their chief designer, and …it is inherent in the legal
relationship of master and servant that any product of the work which the servant is
paid to do belongs to the master: I can find neither principle or authority for holding
that this rule ceases to apply if a product of that work happens to be a patentable
invention. Of course, as the relationship of master and servant is constituted by
contract the parties can, if they choose, alter or vary the normal incidents of the
relationship, but they can only do that by express agreement” (Lord Reid)
4. If there are no specific provisions between employer and employee the SA
courts will hold this view as well! It will also let itself be guided by Common Law.

5.2 Employment contract

1. It will be in both the employers and employees interest to conclude in the normal
contract of employment a clause that clarifies the intellectual property position
of the employer.
1.1. Note however that Sect 59(2) of the SA Patents Act states: “Any condition in a
contract of employment which (1) requires an employee to assign to his employer an
invention made by him otherwise than within the course and scope of employment; or
(2) restricts the right of an employee in an invention made by him more than one year
after the termination of the contract of employment, is null and void”
2. The employee will still be assigned as “inventor” but the patent will be owned
by the employer
3. A key point is whether the invention is “within the normal course of
employment”, for example if the employee is employed as a financial manager
but invents a new can opener, the employer would have no rights to this
invention
4. Burrell’s South African Patent and Design Law suggests as a test:
“If the employee was directed by his employer to apply his energies to the inventive
concept in issue and refused to do so, would the employee be in breach of his contract
of employment? If so, then one could probably conclude that the invention was made
in the course and scope of the employee’s employment.”
© 2021 University of Pretoria 13
`

6. Abuse of IP
1. Intellectual property rights create monopolies, while Competition Law battles
monopolies, are these then in conflict?
2. Article 31 of TRIPs provides for the grant of compulsory licenses, under a
variety of situations, such as:
(a) In the interest of public health;
(b) National emergencies;
(c) Inadequate exploitation of the patent in the country;
(d) Anti-competitive practices by the patentees (e) National interest.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 14

Theme 6: Competency Standard for
Registration as a Professional
Engineer
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

As related to the Competency Standard for Registration as a Professional Engineer

as issued by ECSA (Rev-1.3 [24 November 2012]) [Policy Statement: Acceptable
Engineering Work for Candidate Engineers for Registration as Professional Engineers]

1. Purpose
This Standard defines:
The competence required for registration as a Professional Engineer.

1.1 Definitions
Engineering science means a body of knowledge, based on the natural sciences and
using a mathematical formulation where necessary, that extends knowledge and
develops models and methods to support its application, solve problems and provide
the knowledge base for engineering specialisations.

Engineering problem means a problematic situation that is amenable to analysis and

solution using engineering sciences and methods.

Ill-posed problem means a problem whose requirements are not fully-defined or may
be defined erroneously by the requesting party;

Integrated performance means that an overall satisfactory outcome of an activity

requires several outcomes to be satisfactorily attained, for example a design will
require analysis, synthesis, analysis of impacts, checking of regulatory conformance
and judgement in decisions.

Level descriptor means a measure of performance demands at which outcomes

must be demonstrated.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 1

`

Management of engineering works or activities means the coordinated activities

required to:
1. Direct and control everything that is constructed or results from construction or
manufacturing operations;
2. Operate engineering works safely and in the manner intended;
3. Return engineering works, plant and equipment to an acceptable condition by
the renewal, replacement or mending of worn, damaged or decayed parts;
4. Procurement within engineering works or operations
5. Direct and control engineering processes, systems, commissioning, operation
and decommissioning of equipment;
6. Maintain engineering works or equipment in a state in which it can perform its
required function.
Outcome
At the professional level, means a statement of the performance that a person must
demonstrate in order to be judged competent.

Over-determined problem means a problem whose requirements are defined in

excessive detail, making the required solution impossible to attain in all of its aspects.

Practice area means a generally recognised or distinctive area of knowledge and

expertise developed by an engineering practitioner by virtue of the path of education,
training and experience followed.

Range statement means the required extent of or limitations on expected

performance stated in terms of situations and circumstances in which outcomes are
to be demonstrated.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

2. Demonstration of Competence
Competence must be demonstrated:
Within complex engineering activities, defined below, by integrated performance of
the outcomes defined below at the level defined for each outcome.
Required contexts and functions may be specified in the applicable Discipline Specific
Guidelines.

2.1 Level Descriptor

Complex engineering activities (CEA) have several of the following
characteristics:
1. Scope of activities may encompass entire complex engineering systems or
complex subsystems;
2. A context that is complex and varying, is multidisciplinary, requires teamwork,
unpredictable, may need to be identified;
3. Requires diverse and significant resources: including people, money,
equipment, materials, technologies;
4. Significant interactions exist between wide- ranging or conflicting technical,
engineering or other issues;
5. Are constrained by time, finance, infrastructure, resources, facilities, standards
& codes, applicable laws;
6. Have significant risks and consequences in a range of contexts
Activities include but are not limited to:
1. Design;
2. Planning;
3. Investigation and problem resolution;
4. Improvement of materials, components, systems or processes;
5. Implementation, manufacture or construction;
6. Engineering operations;
7. Maintenance;
8. Closure or disposal;
9. Project management; &
10. Research, development and commercialisation.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

`

3. Group A Outcomes: Engineering Problem

Solving

3.1 Outcome 1
Define, investigate and analyse complex engineering problems: Complex
Engineering Problems have the following characteristics:
1. Require in-depth fundamental and specialised engineering knowledge;
and one or more of:
1. Are ill-posed, under- or over-specified, requiring identification and refinement;
2. Are high-level problems including component parts or sub problems;
3. Are unfamiliar or involve infrequently encountered issues;
and one or more of:
1. Solutions are not obvious, require originality or analysis based on
fundamentals;
2. Are outside the scope of standards and codes;
3. Require information from variety of sources that is complex, abstract or
incomplete;
4. Involves wide-ranging or conflicting issues: technical, engineering and
interested or affected parties;
and one or more of:
1. Requires judgement in decision making in uncertain contexts;
2. Have significant consequences in a range of contexts.

3.1.1 Range Statement

The problem may be:
1. A design requirement,
2. An applied research and development requirement, or
3. A problematic situation in an existing component, system or process.
This outcome is concerned with the understanding and judgement of a problem;
Outcome 2 is concerned with the solution.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

`

3.2 Outcome 2
Solving problems:
Design or develop solutions to complex engineering problems.

3.2.1 Range Statement

The solution may be
1. The design of a component, system or process; or
2. A recommendation of the remedy to a problematic situation.

3.3 Outcome 3
Comprehend and apply advanced knowledge:
1. Principles,
2. Specialist Knowledge,
3. Jurisdictional and
4. Local Knowledge.

3.3.1 Range Statement

Applicable knowledge includes:
1. Specialist knowledge that has depth in the practice area and is underpinned by
the fundamental knowledge of an engineering discipline or cross-disciplinary
area. In-depth specialist knowledge in practice area supports a fundamentals-
based, first principles analytical approach, building models as required.
2. A working knowledge of interacting disciplines (engineering and other) to
underpin teamwork.
3. Jurisdictional knowledge includes legal and regulatory requirements as well as
locally relevant codes of practice. As required for practice area, a selection of:
law of contract [Contract law, p50], health and safety, environmental,
intellectual property [Intellectual Property, p38], contract administration, quality
management [Standards and Regulatory requirements, p65], risk
management, maintenance management, regulation, project and construction
management.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

`

4. Group B Outcomes: Managing Engineering

Activities

4.1 Outcome 4
Manage:
Part or all of one or more complex engineering activities.

4.1.1 Range Statement

Management:
Is directed at achieving engineering results through management of people,
resources, processes, systems and money and involves:
1. Planning of complex engineering activities;
2. Organising complex engineering activities;
3. Leading engineering activities;
4. Controlling complex engineering activities;

4.2 Outcome 5
Communicate
Clearly with others in the course of his or her engineering activities.

4.2.1 Range Statement:

Communication involves:
1. Strategic, managerial, technical and wider impacts of engineering work.
2. Material communicated includes concepts, analyses, proposals and informative
subjects.
3. The audience includes peers, superiors, and persons implementing designs
and other work, persons in other disciplines, clients and wider stakeholders.
4. Communication functions must be performed reliably and repeatedly.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

`

5. Group C Outcomes: Impacts of Engineering

Activity

5.1 Outcome 6
Effect of engineering activities
Recognise and address the reasonably foreseeable social, cultural and environmental
effects of complex engineering activities.

5.2 Outcome 7
Legal and other Requirements
Meet all legal and regulatory requirements and protect the health and safety of persons
in the course of his or her complex engineering activities.

5.2.1 Range Statement for outcomes 6 and 7:

Impacts and Regulatory requirements include:
1. Direct and indirect, immediate and long-term effects of engineering solutions;
2. Application of principles of sustainability;
3. Regulatory requirements that are explicit for the context and are generally
applicable.

6. Group D Outcomes: Exercise judgement, take

responsibility & act ethically

6.1 Outcome 8
Ethics
1. Conduct engineering activities ethically.
2. Range statement: Ethical behaviour is at least that defined by the Code of
Conduct. [Theme 3]

6.2 Outcome 9
Sound Judgement
Exercise sound judgement in the course of complex engineering activities.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

`

6.2.1 Range Statement for Outcomes 8 and 9

Judgement in decision making involves:
1. Taking diverse, wide ranging risk factors into account; or
2. Significant consequences in a range of contexts; or
3. Wide ranges of interested and affected parties with widely varying needs.

6.3 Outcome 10
Responsibility
Be responsible for making decisions on part or all of complex engineering
activities.

6.3.1 Range Statement:

Responsibility exercised for outcomes of significant parts of one or more complex
engineering activities.

7. Outcomes: Continuing Professional

Development

7.1 Outcome 11
Professional development (CPD)
Undertake professional development activities sufficient to maintain and extend his
or her competence.

7.1.1 Range Statement:

Professional development involves:
1. Planning own professional development strategy;
2. Selecting appropriate professional development activities; and
3. Recording professional development strategy and activities;
4. While displaying independent learning ability

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

`

8. Code of Conduct for Registered Persons

Class Notes
URL of the Code of Conduct:
https://www.ecsa.co.za/regulation/RegulationDocs/Code_of_Conduct.pdf
Dated 17-03-2017: Government Gazette
It is advisable to rather download the above document for study purposes as it is the
complete version of the Code of Conduct.

8.1 Origin
Standing of the Rules of Conduct
The Rules of Conduct for Registered Persons were gazetted on 17 March 2017, Nr.
40691.
The rules published fall within the Engineering Profession Act, 2000 (Act No. 46 of
2000).
This means it is regulatory, not optional.

8.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Schedule are to ensure that Registered Persons, in the
execution of their engineering work:
1. Apply their knowledge and skill in the interests of the public and the environment;
2. Execute their work with integrity and in accordance with generally accepted norms
of professional conduct;
3. Respect the interests of the public and honour the standing of the profession;
4. Strive to improve their professional skills and those of their subordinates;
5. Encourage excellence within the engineering profession; and
6. Do not prejudice public health and safety.

8.3 Definitions
In terms of the Code of Practice the following apply:
“business undertaking”: means any business enterprise or entity, joint venture,
consortium, association or any such organisation or entity;

“Council”: means Engineering Council of South Africa established by section 2 of the

Act; In terms of the Code of Practice …:
© 2021 University of Pretoria 9
`

“Information”: means engineering documents and data produced or relied upon by

the Registered Person in the performance of work that form a material part of the
project records, including design calculations and drawings, whether electronic format
or otherwise.

“Registered Persons”: means persons registered in terms of the Act;

In terms of the Code of Practice …:

“the Act”: means the Engineering Profession Act, 2000 (Act No. 46 of 2000); and

“work”: means any engineering work normally carried out by Registered Persons in
the practice of their profession.

8.4 Rules of Conduct: Ethics

8.4.1 Competency [3(1)]
Registered Persons:
1. Must discharge their duties to their employers, clients, associates and the public
with due care, skill and diligence.
2. May only undertake work which their education, training and experience have
rendered them competent to perform and is within the category of their registration.
3. Must, when carrying out work, adhere to norms of the profession.

8.4.2 Integrity [3(2)]

Registered Persons:
1. Must discharge their duties to their employers, clients, associates and the public
with integrity, fidelity and honesty;
2. Must not undertake work under conditions or terms that would compromise
their ability to carry out their responsibilities in accordance with the norms of
the profession;
3. Must not engage in any act of dishonesty, corruption or bribery;
4. Must disclose to their employers and clients, or prospective employers or
clients, in writing:

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

`

(a) Any interest, whether financial or otherwise, which they may have in
any business undertaking or with any person, and which is related to
the work for which they may be or have been employed;
(b) Particulars of any royalty or other benefit which accrues or may accrue
to them as a result of the work; with the client or employer concerned;
and
(c) The status of their professional indemnity insurance cover, upon
request;
5. May not, either directly or indirectly, receive any gratuity, commission or other
financial benefit for any article or process used in, or for the purpose of, the
work for which they are employed, unless such gratuity, commission or other
financial benefit has been disclosed in writing to the employer or client
concerned;
6. Must avoid situations that give rise to a conflict of interest or the potential for
such conflict of interest;
7. May not knowingly misrepresent, or permit misrepresentation of their own or
any other person’s academic or professional qualifications or competency,
nor knowingly exaggerate their degree of responsibility for any work;
8. Must give engineering decisions, recommendations or opinions that are
honest, objective and based on facts;
9. May neither personally nor through any other person, improperly seek to
obtain work, or by way of commission or otherwise, make or offer to make
payment to a client or prospective client for obtaining such work;
10. Must ensure that any work approved or certified by them, has been reviewed
or inspected to the extent necessary to confirm the correctness of the
approval or certification;
11. May not, unless required by law or by these Rules, divulge any information
of a confidential nature which they obtained in the exercise of their duties;
12. Must notify Council on becoming insolvent where such insolvency is caused
by his or her negligence or incompetence in performing engineering work;
13. Must, without delay, notify Council if they become subject to one or more of
the following:
(a) Removal from an office of trust on account of improper conduct;

© 2021 University of Pretoria 11

`

(b) Being convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment without

an option of a fine, or, in the case of fraud, to a fine or imprisonment or
both.

8.4.3 Public Interest [3(3)]

Registered Persons must:
1. At all times have due regard for and give priority to the health, safety and
interest of the public.
2. When providing professional advice to a client or employer, and such advice
is not accepted, inform such client or employer of any consequences which
may be detrimental to the health, safety or interests of the public and at
the same time inform the Council of their action.

8.4.4 Environment [3(4)]

Registered Persons must at all times:
1. Have due regard for, and in their work avoid or minimise, adverse impact on
the environment; and
2. Strive to ensure that in meeting present development needs, the ability of
future generations to meet their needs is not compromised.

8.4.5 Dignity of the Profession [3(5)]

Registered Persons:
1. Must order their conduct so as to uphold the dignity, standing and
reputation of the profession;
2. May not maliciously or falsely, whether in the practice of their profession or
otherwise, knowingly injure the professional reputation or business of any
other Registered Person or the reputation of the Council;
3. May not improperly supplant or attempt to supplant a Registered Person in
a particular engagement after such Registered Person has been employed;
4. May not advertise their professional services in a misleading or exaggerated
manner or in a manner that is harmful to the dignity of the profession;

5. May not review the work carried out for a particular client by another
Registered Person, except in any of-
(a) Where the review is carried out for a different client;

© 2021 University of Pretoria 12

`

(b) With the prior knowledge of the other Registered Person;

(c) After receipt of a notification in writing from the client that the
engagement of the other Registered Person has been terminated;
(d) Where the review is intended for purposes of dispute resolution or
legal proceedings, including proceedings arisinq from these Rules;
(e) For routine or statutory checks.

8.5 Administrative
Registered Persons:
1. May not without satisfactory reasons destroy or dispose of, or knowingly allow
any other person to destroy or dispose of, any information within a period of
10 years after completion of the work concerned;
2. May not place contracts or orders, or be the medium of payments, on their
employer’s or client’s behalf without the written authority of the employers
or clients;
3. May not issue any information prepared by them or by any other person
under their direction or control, unless this information bears –
(a) The name of the organisation concerned;
(b) The name of the Registered Person concerned or another appropriately
qualified and authorised person; and
(c) The date of preparation.
4. May, in instances where the signature of a Registered Person is required, use
an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Communications and
Transactions Act, 2002 (Act No. 25 of 2002);
5. Must order their conduct in connection with work outside the borders of the
Republic of South Africa in accordance with these rules in so far as they are
not inconsistent with the law of the country concerned: Provided that
where there are recognised standards of professional conduct in a country
outside the Republic, they must adhere to those standards in as far as they
are not inconsistent with these rules.
6. Must supervise, and take responsibility for, work carried out by their
subordinates including persons registered as candidates;
7. Must ensure that, while engaged as partners, directors, members or employees
of a business undertaking which performs work, the control over the work is
© 2021 University of Pretoria 13
`

exercised, and the responsibility in respect thereof is carried out by a

Registered Person other than a person registered as a candidate in terms of
section 18 (1)(b) of the Act;
8. Must, when requested by the Council to do so, in writing provide the Council
with all the information available to them which may enable the Council to
determine which Registered Person was responsible for any act that the
Council may consider prima facie to be improper conduct;
9. Must notify Council without delay of any change of his or her physical
address;
10. Must within 30 days respond to correspondence received from clients,
colleagues and Council in so far as it relates to work or proceedings in terms of
these rules.

8.6 Public Finance Management Act

As gazzeted by the Public Finance Management Act (Act No: 1 of 1999)
https://www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/201409/a1-99.pdf

Key aspects in this context to focus on unethical types of expenditure (use of public
money);
1. Fruitless and wasteful expenditure
Expenditure which has been made in vain and would have been avoided
had reasonable care been exercised
2. Irregular expenditure
Expenditure other than authorised expenditure, incurred in contravention of
or that is not in accordance with a requirement of any applicable legislation

8.7 Tests
Evaluate your actions by applying the following tests which are applicable beyond the
profession as well:
1. Harms Test Do the benefits outweigh the harms,
short term and long term?
2. Reversibility Test Would I think this was a good choice if I
traded places?

© 2021 University of Pretoria 14

`

3. Colleague Test What would my professional colleagues

say?
What does my professional code of
ethics say?
4. Legality Test Would my choice violate a law or policy
of my employer?
5. Publicity Test How would my choice look on the front
page of tomorrow’s newspaper?
6. Common Practice Test What if everyone behaved this way?
7. Wise Relative Test What would my wise old aunt or uncle
do? and/or
Would I want them to know what I’m
doing?
8. The Hiding Test Do I want people to know what I’m
doing?
9. The Self-Respect Test How will I feel about myself after making
this choice?

8.8 Reference
ECSA Code of Conduct
Public Finance Management Act

© 2021 University of Pretoria 15

Theme 7: Voluntary Associations
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

As related to the List of Voluntary Associations recognised by the Council in terms of

Section 25(3), Engineering Professions Act, 2000 and rules for recognition as a
Voluntary Association as part of Section 36(1), Engineering Professions Act, 2000.

Voluntary Associations (VAs) are generally,

 Formed by members who come together voluntarily for the benefit of a
discipline
 Constituted by members who work as a matter of choice, not by force
 Constituted by members who can continue for duration of choice as long as
responsibilities are met
 Constituted by members who can leave by choice
 Managed and governed by a constitution drawn up by the members
 Office bearers hold office for a period/term and may be under contract

1. Background
VAs are generally associations formed by a group of individuals who voluntarily enter
into an agreement to form a body (or organisation) to work together for the benefit of
a discipline or sub-discipline.

Voluntary Associations within the engineering discipline in South Africa is regulated by

ECSA and have to satisfy criteria as per the Engineering Professions Act to be a
recognised VA.

2. Definition

Definition of ‘association’ as per the Engineering Professions Act, 2000, means an

institute, institution, association, society or federation established by engineering
practitioners to promote their collective professional and/or business interests.

Definition of ‘Voluntary Association’ within the engineering discipline as per the

Engineering Professions Act, 2000, means an association recognised by the
Engineering Council as a voluntary association in terms of section 25(3).
© 2021 University of Pretoria 1
`

3. Categories of VAs

3.1 Category A
Associations whose membership consists of natural persons, and are,
Practicing in any particular discipline or sub-discipline of engineering
Practising in any particular category of registration contemplated in the Engineering
Professions Act, 2000.
Examples discussed in class. Additionally refer to list of Voluntary Associations for
detailed list.

3.2 Category B
Association whose membership consists of juristic persons, including sole proprietors,
who are engaged in carrying out work of an engineering nature.
Examples discussed in class. Additionally refer to list of Voluntary Associations for
detailed list.

4. Types of membership in VAs

Possible membership grade within a VA includes,
 Student member
 Associate member
 Member
 Senior member
 Honorary member, life or fellow (mostly based on exceptional contribution to
the profession or discipline)
Membership category is mostly dependent on
 Educational Background (Basic & higher)
 Professional Experience
Membership fees vary depending on membership grade

5. Membership benefits
There are a range of benefits that are on offer from being a member of a relevant VA.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

Benefits for student grade memberships (depending on VA) include;

 Industry contacts
 Bursary information
 Lectures on latest development within disciplines
Benefits for other grade memberships (depending in VA) include;
 Mentors
 Business networks
 CPD activities such as lectures on latest development within disciplines
 Reduced professional registration fees

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

Theme 8: A short Introduction to SA
Labour Relations
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

“Ignorantia juris non excusat” — Ignorance of the law is no excuse
Notes: Coetzee v Steenkamp (579/2009) [2010] ZANCHC 25 (18 June 2010)

1. Employment Relationship
Two major aspects govern the relationship:
1. Framework of Law:
(a) Common law.
1) Origin of contract law (refer to Contract law on p50)
2) Roman/Dutch Law
3) Basic understanding of the working of a contract
(b) Constitution of South Africa
(c) Labour Relations Act [LRA].
(d) Basic Conditions of Employment Act (BCEA).
(e) Main Agreement for the Metal and Engineering Industries Bargaining
Council (MEIBC).
2. Trust relationship.

2. Bargaining Councils
LRA: 27. Establishment of bargaining councils
1. One or more registered trade unions and one or more registered employers’
organisations may establish a bargaining council for a sector and area by-
(a) Adopting a constitution that meets the requirements of section 30; and
(b) Obtaining registration of the bargaining council in terms of section 29.
2. The State may be a party to any bargaining council established in terms of this
section if it is an employer in the sector and area in respect of which the
bargaining council is established.
3. If the State is a party to a bargaining council in terms of subsection (2), any
reference to a registered employers’ organisation includes a reference to the
State as a party.
4. A bargaining council may be established for more than one sector.
See the Labour Relations Act, Sec 27.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 1

3. Understand your rights
1. The employment arena is an unfair one.
2. Laws created to try to equalise arena.
3. Core value of the Constitution – Security of employment.
4. The only way to be fair is to understand the rights of employees and employers.
5. Example – sec 10 BCEA (current threshold R193 805/a or R16 150/m).
(a) Can be negotiated contractually, always better than minimum (BCEA)
nothing less;
(b) Be aware if employee is increased in salary over threshold but still retains
rights contractually.

3.1 Notes
Sidumo & another v Rustenburg Platinum Mines Ltd & others (CCT 85/06) [2007]
ZACC 22; [2007] 12 BLLR 1097 (CC); 2008 (2) SA 24 (CC) and (2007) 28 ILJ 2405
(CC) -
In deciding how commissioners should approach the task of determining the fairness
of a dismissal, it is important to bear in mind that security of employment is a core
value of the Constitution which has been given effect to by the LRA. This is a protection
afforded to employees who are vulnerable. Their vulnerability flows from the inequality
that characterises employment in modern developing economies. The relationship
between employer and an isolated employee and the main object of labour law is set
out in the now famous dictum of Otto Kahn-Freund:
The relation between an employer and an isolated employee or worker is typically a
relation between a bearer of power and one who is not a bearer of power. In its
inception it is an act of submission, in its operation it is a condition of subordination,
however, much the submission and the subordination may be concealed by that
indispensable figment of the legal mind known as the ‘contract of employment’. The
main object of labour law has always been, and we venture to say will always be, to
be a countervailing force to counteract the inequality of bargaining power which is
inherent and must be inherent in the employment relationship.’

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

4. The Employee
1. The unemployment rate in South Africa was last reported at 24.1% in January
2014. The unemployment rate in Australia is at 5.8% in April 2014
2. Looking for Employment security – will compromise salary/benefits!!
3. Majority of employees unaware of basic employment rights
4. Lack of knowledge leaves opening for Union/Employer.

4.1 Notes
Unemployment rate
Platinum strike talks deadlock – report – by www.Fin24.com
Talks to end the protracted wage strike in the platinum sector have deadlocked,
according to SABC television news, citing unnamed sources.

The Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (AMCU) and platinum

producers met behind closed doors at an undisclosed location in Johannesburg on
Wednesday, the Chamber of Mines said.
Spokesperson Charmaine Russell could not say if talks would continue on Thursday.
In the morning, AMCU chief negotiator Jimmy Gama said in an SMS: “There is no
Final offer as yet, parties are still talking”. The AMCU was meeting platinum mining
companies in a bid to resolve the wage dispute, now in its third month. Anglo Platinum
(Amplats), Impala Platinum (Implats) and Lonmin have tabled a wage increase offer
of between 7,5% and 10%.

The proposed offer would see the minimum cash remuneration for entry-level
underground workers rise to R12 500 a month or R150 000 per annum by July 2017.

In terms of the proposal, the cost-to-company for the lowest-paid underground worker
would be in excess of R17 500 a month or R210 000 a year by July 2017.
AMCU members at Amplats, Impala, and Lonmin mining operations in Rustenburg in
North West and Northam in Limpopo downed tools on January 23, demanding a basic
salary of R12 500 per month.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

The union rejected a wage increase of nine percent. The companies in turn rejected
AMCU’s revised demand that the R12 500 could be phased in over four years. The
strike has cost the companies over R14bn in revenue and workers have lost over R6bn
in earnings. The R12 500 demand stems from a violent wildcat strike in Marikana near
Rustenburg in August 2012, where Lonmin workers demanded R12 500 as a basic
monthly salary.

Forty-four people were killed during the strike. Thirty four mineworkers were killed on
August 16, 2012, when police fired on them while allegedly trying to disarm and
disperse them. Ten people, including two policemen and two security guards, were
killed during the preceding week. President Jacob Zuma appointed retired judge Ian
Farlam to chair a commission probing the 44 deaths. Article published with the kind
courtesy of www.fin24.com

5. 5. Duties of Employees
Employees must:
1. Enter and remain in service;
2. Maintain reasonable efficiency;
3. Further the employer’s business interests;
4. Be Respectful and Obedient &
5. Refrain from Misconduct generally.

5.1 Notes
[Workplace Law (John Grogan, Juta, 9th Edition) p 51]
Moloi/Macsteel Service Centres (VRN Reef) [2014] 2 BALR 117 (MEIBC) by Advocate
Nicolene Erasmus.
After being charged with sexual harassment, the applicant on 8 March 2013 in an
email with “resignation” in the subject line, informed the employer that:
Seeing that Macsteel VRN’s future is not that bright and its business taking a nose
dive and that soon enough most of its employees won’t have jobs anyway, I have
decided to jump ship in order to focus on steering my own little ship which I have been
privately building with the little remuneration that you have been paying me for the past
8 years of service to you.
© 2021 University of Pretoria 4
I wish to thank you for the opportunity that you have given me over the years which I
have used to my advantage by empowering myself with the industry knowledge while
I acted like a dom[sic] garden boy.
On Monday I’ll be coming to render my resignation formally and to claim what is legally
mine in terms of pension pay-outs and outstanding remuneration.
It was nice doing business with you.
Jacob, CEO & Working Capitalist

It was the respondent’s contention that there was no need for the applicant to issue
the employer with a “formal resignation” as that is exactly what the email was — a
voluntary resignation to avoid being subjected to a disciplinary hearing. The following
Monday the employee had a change of heart and decided to withdraw his resignation,
a request which he was told “had to go to head office”. The applicant then claimed that
he had been dismissed.

Commissioner B van Wyk had no problem finding that no dismissal had ever taken
place:
“In this matter the applicant, Mr Jacob Moloi hopelessly failed to convince me that he
had ever been dismissed. Quite the opposite, the applicant tendered a voluntary
written resignation to Macsteel.” And further with respect to costs: “Mr Moloi’s
unreasonable and vexatious insistence to persist with this frivolous case under the
auspices of the MEIBC, well knowing that the Bargaining Council’s services are free
and ultimately being funded by the SA taxpayer, necessitated in my respectful view an
order of costs to mitigate Macsteel’s expenses to defend this frivolous matter.”

6. The Employer
1. The bottom line for a Company
2. Employee is an asset.
3. Employee balance sheet.
4. Is the employee an expense or an income to the business of the employer?
5. Employer will always make business decisions.
6. The employment relationship is built on a fragile trust.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

7. Duties of Employer
Employers must:
1. Receive the employee into service;
2. Remunerate the employee;
3. Ensure safe working conditions;
4. Perform General Contractual duties; &
5. Execute statutory duties.
Notes: Workplace Law (John Grogan, Juta, 9th Edition) p59.

8. Termination of Employment Relationship

1. Resignation by Employee
1.1. Constructive Dismissal is a Dismissal by Employer
2. Contractual reasons
3. On expiration or completion of a specified task
3.1. Fixed Term Contract
4. Dismissal by Employer
4.1. Misconduct
4.2. Incapacity (Medical or Poor Work Performance)
4.3. Retrenchment
Notes: Workplace Law (John Grogan, Juta, 9th Edition) p79 and chapters 10, 11 and
12.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

Disputes
1. Arena of truth or is it?
2. Settlement versus Arbitration.
3. Substance and Procedure.
4. Reasonable
5. Humanity
6. Maximum risk for employer?
7. Maximum risk for employee?
Amendments to Labour Laws
1. The Labour Relations Act
2. The Basic Conditions of Employment Act
3. Both Amendment Bills have been adopted by the National Assembly but not
yet signed into power by the President

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

Theme 9: Contract Law
Department of Mining Engineering

IPI 410: Engineering Professionalism

Lecturer: Ms J van der Walt

Last Revision: 2021

© Copyright reserved

© 2021 University of Pretoria

`

1. Introduction
What is a contract?
1. A contract is a verbal or written agreement between two consenting parties who
both have the legal capacity to conclude the agreement.
2. The agreement must be legally executable (not contain any illegal content that
cannot be executed by both parties due to legislative restrictions).
3. Its purpose is to give rise to a binding legal commitment by both parties in which
both parties have rights and obligations.
4. A contract is therefore an agreement entered into by specified parties with the
specific intent to create obligations which are binding and as a result thereof,
legally enforceable.

2. Requirements for a valid contract

1. CONSENSUS (both parties must agree to the terms of the agreement)
2. CAPACITY TO CONTRACT (the parties must be legally able to contract. For
example — minors, unrehabilitated insolvents and mentally ill individuals are
not allowed to contract)
3. LEGALLY EXECUTABLE (the contract may not be contrary to any common law
principle, legislation or the morals of society)
4. PHYSICALLY EXECUTABLE (the performance or object of performance must
be determined or determinable and must at the time of under signing of the
agreement be objectively possible)
5. FORMALITIES (must comply with statutory and other formalities)

3. Basic principles

3.1 The parties

The parties
1. Always two or more parties to a contract.
2. Who consent to the terms thereof (for example: A cannot force B to sign the
contract)
© 2021 University of Pretoria 1
`

3. Both have rights and responsibilities (to pay or render a service/receive goods
or services)
4. Both parties need to have the capacity and authority to contract.
5. Two types of persons who can contract:
(a) Natural Persons
(b) Juristic Persons

3.2 Person types

1. NATURAL PERSONS
Are persons over the age of 18, who are NOT unrehabilitated insolvents or mentally
incapable of contracting;
2. JURISTIC PERSONS
(a) Are for example: Companies — PTY (LTD) OR close corporations – CC OR
Statutory Entities such as the SABC OR Clubs and Churches.
(b) These entities cannot contract by themselves and are represented by
specific individuals (natural persons) who have been appointed to contract on
their behalf. These individuals are usually Directors or other individuals who
have been specifically authorised to act on behalf of the company by way of a
resolution, or act as its agent. The agent’s identity must ALWAYS be stated.

3.3 Performance
Performance can be divided into three different subcategories, namely:
1. to do something;
2. to refrain from doing something;
3. to give/surrender something.
These three actions are common in most contracts.
For example: an engineering firm has agreed to render services in return for payment
from the government. The government in return has agreed to pay the sum of money
and to receive the services. OR A
has agreed to pay X a sum of money in return for his patent.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 2

`

3.4 Types of contracts

1. UNILATERAL CONTRACT – An example of a unilateral contract is a donation.
Where one party is obliged to give a sum of money and the other party is entitled
to receive said sum.
2. RECIPROCAL CONTRACT (MUTUAL AGREEMENT) NB!!!
(a) Is an agreement where both parties have rights and obligations toward
one another. (bilateral/multilateral agreement)
(b) Both parties must give a certain performance and is entitled to receive a
certain performance;
(c) Example: A decides to sell his time machine to B. A has an obligation to
hand over the time machine to B and the right to receive money for it. B has
an obligation to pay A for the time machine and the right to receive the time
machine in return for the payment.

3.5 Content of a contract

A contract contains three distinct categories of clauses:
1. Essentialia — The essential clauses of the agreement that makes it a specific
contract. These are the clauses that define what type of contract it’s going to
be. For example: a rental agreement/hire purchase agreement/service level
agreement/contract of sale etc.
2. Naturalia –– Are the elements in an agreement that automatically governs the
legality of the agreement. For example: legislation or the common law. The
common law principle of a guarantee against hidden defects is an example of
thereof.
3. Incedentalia — Are clauses that can be added specifically by agreement
between the parties and encompasses the rest of the contractual terms. For
example: a “Voetstoots” clause – [discussed in class]

3.6 Void Contracts

Void contracts are contracts where one or more of the requirements for a valid
contract are missing. For example: If one of the parties is not allowed to contract due
to common law or legislative restrictions (minors, unrehabilitated insolvents, mentally
incapable)

© 2021 University of Pretoria 3

`

Voidable contracts Are contracts where an agreement was concluded between the
parties, but a material deficiency was present at the time when the contract was
concluded.
For Example:
 A threatens B that if he does not sign the agreement, A will scratch B’s new
Mercedes Benz.
Therefore, an agreement was concluded, but one of the parties was forced to sign the
agreement.
 OR if A thought bona fide that he was contracting with B, but he was in fact
contracting with C, then the agreement is voidable.

3.7 Time and Place of contracting

It is of the utmost importance to always indicate where and when a contract was
concluded between parties.
WHERE – the place where is always relevant, as it determines in which court’s
jurisdictional area it was signed. If a party is in breach of that contract the
disadvantaged party can approach the court where the contract was signed to exercise
its remedies.
WHEN – is paramount, as it determines at what time the parties’ rights and obligations
came into effect.

4. Commercial contracts
A commercial contract in itself is relevant to the world of business transactions and
professional relationships. Commercial agreements need to take into account the
following principles:
1. Risk Management
2. Tax efficiency
3. Business Practice
4. Trade Usages

© 2021 University of Pretoria 4

`

5. Commercial contracts and contracts for

engineering
Engineers in general offer one or more of the following:
1. Service – where the Engineer offers specific knowledge as the “product” he/she
sells;
2. Products – where the engineer works for a company that offers certain products
or specified systems;
3. When these products, services or a combination of the above are offered to
another party, a contract is usually concluded between the aforesaid. Preferably
any and all contracts should be reduced to writing, to ensure that both parties
enjoy the appropriate protection in the event of breach. A verbal contract is
extremely difficult to prove, unless the circumstances surrounding the
agreement serve as irrefutable evidence of the agreement itself, as well as the
terms thereof.

6. Drafting a contract
1. As qualified Engineers, you might be tasked with drafting a contract on behalf
of your companies/firms or as an individual. In most instances an Attorney is
appointed to tend to the necessary, but it is always important to know how to
draft and properly peruse an agreement, so that you may be able identify
discrepancies in the agreement.
2. The content of a contract is determined by law, commercial reality, practical
considerations and the circumstances of each individual case. Contracts are
not always different and might in some instances use one contract as a
template for numerous transactions. However, every transaction is in itself
unique and should be approached with the utmost diligence to avoid negligence
and subsequent fault or possible liability.
3. Look at possibilities like FIDIC, NEC(3) or JBC if appropriate.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 5

`

7. Guidelines for drafting of contracts

Guidelines for drafting a contract:
1. Establish what your requirements are and do proper research;
2. Provide for any eventuality that might become a potential dispute in the future;
3. Consider inserting a clause for arbitration (dispute resolution);
4. Keep the language simple and avoid ambiguous or vague terminology that can
later prove to be problematic;
5. Ensure that the object of performance and the parties are properly described to
avoid confusion;
6. Ensure that the agreement complies with all regulatory legislature and rules of
Engineering practice;
7. Prepare a first draft and have it checked by a partner, colleague or attorney for
advice.

8. Contract clauses

8.1 Common clauses or so-called “boiler plate” clauses

It is common in practice to include in any agreement certain clauses of a general
nature which facilitates the enforcement of the contract.

8.2 The “Whole Agreement” clause

1. This clause is standard in most agreements. Its purpose is to ensure that
neither party can enforce external rights or remedies that are not included in
that specific agreement. In short, it reads as follows:
2. This Document contains the whole agreement between the parties. No party
will have any right or remedy arising from any undertaking, warranty or
representation which is not included in this agreement.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 6

`

8.3 Variation clause

1. The variation clause serves as a security mechanism and prevents either party
from altering the terms of the agreement. A normal variation clause reads as
follows:
2. “This agreement or any part thereof can only be waived, varied, added to or
cancelled by way of a further written agreement by both parties and signed by
both parties”

8.4 Jurisdiction of the magistrates’ court

1. Both parties can consent to the jurisdiction of the magistrates’ court, as these
courts are usually less expensive to institute litigation in. An example could read
as follows:
2. “Each party to this agreement consents to the jurisdiction of the Magistrates’
Court in terms of Section 45 of the Magistrates’ Court Act of 1944 in respect of
any litigation proceedings pursuant to this agreement”

8.5 Addresses for service

To simplify the exchange of important documentation and/or service of these
documents on the other party. The parties can determine the manner of exchange, but
in most cases every possible form of communication medium is inserted in this clause,
including mail address, fax and e-mail. Faxes and emails are regulated by the
Electronic Communications and Transactions Act to establish precisely when a
communique was sent and/or received by either party.

8.6 Costs
This clause is normally included in a contract to formally address if one or all of the
parties will be responsible for the costs involved with the drafting of the contract. It is
usually included when corporate attorneys are employed to draft the agreement. Some
contracts require a lot of research and negotiation and can therefore incur very
expensive legal fees.

© 2021 University of Pretoria 7

`

8.7 Alternative dispute resolution

The purpose of an ADR clause is to avoid costly litigation procedures, by means of
negotiation/mediation or arbitration. [This clause will be discussed in detail during the
lecture]

8.8 Breach
It is very important to include a breach clause in every contract. It serves as the
paramount protective mechanism in each agreement.

8.9 Example:
“In the event of either party being in breach of the agreement and failing to remedy
such breach within a period of ten days after receiving notice of said breach to be
remedied, the party aggrieved thereby shall be entitled, without prejudice to:
1. Claim specific performance of the terms of this agreement as well as damages
it has suffered as a result of the breach
2. Cancel this agreement and claim damages
3. Keep this agreement in force and claim damages.”

8.10 Governing law

When drafting an agreement, one must specify which country’s laws will be applied to
govern the agreement. For example: “The agreement will be subject to and governed
by the laws and statutes of the Republic of South Africa”. The above clauses are just
examples of boiler plate clauses and are by no means a closed list.

8.11 Other essential clauses

Other essential clauses [will be discussed during the lecture]:
1. Definitions
2. Interpretation
3. Penalty
4. Obligations/duties of parties
5. Insurance
6. Commencement
7. Force Majeure
8. Subcontracting

© 2021 University of Pretoria 8

`

9. Remuneration
10. Duration of agreement and termination date
11. Requirements of third parties (certificates from municipalities etc.)
12. Non-competition —NB!!!! Discussion in class

9. Establishment of the contractual relationship

There are numerous ways to enter into a bilateral or multilateral agreement:
1. Government or private company tender
2. Requests for Proposal;
3. Request for quote;
4. Public media; &
5. Registered/Pre-approved suppliers.
After the offer has been accepted, a contract is concluded between the parties, subject
to the parties’ specific requirements and the offer that was tendered.
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL An offer made by a company to business suppliers in
order for them to submit their business proposals, with the express goal to obtain a
specified service or commodity.
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION The main purpose of an RFQ is to invite bidders to
enter their bids on specified products and/or services. A request for quotation is
therefore also in some instances referred to as an invitation for bid.
REQUEST FOR TENDER A RFT is a formal invitation to suppliers to bid to supply
certain services or products.

10. Professionalism
1. As a professional individual, an engineer will always be subject to certain rules,
regulations and codes of conduct. It is expected of you to uphold the ethical
standards of the profession, not only for yourself, but to ensure that the
profession itself is continuously regarded as one that promotes and upholds
diligence.
2. When drafting a contract, always keep in mind that you are compelled to adhere
to certain ethical standards. Here are a few questions to ask yourself before
signing an agreement:
© 2021 University of Pretoria 9
`

(a) Can you properly perform/deliver in terms of the agreement? (Competency)

(b) Is the terms of the agreement in accordance with my regulating body’s code
of conduct?

11. Breach of Contract

GENERAL:
A party is in breach of an agreement if it has not fulfilled one or more of its contractual
obligations in terms of said agreement. The following are broadly situations in which a
party will be regarded as being in breach of an agreement:
1. Where one or more of the parties did not perform timeously in accordance with
the terms of the agreement;
2. Where one or more of the parties’ performance was deficient in some way;
3. One of the parties refuses to continue with their contractual obligation(s);
4. A party makes performance in terms of the agreement impossible;
In this last instance (4), an example would be where Able sells a race car to Benny for
R 1 000 000, but after signing the agreement realises that he could get R 2 000 000 if
he destroys it and claims from his insurance and subsequently proceeds to destroy
the vehicle.

12. Remedies for breach of contract

The list of remedies available to a disadvantaged party is quite short, but the different
forms thereof are quite exhaustive. In short the remedies for breach of contract are as
follows:
1. Claim for compliance with the agreement + damages;
Examples: An interdict OR claim for specific performance
2. Cancellation of the agreement + damages;
3. Damages;

© 2021 University of Pretoria 10

`

13. Termination of the agreement

There are numerous ways in which a contract can be terminated. To name but a few:
1. COMPLIANCE – where the parties have satisfied the requirements and
provisions of the agreement and both parties have performed fully;
2. NEW CONTRACT – The parties can agree that a new agreement be concluded
between them that incorporates the previous contract, or disregards it in total;
3. DEBT COMPARISON – where the parties owe one another a certain amount
of money, they can write of their mutual debt;
4. FORCE MAJEURE — So called “acts of god”

© 2021 University of Pretoria 11

 IPI 410 Questions

THEME 7: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (IP) Yes, it can. But with international protection through 11. What is the main requirement of a Trade Mark?
various international inventions the same protection Name examples to justify your answer.
1. What are the laws pertaining to IP in South Africa? of any member holds. Must be distinctive
(Only the names)
 Copyright Act 6. What are the major characteristics of Trade Marks™? Examples
 Trade Marks Act Is the registration compulsory?  Uncommon surnames
 Patents Act Distinctive sign or indicator that distinguishes its  BMW, KPMG
 Patents Amendment Act
products or services from those of other entities.  Uncommon language (Not like Google)
 Design Act
Registration is not required. However, an 12. Is the registration of Trade Marks compulsory?
unregistered mark may only be protected within the Explain reason to register it.
2. Which items regulate IP on an international level?
geographical area. No
(Only the names)
 Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary
7. What items are covered by the Trade Marks Act 194 Reasons to register
and Artistic Works
 Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial
of 1993?  Strengthen ownership of claim (You do not have
 Commercial symbol or “sign” to register in order to claim, by relying on
Property
 Products & services common law)
 Agreement on Trade-related Aspects of
 Words Common law is a law that is not written into statues,
Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement)
 Slogans but is commonly recognised as law.
 WIPO Copyright Treaty (World Intellectual
 Names
Property Organisation)
 Made-up words 13. Against what is a Trade Mark protected?
 Shapes  Against authorised use
3. Is there any correlation between the South African
laws and the international items? Justify your answer.  Logos  Protect against similar marks
Yes You can lose your trade mark if the there is no
Various IP laws make direct reference to the Berne 8. Does a Trade Mark elapse? intention to make use of it.
Convention, the Paris Convention and TRIPS. Yes. When a specific Trademark transforms from
being distinct to being seen as functional by the 14. What are the remedies if a Trade Mark is abused?
4. How did the court see the relationship between IP public. Example KitKat  Interdict (Prohibit)
Protection and Freedom of Speech? Was the view Initial Urgent Interim Interdict followed by a
widely accepted? 9. Can a colour be a Trade Mark? Final Interdict.
 The two rights have equal status Yes. For example, “the Orange shop” registered  Reasonable damages
 Yet balancing them together found that the Orange Pantone No 151.  Royalties
Right to Freedom of Expression overrides the IP  Removal of infringing mark from the register
Rights. 10. What is the value of a Trade Mark?  Confiscation of products of infringing mark
 Indicate origin (Identify owner)
This view was not widely accepted. Could have a  Indicate quality (Eg. BMW) 15. What can be protected by copyright©?
serious effect on the rights of business to act and  Manufacturer’s reputation linked to the mark  Literary works Products of skill & labour
deal with their property rights. It can also could have (Merc)  Dramatic works “”
a serious effect on the certain status and image of  Valuable for advertising (Coke Cola)  Artistic works “”
certain Trade Marks in the public mind.  Distinguish from other marks (Ferrari)  Musical works “”
 Cinematographic films Investment of entrepreneurs
5. Is IP localised/territorial? Can that be changed?
IP is normally Territorial.
 IPI 410 Questions

16. Name an example of secondary copyright. 24. Can copyright be transferred or sold? 30. What are the characteristics of a patentable
 Thabo translates John’s book from English to Yes invention?
Zulu, both would be entitled to copyright. Can be transferred when insolvent to a trustee of the  New
 Harry Potter movies based on the book. insolvent.  Involve an inventive step
Can benefit financially from exploiting rights to other  Capable of use in trade, industry, agriculture
17. Name two items that have copyright protection parties (Selling)
under the TRIPS Agreement? 31. Name five items that cannot be patented in South
 Collection of data (Specific arrangement of data) 25. What are the remedies for the infringement of Africa.
 Computer program (Source and object code) copyright?  Material or substance already in nature
 Interdict  Scientific theories, mathematical methods
18. If one considers a recording of a song, name a few  Claiming damages (Technical implementations can be)
aspects of it that could be infringed on by merely  Handing over all infringing copies  Methods, schemes, rules for performing mental
copying it.  Reasonable royalties acts, playing games, doing business. (Technical
Infringe on rights of numerous individuals  Anton Piller (Mandatory injunction order with implementations can be)
 Literary works (lyrics) inspection order)  Aesthetic creations
 Musical work  Computer program (Yet SA Patent are doing so)
 Performers copyright 26. Are there any specific advantages to an Anton Piller
 Producers work order? 32. How is patents related to novelty?
 Awarded without notice to other party  If deemed new
19. As one does not need to register copyright, how can  Allowing access and search of party’s premises  The state of the art shall not compromise all
one then claim it? (Preventing them from destroying evidence). matter which has been made available to the
Ability to prove originality is sufficient. public
27. What in general can be patented?  Keeping the idea a secret can keep the novelty
20. What cannot hold copyright? Inventions, new technological improvements
Ideas, thoughts & mathematical formulas. (Contain some measure of what is previously known, 33. What is the lifetime of a patent? When does it start?
no matter size) 20 years, from priority date (Once the patent
21. How long does copyright last? In general, and the application is in motion)
exception. 28. What are the characteristics of patents?
Authors – Authors lifetime + 50 years  Issued by a state or other patent office 34. What is the position of an employee in terms of IP for
Exceptions – PC programs, 50 years after year  Requires the invention to publicly described. intellectual work at work and related to work?
completion (Trade secrets are sometimes better)  No specific law
 Prevent all others from using patent for the  Patent Act does make provision this, that the
22. Who owns copyright in general? duration of patent inventions made by the employees belong to the
In author or the co-authors of the work employer in certain circumstances.
29. Is there a link between the South African law and  Unless provisions are made by the employer and
23. What is the exception to ownership? international patent regulations? Justify your answer. employee. (Court will hold this view as well)
“Works for hire”, where author is contracted to Yes
perform work for an employer, the employer owns By the Patents Act (57 of 1978), also linked to the
the work’s copyright. (Eg. UP Professors) Paris Convention and Patent Cooperation Treaty
(PCT). TRIPS as well.
 IPI 410 Questions

35. If IP is not addressed in an employment contract, THEME 8: CONTRACT LAW 6. What types of performance can be included in a
would the employee be in a better position? What contract?
are his or her rights that cannot be withheld or 1. What are the defining elements of a contract?  To do something
overwritten?  Verbal or written agreement between  To refrain from doing something
The employee is always under the SA Patent Act; that consenting parties (Both have legal capacity to  Give or surrender something
states that any condition in the contract of conclude agreement)
employment which requires (1) the employee to  Legally executable 7. What are the main types of contracts?
assign the invention to the employer if within the  Rise to binding legal commitment by both Unilateral Contract
course & scope of employment and, (2) restricts the parties (Rights and obligations)  Eg. Donation
right of the employee in an invention to be made Reciprocal Contract
 Agreement is legally enforceable.
within one year of termination of employment is  Mutual agreement
valid.  Both have rights and obligations
2. What are the requirements for a valid contract?
 Consensus
36. Is there a conflict between competition law and IP? 8. What are the main categories of content one could
 Capacity to contract
Yes find in contracts?
 Legally executable
IP can restrict completion and dampen growth. Essentialia
 Physically executable
 Formalities  Essential clause makes it a specific contract.
37. Can compulsory licences to IP be granted? Justify Defines the type of contract.
with examples. Naturlia
Yes 3. Who may not enter into a contract?
Minors, rehabilitated, insolvents & mentally ill  Elements that automatically governed by the
 Interest pf public health legality of the agreement (Legislation, common
 National emergencies law)
4. What are the characteristics of the parties to a
 Inadequate exploitation of the patent in the Incedentalia
contract?
country  Clauses that encompasses the rest of the
 Two or more parties
 Anti-competitive practices by the patentees contractual terms.
 Who are both in consensus (Agreement)
 National interest
 Both have rights & responsibilities
9. What makes contracts void? Provide two examples.
 Both have the capacity and authority to contract
 Requirements for a valid contract are missing
 Natural & Juristic Persons
Eg. Common law or legislative restrictions
5. Distinguish between types of persons who may enter  Contract reached agreement but material
into a contract. (Introverts vs extroverts does not deficiency
count.) Eg. A threatened B to sign else he scratches
Natural persons B’s car. Contract is then signed.
 Persons over age of 18 (Not rehabilitated,
10. How is time and space relevant and of importance to
insolvents, mentally ill)
contracting?
Juristic Persons
Where
 Companies, close corporations, statutory
 Determines which court’s jurisdictional area.
entities, clubs, churches
When
 Represented by specific individuals
 Determines the time the parties’ rights &
obligations came into effect
 IPI 410 Questions

11. What principles are important to commercial  Governing law 21. What are the main aspects of professionalism with
contracts? regards to contracting?
 Risk management 16. What are the essential clauses to a contract?  Engineer subject to certain rules, regulations
 Tax efficiency  Definitions and codes of conduct
 Business Practice  Interpretation  Compelled ethical standards
 Trade Usages  Penalty  Can you properly perform/deliver in terms of
 Obligations/duties of parties agreement?
12. What are the items engineers professionally contract  Insurance  Accordance to regulating body’s code of conduct
for? Employment excluded.  Commencement
 Service (Engineer offers specific knowledge as  And page 56 of notes… 22. Under what conditions is a contract breached?
product)  One or more parties did not perform timeously
 Products (Engineer works at company that offers 17. What are five typical ways to establish a contract? in accordance
certain products)  Government or private company tender  One party’s performance was deficient in some
 Requests for proposal way
13. Is it important to have a written contract? Justify  Request for quote  One of the party’s refuse to continue with their
your answer.  Public media contractual obligations
Yes  Registered/Pre-approved suppliers  Party makes performance of agreement
Appropriate protection can be enjoyed by both impossible
parties and can be easily proved unlike verbal 18. Distinguish between an RFP and an RFQ or RFT?
agreements. RFP 23. What are the remedies for breach of contract?
 Request for proposal  Claim for compliance with agreement + damages
14. What are the guidelines for drafting a contract?  Offer from business to submit their business  Cancellation of the agreement + damages
 Establish requirements and do proper research proposal  Damages
 Account for any possible scenarios that can be a RFQ
potential dispute  Request for quotation 24. Name the ways in which a contract is terminated.
 Consider inserting a dispute resolution  An invitation for businesses to bid their  Compliance
 Keep simple language and non-ambiguous terms services/products.  New contract
 Properly describe object of performance and the RFT  Debt Comparison
parties  Request for Tender  Force Majeure – God intervenes
 Complies to all legislature and rules of  A formal invitation for business’ to bidstheir
engineering practice services/products. 25. Is there any legal status attributed to the minutes of
 Get first draft check by grandpa contract/project meetings while the contract is still
19. How is an RFI related to a contract? active? Explain your answer.
15. Name the boilerplate clause of a contract? Allow establish of the contractual relationship [ …
Clauses that of general nature facilitates the
enforcement of a contract 20. Does a letter of intent have any contractual value? 26. Name two available templates.
Used usually as pre-contract agreements …
 Whole agreement Not a contract however.
 Variation clause
 Jurisdiction of the magistrates’ court
 Addresses for service
 Costs
 Alternative dispute resolution
 Breach
 IPI 410 Questions

THEME 9: LABOUR RELATIONS 7. Name the duties of the employee. THEME 10: STANDARDS
 Enter & remain in service
1. If you don’t know about the law, can you plead it as  Maintain efficiency 1. Define a standard.
an excuse?  Further the employer’s business interest Standard document provides
No, ignorance of the law is no excuse  Be respectful & obedient  Requirements
 Refrain from Misconduct generally  Guidelines
2. What are the major aspects of the employer-  Spec
employee relationship? 8. What influences the position of the employer?  Characteristics
Framework of law  Bottom line for company That can be used to ensure goods & services are fit
Trust Relationship  Employment is an asset for their purposes
 Employee balance sheet (income/expense)
3. Name the major laws pertaining to the employment  Employer always make business decisions 2. What are the advantages of standards?
arena.  Employment relationship built on fragile trust  Make development, manufacture & supply
 Common law efficient, safer & cleaner
 Constitution of South Africa 9. What are the duties of an employer?  Facilitate trade between countries making it fair
 Labour Relations Act  Receive employee into service  Provide regulators for health, safety and
 Basic Conditions of Employment Act  Remunerate employee environmental
 Main Agreement for the Metal and Engineering  Ensure safe working conditions  Allows us to share technical advancement &
Industrial Bargaining Council (MEIBC)  Preform general contractual duties good management practices
 Execute Statutory duties  Spread innovation
4. What impacts on your rights in the area of  Safeguard consumers & users of products &
employment? 10. How is the employment relationship terminated? services
Employment is unfair, laws created try equalise arena  Registration by Employee  Make life simpler
 Contractual reasons
5. Distinguish between fairness and unjust in terms of  Expiration or completion of specified task 3. Name the South African standards bodies?
labour relations?  Dismissal by Employer  South African Bureau of Standards (SABS)
Fairness is to understand the rights of the employees  Develops South African National Standards
and employers. To be fair is to compromise but it is 11. What are the main aspects of labour disputes? (SANS)
understandable. Unjust is to compromise but it is  Truth?
possibly wrong done to you.
 Settlement versus Arbitration 4. What are standards not?
 Substance & Procedure  Textbooks - Requirements
6. What are the major aspects that influence the
 Maximum risk for employer/employee  Research papers - Common &repeated use
position of employees?
 Cutting edge tech - Mature tech
 Unemployment rate
12. Would you qualify to get paid overtime if you don’t  Regulations - Technical basis of regulations
 Employment security (Compromise benefits)
have any specific clause to the effect in your
 Unaware of basic employment rights employment contract? 5. What are the main characteristics of a standard?
 Lack of knowledge gives opening to No  Common language
Union/Employers
 Standardised test methods & reporting
13. What importance does labour relationships have to a comparisons
professional engineer? Excluding contractors and  Facilitate system development
their personnel.  Basis of legislative safety requirements
Professional engineers are both employees and  Basis of conformity, helps trade
employers.
 IPI 410 Questions

6. Should standards prescribe the expectations and 11. How can standards impact communication? Accessing markets
perceptions of customers or clients? Communicating internally & externally
No  Terminology 16. What are the main concepts related to developing
As it generally interferes with the market  Messaging protocols standards?
 Security National standards (Not SABS)
7. Give a list of examples of standardisation. Marking Committee-driven
 Better communication  Conventions & norms Channels and maintains requests to committee
 Interoperability (Exchanging info)  Units of measurements SABS acts like a publishing house
 Simplification  Packaging units Project approach
 Economies of scale  Graphical symbols
 Consumer Protection 17. Describe the representation involved in developing a
 Reducing barriers to trade 12. What impact do standards have on accessing standard.
 Health, safety and protection of life markets? Balance between
Product safety  Users
8. Does standards limit innovation? Justify your answer  Safe materials, products, safe use, minimum  Manufacturers
and give one example. performance  Other interest groups
Yes Testing standards  The State
You need to work through a framework  Aspects to be tested
Emissions limit your free innovation  Standard test methods 18. How is agreement reached on a standard?
Easily applied in society  Reveal important aspects General agreement.
Absence of sustained opposition to issues
9. How do standards fit into the innovation process? 13. What role do standards play in market acceptance? All views of parties have been reviewed
Standards between innovation steps Product Labelling Arguments are reconciled
 Convey information
Product interoperability  May be regulated 19. What are the main aspects of developing an
 Environment/context with which product will be  Minimum requirements
international standard?
used  Each country develops a national position within
 Environmental & other claims
 Certain standards in place  Performance claims
a mirror committee
 Integrate national & international work
 Third party testimonies
10. Give examples where standards serve as inputs.  Adopt standards quickly
Ergonomics 14. What are the main aspects of developing a standard?
 Guidance contained in standards  Open & transparent
20. What is the role of mirror committees in developing
 No need to re-research  Refined with practice
international standards?
Drawing standards  Each country develops a national position within
 Independent
 Standard for communicating a mirror committee
 Production, financing, costs  Integrate national & national work
15. Are there any advantages to participating in the
 Decides how involved to become with technical
development of standards?
committees
Helps set the rules dwag
 Standards can help all players
 Be careful of unfair practices
 Independent and trusted process
Communicate
 Network with stakeholders
 Source of info on tech and market developments
 IPI 410 Questions

21. Name five national standards bodies? 27. How do standards play a role in global supply chains? 33. What are the advantages and disadvantages of
 SABS - South African Bureau of Standards  Sourcing components certification?
 DIN – Deutsch Institute of Standards  Markets for products & services Advantages
rd
 BSI – British Standards Institute  Service industry is mobile  3 party assessment
 ANSI – American National Standards Institute  International brands  Common platform
 BIS – Bureau Indian Standards  Standards ensure quality & demonstrate  Interest taken by Management
responsibility Disadvantages
22. Name three regional standards bodies?  Not guarantee better quality
 CEN – Europe Standards 28. Name the standards that have an impact on the  Focused on certification not delivery
 COPANT – American standards management of production processes and give their  Frequent audit
 ARSO – African standards purpose?
ISO 34. What are the main aspects of accreditation?
23. Name five international standards bodies? To deliver repeatable and reliable conformity  Body who assesses the competence of
 ISO - Organisation assessment results certification bodies
 IEC - Electronic  SANAS – South African National Accreditation
 ITU – Telecommunication 29. On what principles are ISO 9001 based? System
 IEEE - Electronic Quality  Part of international netwrk
 ASTM - International  Customer focus
 Leadership 35. What are the main strategies for standardisation?
24. How do standards relate to regulation?  Involvement of people  Choice of standards
 Standard must comply with regulation  Process approach  Purchases (Buyers) set the standards
 Factual approach to decision making  Suppliers set standards (High demand)
25. What is the impact of standards on regulation?  Type of product
 Individuals, business owners & professionals are 30. Which standards are related to the impact of
liable for actions engineering activities? 36. How do purchasers influence standardisation?
 Having standards that are regulated help ISO 14001 Environment When there are many suppliers and few purchases
manage the risks and consequences of our ISO 18001 Occupational Health and Safety Buyers set standard
actions management
 Regulations are barrier to entry to market 37. What are main categories to choose standards from?
 Regulations refer to standards in technical cases Our footprint  National standard
Environmental Management System  International standard or standard
26. How do standards assist with regulating?  Foreign standard
 Specify how regulation can be enforced 31. What are the main aspects of assessment of the  Company standard
(technically) conformity to a standard?
 Specify how you meet the requirements of the  Testing 38. Which standards are minimal requirements?
law  Certification  Regulation – Comply with standards
 Provide specs for products that meet regulatory  Accreditation  Customer requirements
requirements
 Provide framework to systematically manage 32. What are the main aspects of certification? 39. What is involved in implementing a standard?
legal obligations  Independent & compentent Don’t need to test all the time, just provide assurance
 Audits your system
 Initial surveillance audits
 Issues certificate of conformity
 IPI 410 Questions

40. What are the legal issues involved in implementing a

standard?
 You claim, you need to meet requirements
 Provide evidence
 Reclaim cost if failed
 Recall products

41. Are there part of standards that could not be

required?
Yes, example only include safety requirements

42. What are the main aspects when planning a process

to achieve conformity to standards?
 Process control
 Provide assurance
 Evidence of conformity
 Sample
 Selection
 Assessment
 Decision
 OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT

No. 1877. 13 December 1995

NO. 66 OF 1995: LABOUR RELATIONS ACT, 1995.

It is hereby notified that the President has assented to the following Act which is
hereby published for general information:-

No. 66 of 1995: Labour Relations Act, 1995.

ACT

To change the law governing labour relations and, for that purpose-

to give effect to section 27 of the Constitution;

to regulate the organisational rights of trade unions;

to promote and facilitate collective bargaining at the workplace and at

sectoral level;

to regulate the right to strike and the recourse to lockout in conformity

with the Constitution;

to promote employee participation in decision-making through the

establishment of workplace forums;

to provide simple procedures for the resolution of labour disputes

through statutory conciliation, mediation and arbitration (for which
purpose the Commission for Conciliation, Mediation and Arbitration is
established), and through independent alternative dispute resolution
services accredited for that purpose;

to establish the Labour Court and Labour Appeal Court as superior

courts, with exclusive jurisdiction to decide matters arising from the
Act;

to provide for a simplified procedure for the registration of trade

unions and employers' organisations, and to provide for their
regulation to ensure democratic practices and proper financial control;

to give effect to the public international law obligations of the

Republic relating to labour relations;

to amend and repeal certain laws relating to labour relations; and

to provide for incidental matters.

(English text signed by the President. Assented to 29 November 1995.)

BE IT ENACTED by the Parliament of the Republic of South Africa as follows:-

Contents of Act

Chapter I Purpose, Application And Interpretation

1. Purpose of this Act

2. Exclusion from application of this Act
3. Interpretation of this Act

Chapter II Freedom Of Association And General Protections

4. Employees' right to freedom of association

5. Protection of employees and persons seeking employment
6. Employers' right to freedom of association
7. Protection of employers' rights
8. Rights of trade unions and employers' organisations
9. Procedure for disputes
10. Burden of proof

Chapter III Collective Bargaining

Part A-Organisational Rights

11. Trade union representativeness

12. Trade union access to workplace
13. Deduction of trade union subscriptions or levies
14. Trade union representatives
15. Leave for trade union activities
16. Disclosure of information
17. Restricted rights in domestic sector
18. Right to establish thresholds of representativeness
19. Certain organisational rights for trade union party to council
20. Organisational rights in collective agreements
21. Exercise of rights conferred by this Part
22. Disputes about organisational rights

Part B-Collective Agreements

23. Legal effect of collective agreement

24. Disputes about collective agreements
25. Agency shop agreements
26. Closed shop agreements

Part C-Bargaining Council

27. Establishment of bargaining councils

28. Powers and functions of bargaining council
 29. Registration of bargaining councils
30. Constitution of bargaining council
31. Binding nature of collective agreement concluded in bargaining
council
32. Extension of collective agreement concluded in bargaining council
33. Appointment and powers of designated agents of bargaining
councils
34. Amalgamation of bargaining councils

Part D-Bargaining Councils In The Public Service

35. Bargaining councils in public service

36. Public Service Coordinating Bargaining Council
37. Bargaining councils in sectors in public service
38. Dispute resolution committee

Part E-Statutory Councils

39. Application to establish statutory council

40. Establishment and registration of statutory council
41. Establishment and registration of statutory council in absence of
agreement
42. Certificate of registration of statutory council
43. Powers and functions of statutory councils
44. Ministerial determinations
45. Disputes about determinations
46. Withdrawal of party from statutory council
47. Appointment of new representative of statutory council
48. Change of status of statutory council

Part F-General Provisions Concerning Councils

49. Representativeness of council

50. Effect of registration of council
51. Dispute resolution functions of council
52. Accreditation of council or appointment of accredited agency
53. Accounting records and audits
54. Duty to keep records and provide information to registrar
55. Delegation of functions to committee of council
56. Admission of parties to council
57. Changing constitution or name of council
58. Variation of registered scope of council
59. Winding-up of council
60. Winding-up of council by reason of insolvency
61. Cancellation of registration of council
62. Disputes about demarcation between sectors and areas
63. Disputes about Parts A and C to F

Chapter IV Strikes And Lock-Outs

 64. Right to strike and recourse to lockout
65. Limitations on right to strike or recourse to lockout
66. Secondary strikes
67. Strike or lockout in compliance with this Act
68. Strike or lockout not in compliance with this Act
69. Picketing
70. Essential services committee
71. Designating a service as an essential service
72. Minimum services
73. Disputes about whether a service is an essential service
74. Disputes in essential services
75. Maintenance services
76. Replacement labour
77. Protest action to promote or defend socio-economic interests of
workers

Chapter V Workplace Forums

78. Definitions in this Chapter

79. General functions of workplace forum
80. Establishment of workplace forum
81. Trade union based workplace forum
82. Requirements for constitution of workplace forum
83. Meetings of workplace forum
84. Specific matters for consultation
85. Consultation
86. Joint decision-making
87. Review at request of newly established workplace forum
88. Matters affecting more than one workplace forum in an employer's
operation
89. Disclosure of information
90. Inspection and copies of documents
91. Breach of confidentiality
92. Full-time members of workplace forum
93. Dissolution of workplace forum
94. Disputes about workplace forums

Chapter VI Trade Unions And Employers' Organisations

Part A-Registration And Regulation Of Trade Unions And Employers'

Organisations

95. Requirements for registration of trade unions or employers'

organisations
96. Registration of trade unions or employers' organisations
97. Effect of registration of trade union or employers' organisation
98. Accounting records and audits
99. Duty to keep records
100. Duty to provide information to registrar
101. Changing constitution or name of registered trade unions or
 employers' organisations
102. Amalgamation of trade unions or employers' organisations
103. Winding-up of registered trade unions or registered employers'
organisations
104. Winding-up of trade unions or employers' organisations by reason
of insolvency
105. Cancellation of registration of trade union that is no longer
independent
106. Cancellation of registration of trade unions or employers'
organisations

Part B-Regulation Of Federations Of Trade Unions And Employers'

Organisations

107. Regulation of federations of trade unions or employers'

organisations

Part C-Registrar Of Labour Relations

108. Appointment of registrar of labour relations

109. Functions of registrar
110. Access to information

Part D-Appeals From Registrar's Decision

111. Appeals from registrar's decision

Chapter VII Dispute Resolution

Part A-Commission For Conciliation, Mediation And Arbitration

112. Establishment of Commission for Conciliation, Mediation and

Arbitration
113. Independence of Commission
114. Area of jurisdiction and offices of Commission
115. Functions of Commission
116. Governing body of Commission
117. Commissioners of Commission
118. Director of Commission
119. Acting director of Commission
120. Staff of Commission
121. Establishment of committees of Commission
122. Finances of Commission
123. Circumstances in which Commission may charge fees
124. Contracting by Commission, and Commission working in
association with any person
125. Delegation of governing body's powers, functions and duties
126. Limitation of liability and limitation on disclosure of information

Part B-Accreditation Of And Subsidy To Councils And Private Agencies

 127. Accreditation of councils and private agencies
128. General provisions relating to accreditation
129. Amendment of accreditation
130. Withdrawal of accreditation
131. Application to renew accreditation
132. Subsidy to council or private agency

Part C-Resolution Of Disputes Under Auspices Of Commission

133. Resolution of disputes under auspices of Commission

134. Disputes about matters of mutual interest
135. Resolution of disputes through conciliation
136. Appointment of commissioner to resolve dispute through
arbitration
137. Appointment of senior commissioner to resolve dispute through
arbitration
138. General provisions for arbitration proceedings
139. Special provisions for arbitrating disputes in essential services
140. Special provisions for arbitrations about dismissals for reasons
related to conduct or capacity
141. Resolution of disputes if parties consent to arbitration under
auspices of Commission
142. Powers of commissioner when attempting to resolve disputes
143. Effect of arbitration awards
144. Variation and rescission of arbitration awards
145. Review of arbitration awards
146. Exclusion of Arbitration Act
147. Performance of dispute resolution functions by Commission in
exceptional circumstances
148. Commission may provide advice
149. Commission may provide assistance
150. Commission may offer to resolve

Part D-Labour Court

151. Establishment and status of Labour Court

152. Composition of Labour Court
153. Appointment of judges of Labour Court
154. Tenure, remuneration and terms and conditions of appointment of
Labour Court judges
155. Officers of Labour Court
156. Area of jurisdiction and seat of Labour Court
157. Jurisdiction of Labour Court
158. Powers of Labour Court
159. Rules Board for Labour Courts and rules for Labour Court
160. Proceedings of Labour Court to be carried on in open court
161. Representation before Labour Court
162. Costs
163. Service and enforcement of orders of Labour Court
164. Seal of Labour Court
 165. Variation and rescission of orders of Labour Court
166. Appeals against judgement or order of Labour Court

Part E-Labour Appeal Court

167. Establishment and status of Labour Appeal Court

168. Composition of Labour Appeal Court
169. Appointment of other judges of Labour Appeal Court
170. Tenure, remuneration and terms and conditions of appointment of
Labour Appeal Court judges
171. Officers of Labour Appeal Court
172. Area of jurisdiction and seat of Labour Appeal Court
173. Jurisdiction of Labour Appeal Court
174. Powers of Labour Appeal Court on hearing of appeals
175. Labour Appeal Court may sit as court of first instance
176. Rules for Labour Appeal Court
177. Proceedings of Labour Appeal Court to be carried on in open
court
178. Representation before Labour Appeal Court
179. Costs
180. Service and enforcement of orders
181. Seal of Labour Appeal Court
182. Judgements of Labour Appeal Court binding on Labour Court
183. Labour Appeal Court final court of appeal

Part F-General Provisions Applicable To Courts Established By This Act

184. General provisions applicable to courts established by this Act

Chapter VIII Unfair Dismissal

185. Right not to be unfairly dismissed

186. Meaning of dismissal
187. Automatically unfair dismissals
188. Other unfair dismissals
189. Dismissals based on operational requirements
190. Date of dismissal
191. Disputes about unfair dismissals
192. Onus in dismissal disputes
193. Remedies for unfair dismissal
194. Limits on compensation
195. Compensation is in addition to any other amount
196. Severance pay
197. Transfer of contract of employment

Chapter IX General Provisions

198. Temporary Employment Services

199. Contracts of employment may not disregard or waive collective
agreements or arbitration awards
 200. Representation of employees or employers
201. Confidentiality
202. Service of documents
203. Codes of good practice
204. Collective agreement, arbitration award or wage determination to
be kept by employer
205. Records to be kept by employer
206. Effect of certain defects and irregularities
207. Ministers empowered to add and change to Schedules
208. Regulations
208A. Delegations

209. This Act binds the State

210. Application of Act when in conflict with other laws
211. Amendment of laws
212. Repeal of laws, and transitional arrangements
213. Definitions
214. Short title and commencement

Schedule 1 Establishment Of Bargaining Councils For Public Service

1. Definitions for this Schedule

2. Establishment of Public Service Coordinating Bargaining Council
3. Establishment of bargaining council in sectors

Schedule 2 Guidelines For Constitution Of Workplace Forum

1. Introduction
2. Number of seats in workplace forums (section 82(1)(a))
3. Distribution of seats to reflect occupational structure (section 82(l)
(b))
4. Elections (section 82(l)(c), (d), (g), (h), (i) and (j))
5. Terms of office (section 82(l)(k), (1) and (m))
6. Meetings of workplace forum (section 82(l)(n))
7. Time off for members of workplace forum (section 82(1)(p))
8. Facilities to be provided to workplace forum (section 82(l)(r))
9. Experts (section 82(l)(t))
10. Establishment of coordinating and subsidiary workplace forums
(section 82(2)(b))

Schedule 3 Commission For Conciliation, Mediation & Arbitration 230

1 . Remuneration and allowances of members of governing body

2. Resignation and removal from office of member of governing body
3. Vacancies in governing body
4. Proceedings of governing body
5. Director of Commission
6. Bank account
7. Investment of surplus money
 8. Accounting and auditing
9. Annual report

Schedule 4 Dispute Resolution: Flow Diagrams

Schedule 5 Amendment Of Laws 250

1. Amendment of section 1 of Basic Conditions of Employment Act

2. Amendment of section 35 of Occupational Health and Safety Act,
1993

3. Amendment of section 2 of Pension Funds Act, 1956

4. Amendment of section 2 of Medical Schemes Act, 1967

5. Amendment of section 1 of Insurance Act, 1943

6. Amendment of section 2 of Friendly Societies Act, 1956

7. Amendment of section 3 of Friendly Societies Act, 1956

Schedule 6 Laws Repealed By Section 212

Schedule 7 Transitional Arrangements

Part A-Definitions For This Schedule

1. Definitions for this Schedule

Part B-Unfair Labour Practices

2. Residual unfair labour practices

3. Disputes about unfair labour practices
4. Powers of Labour Court and Commission

Part C-Provisions Concerning Existing Trade Unions, Employers'

Organisations, Industrial Councils And Conciliation Boards

5. Existing registered trade unions and employers' organisations

6. Pending applications by trade unions or employers' organisations for
registration, variation of scope, alteration of constitution or name
7. Industrial councils
8. Pending applications by industrial councils for registration and
variation of scope

8A. Pending enquiries by industrial registrar

9. Pending applications by industrial councils for alteration of
constitution or name
10. Pending applications for admission of parties to industrial councils
11. Pending applications to wind up and cancel registration of trade
 unions, employers' organisations and industrial councils
12. Existing agreements and awards of industrial councils and
conciliation boards

12A. Designated agents

13. Existing agreements including recognition agreements

Part D- Matters Concerning Public Service

14. Public Service Bargaining Council

15. Collective agreements in the public service
16. Education Labour Relations Council
17. Education sector collective agreements
18. Negotiating Forum in South African Police Service
19. Collective agreements in South African Police Service
20. Consequences for public service bargaining institutions when
Public Service Coordinating Bargaining Council is established

Part E-Disputes And Courts

21. Disputes arising before commencement of this Act

21A. Dispute resolution by councils before their accreditation

22. Courts

Part F-Pension Matters

23. Continuation of existing pension rights of staff members of

Commission upon assuming employment

Part G – Essential Services

24. Essential services in the public service

25. Essential services provided for in the Labour Relations Act

Schedule 8 Code Of Good Practice: Dismissal

1. Introduction
2. Fair reasons for dismissal
3. Disciplinary measures short of dismissal
4. Fair procedure
5. Disciplinary records
6. Dismissals and industrial action
7. Guidelines in cases of dismissal for misconduct
8. Incapacity: Poor work performance
9. Guidelines in cases of dismissal for poor work performance
 10. Incapacity: III health or injury
11. Guidelines in cases of dismissal arising from ill health or injury

CHAPTER I

PURPOSE, APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION

1. Purpose of this Act

The purpose of this Act1 is to advance economic development, social justice,

labour peace and the democratisation of the workplace by fulfilling the
primary objects of this Act, which are-

(a) to give effect to and regulate the fundamental rights conferred by

section 27 of the Constitution ;2

(b) to give effect to obligations incurred by the Republic as a member

state of the International Labour Organisation;

(c) to provide a framework within which employees and their trade

unions, employers and employers' organisations can-

(i) collectively bargain to determine wages, terms and conditions

of employment and other matters of mutual interest; and

(ii) formulate industrial policy; and

(d) to promote-

(i) orderly collective bargaining;

(ii) collective bargaining at sectoral level;

(iii) employee participation in decision-making in the workplace;

and

(iv) the effective resolution of labour disputes.

1 An italicised word or phrase indicates that the word or phrase is defined in section 213 of this Act.

2. Section 27, which is in the Chapter on Fundamental Rights in the Constitution entrenches the following rights:

"(1) Every person shall have the right to fair labour practices.

(2) Workers shall have the right to form and join trade unions, and employers shall have the right to form and join
employers' organisations.

(3) Workers and employers shall have the right to organise and bargain collectively.

(4) Workers shall have the right to strike for the purpose of collective bargaining.

(5) Employers' recourse to the lockout for the purpose of collective bargaining shall not be impaired, subject to
subsection 33(l)."
2. Exclusion from application of this Act

This Act does not apply to members of-

(a) the National Defence Force;

(b) the National Intelligence Agency; and

(c) the South African Secret Service.

3. Interpretation of this Act

Any person applying this Act must interpret its provisions-

(a) to give effect to its primary objects;

(b) in compliance with the Constitution; and

(c ) in compliance with the public international law obligations of the

Republic.

CHAPTER II

FREEDOM OF ASSOCIATION AND GENERAL PROTECTIONS

4. Employees' right to freedom of association

(1) Every employee has the right-

(a) to participate in forming a trade union or federation of trade unions;

and

(b) to join a trade union, subject to its constitution.

(2) Every member of a trade union has the right, subject to the constitution of that
trade union-

(a) to participate in its lawful activities;

(b) to participate in the election of any of its office-bearers, officials or

trade union representatives;

(c ) to stand for election and be eligible for appointment as an office bearer

or official and, if elected or appointed, to hold office; and

(d) to stand for election and be eligible for appointment as a trade union
representative and, if elected or appointed, to carry out the functions of
a trade union representative in terms of this Act or any collective
agreement.
(3) Every member of a trade union that is a member of a federation of trade
unions has the right, subject to the constitution of that federation-

(a) to participate in its lawful activities;

(b) to participate in the election of any of its office-bearers or officials; and

(c ) to stand for election and be eligible for appointment as an office-bearer

or official and, if elected or appointed, to hold office.

5. Protection of employees and persons seeking employment

(1) No person may discriminate against an employee for exercising any right
conferred by this Act.

(2) Without limiting the general protection conferred by subsection (1), no person
may do, or threaten to do, any of the following-

(a) require an employee or a person seeking employment-

(i) not to be a member of a trade union or workplace forum;

(ii) not to become a member of a trade union or workplace, forum;

or

(iii) to give up membership of a trade union or workplace forum;

(b) prevent an employee or a person seeking employment from exercising

any right conferred by this Act or from participating in any
proceedings in terms of this Act; or

(c) prejudice an employee or a person seeking employment because of

past, present or anticipated-

(i) membership of a trade union or workplace forum;

(ii) participation in forming a trade union or federation of trade

unions or establishing a workplace forum;

(iii) participation in the lawful activities of a trade union, federation

of trade unions or workplace forum;

(iv) failure or refusal to do something that an employer may not

lawfully permit or require an employee to do;

(v) disclosure of information that the employee is lawfully entitled

or required to give to another person;

(vi) exercise of any right conferred by this Act; or

 (vii) participation in any proceedings in terms of this Act.

(3) No person may advantage, or promise to advantage, an employee or a person

seeking employment in exchange for that person not exercising any right
conferred by this Act or not participating in any proceedings in terms of this
Act.

However, nothing in this section precludes the parties to a dispute from

concluding an agreement to settle that dispute.

(4) A provision in any contract, whether entered into before or after the
commencement of this Act, that directly or indirectly contradicts or limits any
provision of section 4, or this section, is invalid, unless the contractual
provision is permitted by this Act.

6. Employers' right to freedom of association

(1) Every employer has the right -

(a) to participate in forming an employers' organisation or a federation of

employers' organisations; and

(b) to an employers' organisation, subject to its constitution.

(2) Every member of an employers' organisation has the right, subject to the
constitution of that employers' organisation-

(a) to participate in its lawful activities;

(b) to participate in the election of any of its office-bearers or officials; and

(c ) if-

(i) a natural person, to stand for election and be eligible for

appointment as an office-bearer or official and, if elected or
appointed, to hold office;

(ii) a juristic person, to have a representative stand for election, and

be eligible for appointment, as an office-bearer or official and,
if elected or appointed, to hold office.

(3) Every member of an employers' organisation that is a member of a federation

of employers' organisations has the right, subject to the constitution of that
federation-

(a) to participate in its lawful activities;

(b) to participate in the election of any of its office-bearers or o and (c)

 (i) a natural person, to stand for election and be eligible for
appointment as an office-bearer or official and, if elected or
appointed, to hold office; or

(ii) a juristic person, to have a representative stand for election, and

be eligible for appointment, as an office-bearer or official and,
if elected or appointed, to hold office.

7. Protection of employers' rights

(1) No person may discriminate against an employer for exercising any right
conferred by this Act.

(2) Without limiting the general protection conferred by subsection (1), no person
may do, or threaten to do, any of the following-

(a) require an employer-

(i) not to be a member of an employers' organisation;

(ii) not to become a member of an employers' organisation; or

(iii) to give up membership of an employers' organisation;

(b) prevent an employer from exercising any right conferred by this Act or
from participating in any proceedings in terms of this Act; or

(c) prejudice an employer because of past, present or anticipated-

(i) membership of an employers' organisation;

(ii) participation in forming an employers' organisation or a

federation of employers' organisations;

(iii) participation in the lawful activities of an employers'

organisation or a federation of employers' organisations;

(iv) disclosure of information that the employer is lawfully entitled

or required to give to another person;

(v) exercise of any right conferred by this Act; or

(vi) participation in any proceedings in terms of this Act.

(3) No person may advantage, or promise to advantage, an employer in exchange

for that employer not exercising any right conferred by this Act or not
participating in any proceedings in terms of this Act. However, nothing in this
section precludes the parties to a dispute from concluding an agreement to
settle that dispute.
(4) A provision in any contract, whether entered into before or after the
commencement of this Act, that directly or indirectly contradicts or limits any
provision of section 6, or this section, is invalid, unless the contractual
provision is permitted by this Act.

8. Rights of trade unions and employers' organisations

Every trade union and every employers' organisation has the right-

(a) subject to the provisions of Chapter VI –

(i) to determine its own constitution and rules; and

(ii) to hold elections for its office bearers, officials and
representatives;
(b) to plan and organise its administration and lawful activities;
(c) to participate in forming a federation of trade unions or a federation of
employers’ organisations;
(d) to join a federation of trade unions or a federation of employers’
organisations, subject to its constitution, and to participate in its lawful
activities; and

(e) to affiliate with, and participate in the affairs of, any international
workers' organisation or international employers' organisation or the
International Labour Organisation, and contribute to, or receive
financial assistance from, those organisations.

9. Procedure for disputes 3

(1) If there is a dispute about the interpretation or application of any provision of

this Chapter, any party to the dispute may refer the dispute in writing to-

(a) a council, if the parties to the dispute fall within the registered scope of
that council; or

(b) the Commission, if no council has jurisdiction.

(2) The party who refers the dispute must satisfy the council or the Commission
that a copy of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the
dispute.

(3) The council or the Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may refer it to the
Labour Court for adjudication.

3. See flow diagram No. 1 in Schedule 4.

10. Burden of proof

In any proceedings-

(a) a party who alleges that a right or protection conferred by this Chapter
has been infringed must prove the facts of the conduct; and

(b) the party who engaged in that conduct must then prove that the conduct
did not infringe any provision of this Chapter.

CHAPTER III

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING

PART A-ORGANISATIONAL RIGHTS

11. Trade union representativeness

In this Part, unless otherwise stated, "representative trade union" means a registered
trade union, or two or more registered trade unions acting jointly, that are sufficiently
representative of the employees employed by an employer in a workplace.

12. Trade union access to workplace

(1) Any office-bearer or official of a representative trade union is entitled to enter

the employer's premises in order to recruit members or communicate with
members, or otherwise serve members' interests.

(2) A representative trade union is entitled to hold meetings with employees

outside their working hours at the employer's premises.

(3) The members of a representative trade union are entitled to vote at the
employer's premises in any election or ballot contemplated in that trade
union's constitution.

(4) The rights conferred by this section are subject to any conditions as to time
and place that are reasonable and necessary to safeguard life or property or to
prevent the undue disruption of work.

13. Deduction of trade union subscriptions or levies

(1) Any employee who is a member of a representative trade union may authorise
the employer in writing to deduct subscriptions or levies payable to that trade
union from the employee's wages.

(2) An employer who receives an authorisation in terms of subsection (1) must

begin making the authorised deduction as soon as possible and must remit the
amount deducted to the representative trade union by not later than the 15th
day of the month first following the date each deduction was made.
(3) An employee may revoke an authorisation given in terms of subsection (1) by
giving the employer and the representative trade union one month's written
notice or, if the employee works in the public service, three months' written
notice.

(4) An employer who receives a notice in terms of subsection (3) must continue to
make the authorised deduction until the notice period has expired and then
must stop making the deduction.

(5) With each monthly remittance, the employer must give the representative
trade union-

(a) a list of the names of every member from whose wages the employer
has made the deductions that are included in the remittance;

(b) details of the amounts deducted and remitted and the period to which
the deductions relate; and

(c) a copy of every notice of revocation in terms of subsection (3).

14. Trade union representatives

(1) In this section, "representative trade union" means a registered trade union, or
two or more registered trade unions acting jointly, that have as members the
majority of the employees employed by an employer in a workplace.

(2) In any workplace in which at least 10 members of a representative trade union

are employed, those members are entitled to elect from among themselves-

(a) if there are 10 members of the trade union employed in the workplace,
one trade union representative;

(b) if there are more than 10 members of the trade union employed in the
workplace, two trade union representatives;

(c) if there are more than 50 members of the trade union employed in the
workplace, two trade union representatives for the first 50 members,
plus a further one trade union representative for every additional 50
members up to a maximum of seven trade union representatives;

(d) if there are more than 300 members of the trade union employed in the
workplace, seven trade union representatives for the first 300
members, plus one additional trade union representative for every 100
additional members up to a maximum of 10 trade union
representatives;

(e) if there are more than 600 members of the trade union employed in the
workplace, 10 trade union representatives for the first 600 members,
plus one additional trade union representative for every 200 additional
members up to a maximum of 12 trade union representatives; and if
 there are more than 1000 members of the trade union employed in the
workplace, 12 trade union representatives for the first 1000 members,
plus one additional trade union representative for every 500 additional
members up to a maximum of 20 trade union representatives.

(3) The constitution of the representative trade union governs the nomination,
election, term of office and removal from office of a trade union
representative.

(4) A trade union representative has the right to perform the following functions-

(a) at the request of an employee in the workplace, to assist and represent

the employee in grievance and disciplinary proceedings;

(b) to monitor the employer's compliance with the workplace-related

provisions of this Act, any law regulating terms and conditions of
employment and any collective agreement binding on the employer;

(c) to report any alleged contravention of the workplace-related provisions

of this Act, any law regulating terms and conditions of employment
and any collective agreement binding on the employer to-

(i) the employer;

(ii) the representative trade union; and

(iii) any responsible authority or agency; and

(d) to perform any other function agreed to between the representative

trade union and the employer.

(5) Subject to reasonable conditions, a trade union representative is entitled to

take reasonable time off with pay during working hours-

(a) to perform the functions of a trade union representative; and

(b) to be trained in any subject relevant to the performance of the functions

of a trade union representative.

15. Leave for trade union activities

(1) An employee who is an office-bearer of a representative trade union, or of a

federation of trade unions to which the representative trade union is affiliated,
is entitled to take reasonable leave during working hours for the purpose of
performing the functions of that office.

(2) The representative trade union and the employer may agree to the number of
days of leave, the number of days of paid leave and the conditions attached to
any leave.
(3) An arbitration award in terms of section 21(7) regulating any of the matters
referred to in subsection (2) remains in force for 12 months from the date of
the award.

16. Disclosure of information

(1) For the purposes of this section, "representative trade union" means a
registered trade union, or two or more registered trade unions acting jointly,
that have as members the majority of the employees employed by an employer
in a workplace.

(2) Subject to subsection (5), an employer must disclose to a trade union

representative all relevant information that will allow the trade union
representative to perform effectively the functions referred to in section 14(4).

(3) Subject to subsection (5), whenever an employer is consulting or bargaining

with a representative trade union, the employer must disclose to the
representative trade union all relevant information that will allow the
representative trade union to engage effectively in consultation or collective
bargaining.

(4) The employer must notify the trade union representative or the representative
trade union in writing if any information disclosed in terms of subsection (2)
or (3) is confidential.

(5) An employer is not required to disclose information-

(a) that is legally privileged;

(b) that the employer cannot disclose without contravening a prohibition

imposed on the employer by any law or order of any court;

(c) that is confidential and, if disclosed, may cause substantial harm to an

employee or the employer; or

(d) that is private personal information relating to an employee, unless that

employee consents to the disclosure of that information.

(6) If there is a dispute about what information is required to be disclosed in terms

of this section, any party to the dispute may refer the dispute in writing to the
Commission.

(7) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(8) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(9) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.
(10) In any dispute about the disclosure of information contemplated in subsection
(6), the commissioner must first decide whether or not the information is
relevant.

(11) If the commissioner decides that the information is relevant and if it is

information contemplated in subsection (5)(c) or (d), the commissioner must
balance the harm that the disclosure is likely to cause to an employee or
employer against the harm that the failure to disclose the information is likely
to cause to the ability of a trade union representative to perform effectively the
functions referred to in section 14(4) or the ability of a representative trade
union to engage effectively in consultation or collective bargaining.

(12) If the commissioner decides that the balance of harm favours the disclosure of
the information, the commissioner may order the disclosure of the information
on terms designed to limit the harm likely to be caused to the employee or
employer.

(13) When making an order in terms of subsection (I 2), the commissioner must
take into account any breach of confidentiality in respect of information
disclosed in terms of this section at that workplace and may refuse to order the
disclosure of the information or any other confidential information which
might otherwise be disclosed for a period specified in the arbitration award.

(14) In any dispute about an alleged breach of confidentiality, the commissioner

may order that the right to disclosure of information in that workplace be
withdrawn for a period specified in the arbitration award.

17. Restricted rights in domestic sector

(1) For the purposes of this section, "domestic sector" means the employment of
employees engaged in domestic work in their employers' homes or on the
property on which the home is situated.

(2) The rights conferred on representative trade unions by this Part in so far as
they apply to the domestic sector are subject to the following limitations-

(a) the right of access to the premises of the employer conferred by section
12 on an office-bearer or official of a representative trade union does
not include the right to enter the home of the employer, unless the
employer agrees; and

(b) the right to the disclosure of information conferred by section 16 does

not apply in the domestic sector.

18. Right to establish thresholds of representativeness

(1) An employer and a registered trade union whose members are a majority of
the employees employed by that employer in a workplace, or the parties to a
bargaining council, may conclude a collective agreement establishing a
 threshold of representativeness required in respect of one or more of the
organisational rights referred to in sections 12, 13 and 15.

(2) A collective agreement concluded in terms of subsection (1) is not binding

unless the thresholds of representativeness in the collective agreement are
applied equally to any registered trade union seeking any of the organisational
rights referred to in that subsection.

19. Certain organisational rights for trade union party to council

Registered trade unions that are parties to a council automatically have the rights
contemplated in sections 12 and 13 in respect of all workplaces within the registered
scope of the council regardless of their representativeness in any particular workplace.

20. Organisational rights in collective agreements

Nothing in this Part precludes the conclusion of a collective agreement that regulates
organisational rights.

21. Exercise of rights conferred by this Part 4

(1) Any registered trade union may notify an employer in writing that it seeks to
exercise one or more of the rights conferred by this Part in a workplace.

(2) The notice referred to in subsection (1) must be accompanied by a certified

copy of the trade unions certificate of registration and must specify-

(a) the workplace in respect of which the trade union seeks to exercise the
rights;

(b) the representativeness of the trade union in that workplace, and the
facts relied upon to demonstrate that it is a representative trade union;
and

(c) the rights that the trade union seeks to exercise and the manner in
which it seeks to exercise those rights.

(3) Within 30 days of receiving the notice, the employer must meet the registered
trade union and endeavour to conclude a collective agreement as to the manner
in which the trade union will exercise the rights in respect of that workplace.

(4) If a collective agreement is not concluded, either the registered trade union or
the employer may refer the dispute in writing to the Commission.

(5) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on the other party to the dispute.

(6) The Commission must appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve the

dispute through conciliation.

4. See flow diagram No. 2 in Schedule 4.

(7) If the dispute remains unresolved, either party to the dispute may request that
the dispute be resolved through arbitration.

(8) If the unresolved dispute is about whether or not the registered trade union is a
representative trade union, the commissioner-

(a) must seek

(i) to minimise the proliferation of trade union representation in a

single workplace and, where possible, to encourage a system of
a representative trade union in a workplace; and

(ii) to minimise the financial and administrative burden of

requiring an employer to grant organisational rights to more
than one registered trade union;

(b) must consider-

(i) the nature of the workplace;

(ii) the nature of the one or more organisational rights that the
registered trade union seeks to exercise;

(iii) the nature of the sector in which the workplace is situated; and

(iv) the organisational history at the workplace or any other

workplace of the employer; and

(c) may withdraw any of the organisational rights conferred by this Part
and which are exercised by any other registered trade union in respect
of that workplace, if that other trade union has ceased to be a
representative trade union.

(9) In order to determine the membership or support of the registered trade union,
the commissioner may-

(a) make any necessary inquiries;

(b) where appropriate, conduct a ballot of the relevant employees; and

(c) take into account any other relevant information.

(10) The employer must cooperate with the commissioner when the commissioner
acts in terms of subsection (9), and must make available to the commissioner
any information and facilities that are reasonably necessary for the purposes of
that subsection.

(11) An employer who alleges that a trade union is no longer a representative trade
union may apply to the Commission to withdraw any of the organisational
 rights conferred by this Part, in which case the provisions of subsections (5) to
(10) apply, read with the changes required by the context.

22. Disputes about organisational rights

(1) Any party to a dispute about the interpretation or application of any provision
of this Part, other than a dispute contemplated in section 21, may refer the
dispute in writing to the Commission.

(2) The party who refers a dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy of
the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(3) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration as soon as possible.

PART B-COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

23. Legal effect of collective agreement

(1) A collective agreement binds-

(a) the parties to the collective agreement;

(b) each party to the collective agreement and the members of every other
I party to the collective agreement, in so far as the provisions are
applicable between them;

(c) the members of a registered trade union and the employers who are
members of a registered employers' organisation that are party to the
collective agreement if the collective agreement regulates-

(i) terms and conditions of employment; or

(ii) the conduct of the employers in relation to their employees or

the conduct of the employees in relation to their employers;

(d) employees who are not members of the registered trade union or trade
unions party to the agreement if-

(i) the employees are identified in the agreement;

(ii) the agreement expressly binds the employees; and

(iii) that trade union or those trade unions have as their members
the majority of employees employed by the employer in the
workplace.
(2) A collective agreement binds for the whole period of the collective agreement
every person bound in terms of subsection (1)(c) who was a member at the
time it became binding, or who becomes a member after it became binding,
whether or not that person continues to be a member of the registered trade
union or registered employers' organisation for the duration of the collective
agreement.

(3) Where applicable, a collective agreement varies any contract of employment

between an employee and employer who are both bound by the collective
agreement.

(4) Unless the collective agreement provides otherwise, any party to a collective
agreement that is concluded for an indefinite period may terminate the
agreement by giving reasonable notice in writing to the other parties.

24. Disputes about collective agreements

(1) Every collective agreement, excluding an agency shop agreement concluded in

terms of section 25 or a closed shop agreement concluded in terms of section
26 or a settlement agreement contemplated in either section 142A or
158(1)(c), must provide for a procedure to resolve any dispute about the
interpretation or application of the collective agreement. The procedure must
first require the parties to attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation
and, if the dispute remains unresolved, to resolve it through arbitration.

(2) If there is a dispute about the interpretation or application of a collective

agreement, any party to the dispute may refer the dispute in writing to the
Commission if-

(a) the collective agreement does not provide for a procedure as required
by subsection (1);

(b) the procedure provided for in the collective agreement is not operative;
or

(c) any party to the collective agreement has frustrated the resolution of
the dispute in terms of the collective agreement.

(3) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(4) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(5) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.5

(6) If there is a dispute about the interpretation or application of an agency shop

agreement concluded in terms of section 25 or a closed shop agreement
concluded in terms of section 26, any party to the dispute may refer the

5. See flow diagram No. 3 in Schedule 4.

 dispute in writing to the Commission, and subsections (3) to (5) will apply to
that dispute.6

(7) Any person bound by an arbitration award about the interpretation or

application of section 25(3)(c) and (d) or section 26(3)(d) may appeal against
that award to the Labour Court.

(8) If there is a dispute about the interpretation or application of the settlement

agreement contemplated in either section 142(A) or 158(1)(c), a party may
refer the dispute to a council or the Commission and subsections (3) to (5),
with the necessary changes, apply to that dispute.

25. Agency shop agreements

(1) A representative trade union and an employer or employers' organisation may

conclude a collective agreement, to be known as an agency shop agreement,
requiring the employer to deduct an agreed agency fee from the wages of
employees identified in the agreement who are not members of the trade union
but are eligible for membership thereof.

(2) For the purposes of this section, "representative trade union" means a
registered trade union, or two or more registered trade unions acting jointly,
whose members are a majority of the employees employed-

(a) by an employer in a workplace; or

(b) by the members of an employers' organisation in a sector and area in

respect of which the agency shop agreement applies.

(3) An agency shop agreement is binding only if it provides that-

(a) employees who are not members of the representative trade union are
not compelled to become members of that trade union;

(b) the agreed agency fee must be equivalent to, or less than-

(i) the amount of the subscription payable by the members of the

representative trade union;

(ii) if the subscription of the representative trade union is

calculated as a percentage of an employee's salary, that
percentage; or

(iii) if there are two or more registered trade unions party to the
agreement, the highest amount of the subscription that would
apply to an employee;

(c) the amount deducted must be paid into a separate account administered
by the representative trade union; and

6. See flow diagram No. 4 in Schedule 4.

 (d) no agency fee deducted may be-

(i) paid to a political party as an affiliation fee;

(ii) contributed in cash or kind to a political party or a person

standing for election to any political office; or

(iii) used for any expenditure that does not advance or protect the
socio-economic interests of employees.

(4)(a) Despite the provisions of any law or contract, an employer may deduct
the agreed agency fee from the wages of an employee without the
employee's authorisation.

(b) Despite subsection 3(c) a conscientious objector may request the

employer to pay the amount deducted from that employee's wages into
a fund administered by the Department of Labour.

(5) The provisions of sections 98 and 100(b) and (c) apply, read with the changes
required by the context, to the separate account referred to in subsection (3)(c).

(6) Any person may inspect the auditor's report, in so far as it relates to an account
referred to in subsection (3)(c), in the registrar's office.

(7) The registrar must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any of the
documents referred to in subsection (6) to any person who has paid the
prescribed fees.

(8) An employer or employers' organisation that alleges that a trade union is no

longer a representative trade union in terms of subsection (1) must give the
trade union written notice of the allegation, and must allow the trade union 90
days from the date of the notice to establish that it is a representative trade
union.

(9) If, within the 90-day period, the trade union falls to establish that it is a
representative trade union, the employer must give the trade union and the
employees covered by the agency shop agreement 30 days' notice of
termination, after which the agreement will terminate.

(10) If an agency shop agreement is terminated, the provisions of subsection (3)(c)

and (d) and (5) apply until the money in the separate account is spent.

26. Closed shop agreements

(1) A representative trade union and an employer or employers' organisation may

conclude a collective agreement, to be known as a closed shop agreement,
requiring all employees covered by the agreement to be members of the trade
union.
(2) For the purposes of this section, "representative trade union" means a
registered trade union, or two or more registered trade unions acting Jointly,
whose members are a majority of the employees employed-

(a) by an employer in a workplace; or

(b) by the members of an employers' organisation in a sector and area in

respect of which the closed shop agreement applies.

(3) A closed shop agreement is binding only if-

(a) a ballot has been held of the employees to be covered by the

agreement;

(b) two thirds of the employees who voted have voted in favour of the
agreement;

(c) there is no provision in the agreement requiring membership of the

representative trade union before employment commences; and

(d) it provides that no membership subscription or levy deducted may be-

(i) paid to a political party as an affiliation fee;

(ii) contributed in cash or kind to a political party or a person

standing for election to any political office; or

(iii) used for any expenditure that does not advance or protect the
socio-economic interests of employees.

(4) Despite subsection (3)(b), a closed shop agreement contemplated in subsection

(2)(b) may be concluded between a registered trade union and a registered
employers' organisation in respect of a sector and area to become binding in
every workplace in which-

(a) a ballot has been held of the employees to be covered by the

agreement; and

(b) two thirds of the employees who voted have voted in favour of the
agreement.

(5) No trade union that is party to a closed shop agreement may refuse an
employee membership or expel an employee from the trade union unless-

(a) the refusal or expulsion is in accordance with the trade union's

constitution; and

(b) the reason for the refusal or expulsion is fair, including, but not limited
to, conduct that undermines the trade union's collective exercise of its
rights.
(6) It is not unfair to dismiss an employee-

(a) for refusing to join a trade union party to a closed shop agreement;

(b) who is refused membership of a trade union party to a closed shop

agreement if the refusal is in accordance with the provisions of
subsection (5); or

(c) who is expelled from a trade union party to a closed shop agreement if
the expulsion is in accordance with the provisions of subsection (5).

(7) Despite subsection (6)-

(a) the employees at the time a closed shop agreement takes effect may
not be dismissed for refusing to Join a trade union party to the
agreement; and

(b) employees may not be dismissed for refusing to join a trade union
party to the agreement on grounds of conscientious objection.

(8) The employees referred to in subsection (7) may be required by the closed
shop agreement to pay an agreed agency fee, in which case the provisions of
section 25(3)(b), (c) and (d) and (4) to (7) apply. (9) If the Labour Court
decides that a dismissal is unfair because the refusal of membership of or the
expulsion from a trade union party to a closed shop agreement was unfair, the
provisions of Chapter VIII apply, except that any order of compensation in
terms of that Chapter must be made against the trade union.

(10) A registered trade union that represents a significant interest in, or a

substantial number of, the employees covered by a closed shop agreement may
notify the parties to the agreement of its intention to apply to become a party
to the agreement and, within 30 days of the notice, the employer must convene
a meeting of the parties and the registered trade union in order to consider the
application.

(11) If the parties to a closed shop agreement do not admit the registered trade
union as a party, the trade union may refer the dispute in writing to the
Commission.

(12) The registered trade union must satisfy the Commission that a copy of the
referral has been served on all the parties to the closed shop agreement.

(13) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(14) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may refer it to the
Labour Court for adjudication.

(15) The representative trade union must conduct a ballot of the employees covered
by the closed shop agreement to determine whether the agreement should be
terminated if-
 (a) one third of the employees covered by the agreement sign a petition
calling for the termination of the agreement; and

(b) three years have elapsed since the date on which the agreement
commenced or the last ballot was conducted in terms of this section.

(16) If a majority of the employees who voted, have voted to terminate the closed
shop agreement, the agreement will terminate.

(17) Unless a collective agreement provides otherwise, the ballot referred to in

subsections (3)(a) and (15) must be conducted in accordance with the
guidelines published by the Commission.

PART C-BARGAINING COUNCILS

27. Establishment of bargaining councils

(1) One or more registered trade unions and one or more registered employers'
organisations may establish a bargaining council for a sector and area by-

(a) adopting a constitution that meets the requirements of section 30; and

(b) obtaining registration of the bargaining council in terms of section 29.

(2) The State may be a party to any bargaining council established in terms of this
section if it is an employer in the sector and area in respect of which the
bargaining council is established.

(3) If the State is a party to a bargaining council in terms of subsection (2), any
reference to a registered employers' organisation includes a reference to the
State as a party.

(4) A bargaining council may be established for more than one sector.

28. Powers and functions of bargaining council

(1) The powers and functions of a bargaining council in relation to its registered
scope include the following-

(a) to conclude collective agreements;

(b) to enforce those collective agreements;

(c) to prevent and resolve labour disputes;

(d) to perform the dispute resolution functions referred to in section 51;

(e) to establish and administer a fund to be used for resolving disputes;

(f) to promote and establish training and education schemes;

 (g) to establish and administer pension, provident, medical aid, sick pay,
holiday, unemployment and training schemes or funds or any similar
schemes or funds for the benefit of one or more of the parties to the
bargaining council or their members;

(h) to develop proposals for submission to NEDLAC or any other

appropriate forum on policy and legislation that may affect the sector
and area;

(i) to determine by collective agreement the matters which may not be an

issue in dispute for the purposes of a strike or a lock-out at the
workplace; and

(j) to confer on workplace forums additional matters for consultation;

(k) to provide industrial support services within the sector; and

(l) to extend the services and functions of the bargaining council to

workers in the informal sector and home workers.

(2) From the date on which the Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998, comes
into operation, the provisions of the laws relating to pension, provident or
medical aid schemes or funds must be complied with in establishing any
pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund in terms of subsection (1)(g)

(3) The laws relating to pension, provident or medical aid schemes or funds will
apply in respect of any pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund
established in terms of subsection (1)(g) after the coming into operation of the
Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998.

29. Registration of bargaining councils

(1) The parties referred to in section 27 may apply for registration of a bargaining
council by submitting to the registrar-

(a) the prescribed form that has been properly completed;

(b) a copy of its constitution; and

(c) any other information that may assist the registrar to determine
whether or not the bargaining council meets the requirements for
registration.

(2) The registrar may require further information in support of the application.
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving the application, the registrar must
publish a notice containing the material particulars of the application in the
Government Gazette and send a copy of the notice to NEDLAC. The notice
must inform the general public that they-

(a) may object to the application on any of the grounds referred to in

subsection (4); and

(b) have 30 days from the date of the notice to serve any objection on the
registrar and a copy on the applicant.

(4) Any person who objects to the application must satisfy the registrar that a
copy of the objection has been served on the applicant and that the objection is
on any of the following grounds-

(a) the applicant has not complied with the provisions of this section;

(b) the sector and area in respect of which the application is made is not
appropriate;

(c) the applicant is not sufficiently representative in the sector and area in
respect of which the application is made.

(5) The registrar may require further information in support of the objection.

(6) The applicant may respond to an objection within 14 days of the expiry of the
period referred to in subsection (3)(b), and must satisfy the registrar that a
copy of that response has been served on the person who objected.

(7) The registrar, as soon as practicable, must send the application and any
objections, responses and further information to NEDLAC to consider.

(8) NEDLAC, within 90 days of receiving the documents from the registrar, must-

(a) consider the appropriateness of the sector and area in respect of which
the application is made;

(b) demarcate the appropriate sector and area in respect of which the
bargaining council should be registered; and

(c) report to the registrar in writing.

(9) If NEDLAC fails to agree on a demarcation as required in subsection (8)(b),

the Minister must demarcate the appropriate sector and area and advise the
registrar.

(10) In determining the appropriateness of the sector and area for the demarcation
contemplated in subsection (8)(b), NEDLAC or the Minister must seek to give
effect to the primary objects of this Act.
(11) The registrar-

(a) must consider the application and any further information provided by
the applicant;

(b) must determine whether-

(i) the applicant has complied with the provisions of this section;

(ii) the constitution of the bargaining council complies with section

30;

(iii) adequate provision is made in the constitution of the bargaining

council for the representation of small and medium enterprises;

(iv) the parties to the bargaining council are sufficiently

representative of the sector and area determined by NEDLAC
or the Minister; and

(v) there is no other council registered for the sector and area in
respect of which the application is made; and

(c) if satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for registration,
must register the bargaining council by entering the applicant's name in
the register of councils.

(12) If the registrar is not satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for
registration, the registrar-

(a) must send the applicant a written notice of the decision and the reasons
for that decision; and

(b) in that notice, must inform the applicant that it has 30 days from the
date of the notice to meet those requirements.

(13) If, within that 30-day period, the applicant meets those requirements, the
registrar must register the applicant by entering the applicant's name in the
register of councils.

(14) If, after the 30-day period, the registrar concludes that the applicant has failed
to meet the requirements for registration, the registrar must-

(a) refuse to register the applicant; and

(b) notify the applicant and any person that objected to the application of
that decision in writing.

(15) After registering the applicant, the registrar must-

 (a) issue a certificate of registration in the applicant's name that must
specify the registered scope of the applicant; and

(b) send the registration certificate and a certified copy of the registered
constitution to the applicant.

(16) Subsections (3) to (10) and 11(b)(iii) and (iv) do not apply to the registration
or amalgamation of bargaining councils in the public service.

30. Constitution of bargaining council

(1) The constitution of every bargaining council must at least provide for-

a) the appointment of representatives of the parties to the bargaining

council, of whom half must be appointed by the trade unions that are
party to the bargaining council and the other half by the employers'
organisations that are party to the bargaining council, and the
appointment of alternates to the representatives;

(b) the representation of small and medium enterprises;

(c) the circumstances and manner in which representatives must vacate

their seats' and the procedure for replacing them;

(d) rules for the convening and conducting of meetings of representatives,

including the quorum required for, and the minutes to be kept of, those
meetings;

(e) the manner in which decisions are to be made; the appointment or

election of office-bearers and officials, their functions, and the
circumstances and manner in which they may be removed from office;

(g) the establishment and functioning of committees;

(h) the determination through arbitration of any dispute arising between

the parties to the bargaining council about the interpretation or
application of the bargaining council's constitution;

(i) the procedure to be followed if a dispute arises between the parties to

the bargaining council;

(j) the procedure to be followed if a dispute arises between a registered

trade union that is a party to the bargaining council, or its members, or
both, on the one hand, and employers who belong to a registered
employers' organisation that is a party to the bargaining council, on the
other hand;

(k) the procedure for exemption from collective agreements;

 (l) the banking and investment of its funds;

(m) the purposes for which its funds may be used;

(n) the delegation of its powers and functions;

(o) the admission of additional registered trade unions and registered

employers' organisations as parties to the bargaining council, subject to
the provisions of section 56;7

(p) a procedure for changing its constitution; and

(q) a procedure by which it may resolve to wind up.

(2) The requirements for the constitution of a bargaining council in subsection (1)
apply to the constitution of a bargaining council in the public service except
that-

(a) any reference to an "employers' organisation" must be read as a

reference to the State as employer; and

(b) the requirement in subsection (1)(b) concerning the representation of

small and medium enterprises does not apply.

(3) The constitution of the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council must
include a procedure for establishing a bargaining council in a sector of the
public service designated in terms of section 37(l).

(4) The constitution of a bargaining council in the public service may include
provisions for the establishment and functioning of chambers of a bargaining
council on national and regional levels.

(5) The procedures for the resolution of disputes referred to in subsection (1)(h),
(i) and (j) may not entrust dispute resolution functions to the Commission
unless the governing body of the Commission has agreed thereto.

31. Binding nature of collective agreement concluded in bargaining council

Subject to the provisions of section 32 and the constitution of the bargaining council,
a collective agreement concluded in a bargaining council binds –

(a) the parties to the bargaining council who are also parties to the collective
agreement;
(b) each party to the collective agreement and the members of every other party to
the collective agreement in so far as the provisions thereof apply to the
relationship between such a party and the members of such other party; and
(c) the members of a registered trade union that is a party to the collective
agreement and the employers who are members of a registered employers’
organisation that is such a party, if the collective agreement regulates-

7. Section 56 provides for a procedure for the admission of parties to a council.

 (i) terms and conditions of employment; or
(ii) the conduct of the employers in relation to their employees or the
conduct of the employees in relation to their employers.

32. Extension of collective agreement concluded in bargaining council

(1) A bargaining council may ask the Minister in writing to extend a collective
agreement concluded in the bargaining council to any non-parties to the
collective agreement that are within its registered scope and are identified in
the if at a meeting of the bargaining council request, I

(a) one or more registered trade unions whose members constitute the
majority of the members of the trade unions that are party to the
bargaining council vote in favour of the extension; and

(b) one or more registered employers' organisations, whose members

employ the majority of the employees employed by the members of the
employers' organisations that are party to the bargaining council, vote
in favour of the extension.

(2) Within 60 days of receiving the request, the Minister must extend the
collective agreement, as requested, by publishing a notice in the Government
Gazette declaring that, from a specified date and for a specified period, the
collective agreement will be binding on the non-parties specified in the notice.

(3) A collective agreement may not be extended in terms of subsection (2) unless
the Minister is satisfied that-

(a) the decision by the bargaining council to request the extension of the
collective agreement complies with the provisions of subsection (1);

(b) the majority of all the employees who, upon extension of the collective
agreement, will fall within the scope of the agreement, are members of
the trade unions that are parties to the bargaining council;

(c) the members of the employers' organisations that are parties to the
bargaining council will, upon the extension of the collective
agreement, be found to employ the majority of all the employees who
fall within the scope of the collective agreement;

(d) the non-parties specified in the request fall within the bargaining
council's registered scope;

(e) provision is made in the collective agreement for an independent body

to hear and decide , as soon as possible, any appeal brought against -

(i) the bargaining council’s refusal of a non-party’s application for

exemption from the provisions of the collective agreement;
(ii) the withdrawal of such an exemption by the bargaining council;
 (f) the collective agreement contains criteria that must be applied by the
independent body when it considers an appeal, and that those criteria
are fair and promote the primary objects of this Act; and

(g) the terms of the collective agreement do not discriminate against non-
parties.

(5) Despite subsection (3)(b) and (c), the Minister may extend a collective
agreement in terms of subsection (2) if

(a) the parties to the bargaining council are sufficiently representative

within the registered scope of the bargaining council; and

(b) the Minister is satisfied that failure to extend the agreement may
undermine collective bargaining at sectoral level or in the public
service as a whole.

(6) (a) After a notice has been published in terms of subsection (2), the
Minister, at the request of the bargaining council, may publish a further notice
in the Government Gazette(i) extending the period specified in the earlier
notice by a further period determined by the Minister; or

(ii) if the period specified in the earlier notice has expired,

declaring a new date from which, and a further period during
which, the provisions of the earlier notice will be effective.

(b) The provisions of subsections (3) and (5), read with the changes
required by the context, apply in respect of the publication of any
notice in terms of this subsection.

(7) The Minister, at the request of the bargaining council, must publish a notice in
the Government Gazette cancelling all or part of any notice published in terms
of subsection (2) or (6) from a date specified in the notice.

(8) Whenever any collective agreement in respect of which a notice has been
published in terms of subsection (2) or (6) is amended, amplified or replaced
by a new collective agreement, the provisions of this section apply to that new
collective agreement.

(9) For the purposes of extending collective agreements concluded in the Public
Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council or any bargaining council
contemplated in section 37(3) or (4)-

(a) any reference in this section to an employers’ organisation must be read as

a reference to the State as employer; and
(b) subsections (3)(c), (e) and (f) and (4) of this section will not apply.

(10) If the parties to a collective agreement that has been extended in terms of this
section terminate the agreement, they must notify the Minister in writing.
33. Appointment and powers of designated agents of bargaining councils

(1) The Minister may, at the request of a bargaining council, appoint any person
as the designated agent of that bargaining council to promote, monitor and
enforce compliance with any collective agreement concluded in that
bargaining council.

(1A) A designated agent may –

(a) secure compliance with the council’s collective agreements by –

(i) publicising the contents of the agreements;
(ii) conducting inspections;
(iii) investigating complaints; or
(iv) any other means the council may adopt; and

(b) perform any other functions that are conferred or imposed on the agent
by the council.

(2) A bargaining council must provide each designated agent with a certificate
signed by the secretary of the bargaining council stating that the agent has
been appointed in terms of this Act as a designated agent of that bargaining
council.

(3) Within the registered scope of the bargaining council, a designated agent of
the bargaining council has all the powers set out in Schedule 10..

(4) The bargaining council may cancel the certificate provided to a designated
agent in terms of subsection (2) and the agent then ceases to be a designated
agent of the bargaining council and must immediately surrender the certificate
to the secretary of the bargaining council.

33A. Enforcement of collective agreements by bargaining councils

(1) Despite any other provision in this Act, a bargaining council may monitor and
enforce compliance with its collective agreements in terms of this section or a
collective agreement concluded by the parties to the council.

(2) For purposes of this section, a collective agreement is deemed to include –

(a) any basic condition of employment which in terms of section 49(1) of

the Basic Conditions of Employment Act constitutes a term of
employment of any employee covered by the collective agreement; and

(b) the rules of any fund or scheme established by the bargaining council.
 (3) A collective agreement in terms of this section may authorise a designated
agent appointed in terms of section 33 to issue a compliance order
requiring any person bound by that collective agreement to comply with
the collective agreement within a specified period.

(4) (a) The council may refer any unresolved dispute concerning compliance
with any provision of a collective agreement to arbitration by an arbitrator
appointed by the council.

(b) If a party to an arbitration in terms of this section, that is not a party to

the council, objects to the appointment of an arbitrator in terms of
paragraph (a), the Commission, on request by the council, must
appoint an arbitrator.

(c) If an arbitrator is appointed in terms of subparagraph (b) –

(i) the Council remains liable for the payment of the arbitrator’s
fee; and
(ii) the arbitration is not conducted under the auspices of the
Commission.

(5) An arbitrator conducting an arbitration in terms of this section has the powers
of a commissioner in terms of section 142, read with the changes required by
the context.

(6) Section 138, read with the changes required by the context, applies to any
arbitration conducted in terms of this section.

(7) An arbitrator acting in terms of this section may determine any dispute
concerning the interpretation or application of a collective agreement.

(8) An arbitrator conducting an arbitration in terms of this section may make an

appropriate award, including -

(a) ordering any person to pay any amount owing in terms of a collective
agreement;
(b) imposing a fine for a failure to comply with a collective agreement in
accordance with subsection (13);
(c) charging a party an arbitration fee;
(d) ordering a party to pay the costs of the arbitration;
(e) confirming, varying or setting aside a compliance order issued by a
designated agent in accordance with subsection (4)
(f) any award contemplated in section 138(9).
 (9) Interest on any amount that a person is obliged to pay in terms of a
collective agreement accrues from the date on which the amount was due
and payable at the rate prescribed in terms of section 1 of the Prescribed
Rate of Interest Act, 1975 (Act No. 55 of 1975), unless the arbitration
award provides otherwise.

(10) An award in an arbitration conducted in terms of this section is final and

binding and may be enforced in terms of section 143.

(11) Any reference in section 138 or 142 to the director must be read as a
reference to the secretary of the bargaining council.

(12) If an employer, upon whom a fine has been imposed in terms of this
section, files an application to review and set aside an award made in terms
of subsection (8), any obligation to pay a fine is suspended pending the
outcome of the application.

(13) (a) The Minister may, after consulting NEDLAC, publish in the
Government Gazette a notice that sets out the maximum fines that may be
imposed by an arbitrator acing in terms of this section.

(c) A notice in terms of paragraph (a) may specify the maximum fine that may
be imposed –
(i) for a breach of a collective agreement –
(aa) not involving a failure to pay any amount of money;
(bb) involving a failure to pay any amount of money; and
(ii) for repeated breaches of the collective agreement contemplated
in subparagraph (i).

34. Amalgamation of bargaining councils

(1) Any bargaining council may resolve to amalgamate with one or more other
bargaining councils.

(2) The amalgamating bargaining councils may apply to the registrar for
registration of the amalgamated bargaining council and the registrar must treat
the application as an application in terms of section 29.
 (3) If the registrar has registered the amalgamated bargaining council, the registrar
must cancel the registration of each of the amalgamating bargaining councils
by removing their names from the register of councils.

(4) The registration of an amalgamated bargaining council takes effect from the
date that the registrar enters its name in the register of councils.

(5) When the registrar has registered an amalgamated bargaining council-

(a) all the assets, rights, liabilities and obligations of the amalgamating
bargaining councils devolve upon and vest in the amalgamated
bargaining council; and

(b) all the collective agreements of the amalgamating bargaining councils,

regardless of whether or not they were extended in terms of section 32,
remain in force for the duration of those collective agreements, unless
amended or terminated by the amalgamated bargaining council.

PART D-BARGAINING COUNCILS IN THE PUBLIC SERVICE

35. Bargaining councils in public service

There will be a bargaining council for-

(a) the public service as a whole, to be known as the Public Service Co-
ordinating Bargaining Council; and

(b) any sector within the public service that may be designated in
terms of section 37.

36. Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council

(1) The Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council must be established in

accordance with Schedule 1.8

(2) The Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council may perform all the
functions of a bargaining council in respect of those matters that-

(a) are regulated by uniform rules, norms and standards that apply across
the public service; or

(b) apply to terms and conditions of service that apply to two or more
sectors; or

(c) are assigned to the State as employer in respect of the public service
that are not assigned to the State as employer in any sector.

37. Bargaining councils in sectors in public service

8. Schedule 1 deals with the procedure for the establishment of the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council.
(1) The Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council may, in terms of its
constitution and by resolution -

(a) designate a sector of the public service for the establishment of a

bargaining council; and
(b) vary the designation of, amalgamate or disestablish bargaining
councils so established.

(2) A bargaining council for a sector designated in terms of subsection (1)(a) must
be established in terms of the constitution of the Public Service Co-ordinating
Bargaining Council.

(3) If the parties in the sector cannot agree to a constitution for the bargaining
council for a sector designated in terms of subsection (1)(a), the Registrar
must determine its constitution

(4) The relevant resolution made in terms of subsection (1) must

accompany any application to register or vary the registration of a
bargaining council or to register an amalgamated bargaining council.

(5) A bargaining council established in terms of subsection (2) has exclusive

jurisdiction in respect of matters that are specific to that sector and in respect
of which the State as employer in that sector has the requisite authority to
conclude collective agreements and resolve labour disputes.

38. Disputes between bargaining councils in public service

(1) If there is a jurisdictional dispute between two or more bargaining councils in

the public service, including the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining
Council, any party to the dispute may refer the dispute in writing to the
Commission.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy the
Commission that a copy of the referral has been served on all other bargaining
councils that are parties to the dispute.

(3) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute as soon as possible
through conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration by the Commission.

PART E-STATUTORY COUNCILS

39. Application to establish statutory council

(1) For the purposes of this Part-

 (a) "representative trade union" means a registered trade union, or two or
more registered trade unions acting jointly, whose members constitute
at least 30 per cent of the employees in a sector and area; and

(b) "representative employers' organisation" means a registered

employers' organisation, or two or more registered employers'
organisations acting jointly, whose members employ at least 30 per
cent of the employees in a sector and area.

(2) A representative trade union or representative employers' organisation may

apply to the registrar in the prescribed form for the establishment of a statutory
council in a sector and area in respect of which no council is registered.

(3) The registrar must apply the provisions of section 29(2) to (10)9 to the
application-

(a) read with the changes required by the context; and

(b) subject to the deletion of the word "sufficiently" in section 29(4)(c).

(4) The registrar must-

(a) consider the application and any further information provided by the
applicant; and

(b) determine whether-

(i) the applicant has complied with section 29 and of this section;

(ii) the applicant is representative of the sector and area determined

by NEDLAC or the Minister; and

(iii) there is no other council registered for the sector and area in
respect of which the application is made.

(5) If the registrar is not satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for
establishment, the registrar must-

(a) send the applicant a written notice of the decision and the reasons for
that decision; and

(b) in that notice, inform the applicant that it has 30 days from the date of
the notice to meet those requirements.

(6) If, after the 30-day period, the registrar concludes that the applicant has failed
to meet the requirements for establishment, the registrar must-

(a) refuse to register the applicant; and

9. The provisions of section 29 deal with the procedure for the registration of a bargaining council.
 (b) notify the applicant and any person that objected to the application in
writing of that decision.

40. Establishment and registration of statutory council

(1) If the registrar is satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for the
establishment of a statutory council, the registrar, by notice in the Government
Gazette, must establish the statutory council for a sector and area.

(2) The notice must invite-

(a) registered trade unions and registered employers' organisations in that

sector and area to attend a meeting; and

(b) any interested parties in that sector and area to nominate

representatives for the statutory council.

(3) The Commission must appoint a commissioner to chair the meeting and
facilitate the conclusion of an agreement on-

(a) the registered trade unions and registered employers' organisations to

be parties to the statutory council; and

(b) a constitution that meets the requirements of section 30, read with the
changes required by the context.

(4) If an agreement is concluded, the Minister may advise the registrar to register
the statutory council in accordance with the agreement if the Minister is
satisfied that-

(a) every registered trade union and registered employers' organisation

that ought to have been included has been included in the agreement;
and

(b) the constitution meets the requirements of section 30, read with the
changes required by the context.

(5) In considering the requirements in subsection (4)(a), the Minister must take
into account-

(a) the primary objects of this Act;

(b) the diversity of registered trade unions and registered employers'

organisations in the sector and area; and

c) the principle of proportional representation.

(6) If the Minister is not satisfied in terms of subsection (4), the Minister must
advise the Commission of the decision and the reasons for that decision and
 direct the Commission to reconvene the meeting in terms of subsection (3) in
order to facilitate the conclusion of a new agreement.

(7) If advised by the Minister in terms of subsection (4), the registrar must register
the statutory council by entering its name in the register of councils.

41. Establishment and registration of statutory council in absence of agreement

(1) If no agreement is concluded in terms of section 40(3), the commissioner must

convene separate meetings of the registered trade unions and employers'
organisations to facilitate the conclusion of agreements on-

(a) the registered trade unions to be parties to the statutory council;

(b) the registered employers' organisations to be parties to the statutory

council; and

(c) the allocation to each party of the number of representatives of the

statutory council.

(2) If an agreement is concluded on-

(a) the registered trade unions to be parties to the statutory council, the
Minister must admit as parties to the statutory council the agreed
registered trade unions;

(b) the registered employers' organisations to be parties to the statutory council, the
Minister must admit as parties to the statutory council the agreed registered
employers' organisations.

(3) If no agreement is concluded on-

(a) the registered trade unions to be parties to the statutory council, the
Minister must admit as parties to the statutory council-

(i) the applicant, if it is a registered trade union; and

(ii) any other registered trade union in the sector and area that
ought to be admitted, taking into account the factors referred to
in section 40(5);

(b) the registered employers' organisations to be parties to the statutory

council, the Minister must admit as parties to the statutory council-

(i) the applicant, if it is a registered employers' organisation; and

(ii) any other registered employers' organisation in the sector and

area that ought to be admitted, taking into account the factors
referred to in section 40(5).
(4)(a) The Minister must determine an even number of representatives of the
statutory council, taking into account the factors referred to in section
40(5).

(b) One half of the representatives must be allocated to the registered

trade unions that are parties to the statutory council and the other half
of the representatives must be allocated to the registered employers'
organisations that are parties to the statutory council.

(5) If no agreement is concluded in respect of the allocation of the number of

representatives of the statutory council-

(a) between the registered trade unions that are parties to the council, the
Minister must determine this allocation on the basis of proportional
representation;

(b) between the registered employers' organisations that are parties to the
council, the Minister must determine this allocation on the basis of
proportional representation and taking into account the interests of
small and medium enterprises.

(6) If the applicant is a trade union and there is no registered employers'

organisation that is a party to the statutory council, the Minister, after
consulting the Commission, must appoint suitable persons as representatives
and alternates, taking into account the nominations received from employers
and employers' organisations in terms of section 40(2).

(7) If the applicant is an employers' organisation and there is no registered trade

union that is a party to the statutory council, the Minister, after consulting the
Commission, must appoint suitable persons as representatives and alternates,
taking into account the nominations received from employees and trade unions
in terms of section 40(2).

(8) The Minister must notify the registrar of agreements concluded and decisions
made in terms of this section, and the registrar must-

(a) adapt the model constitution referred to in section 207(3) to the extent
necessary to give effect to the agreements and decisions made in terms
of this section;

(b) register the statutory council by entering its name in the register of
councils; and

(c) certify the constitution as the constitution of the statutory council.

42. Certificate of registration of statutory council

After registering a statutory council, the registrar must -

 (a) issue a certificate of registration that must specify the registered scope
of the statutory council; and

(b) send the certificate and a certified copy of the registered constitution to
all the parties to the statutory council and any representatives
appointed to the statutory council.

43. Powers and functions of statutory councils

(1) The powers and functions of a statutory council are-

(a) to perform the dispute resolution functions referred to in section 51;

(b) to promote and establish training and education schemes; and

(c) to establish and administer pension, provident, medical aid, sick pay,
holiday, unemployment schemes or funds or any similar schemes or
funds for the benefit of one or more of the parties to the statutory
council or their members; and

(d) to conclude collective agreements to give effect to the matters

mentioned in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c).

(2) A statutory council, in terms of its constitution, may agree to the inclusion of
any of the other functions of a bargaining council referred to in section 28.

(3) If a statutory council concludes a collective agreement in terms of subsection

(1)(d), the provisions of sections 31, 32 and 33 apply, read with the changes
required by the context.

(4)(a) From the date on which the Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998,
comes into operation, the provisions of the laws relating to pension,
provident or medical aid schemes or funds must be complied with in
establishing any pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund in
terms of subsection (1)(c).

(b) The provisions of the laws relating to pension, provident or medical aid
schemes or funds will apply in relation to any pension, provident or
medical aid scheme or fund established in terms of subsection (1)(c)
after the coming into operation of the Labour Relations Amendment
Act, 1998.

44. Ministerial determinations

(1) A statutory council that is not sufficiently representative within its registered
scope may submit a collective agreement on any of the matters mentioned in
section 43(1)(a), (b) or (c) to the Minister. The Minister must treat the
collective agreement as a recommendation made by the Employment
Conditions Commission in terms of section 54(4) of the Basic Conditions of
Employment Act.
(2) The Minister may promulgate the statutory council's recommendations as a
determination under the Basic Conditions of Employment Act if satisfied that
the statutory council has complied with section 54(3) of the Basic Conditions
of Employment Act, read with the changes required by the context.

(3) The determination must provide for -

(a) exemptions to be considered by an independent body appointed by the

Minister; and

(b) criteria for exemption that are fair and promote the primary objects of
this Act.

(4) The Minister may in a determination impose a levy on all employers and
employees in the registered scope of the statutory council to defray the
operational costs of the statutory council.

(5) A statutory council may submit a proposal to the Minister to amend or extend
the period of any determination and the Minister may make the amendment to
the determination or extend the period by notice in the Government Gazette.

45. Disputes about determinations

(1) If there is a dispute about the interpretation or application of a determination

promulgated in terms of section 44(2), any party to the dispute may refer the
dispute in writing to the Commission.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(3) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.

46. Withdrawal of party from statutory council

(1) If a registered trade union or registered employers' organisation that is a party

to a statutory council withdraws from that statutory council, the Minister may
request the Commission to convene a meeting of the remaining registered
trade unions or registered employers' organisations in the sector and area, in
order to facilitate the conclusion of an agreement on the registered trade
unions or the registered employers' organisations to be parties and the
allocation of representatives to the statutory council.

(2) If no agreement is concluded, the provisions of section 41 apply, read with the
changes required by the context.
47. Appointment of new representative of statutory council

(1) If a representative appointed in terms of section 41(6) or (7) for any reason no
longer holds office, the Minister must publish a notice in the Government
Gazette inviting interested parties within the registered scope of the statutory
council to nominate a new representative.

(2) The provisions of section 41(6) or (7) apply, read with the changes required by
the context, in respect of the appointment of a new representative.

48. Change of status of statutory council

(1) A statutory council may resolve to apply to register as a bargaining council.

(2) The registrar must deal with the application as if it were an application in
terms of section 29,10 except for section 29(4)(b), (7) to (10) and (15).

(3) If the registrar has registered the statutory council as a bargaining council, the
registrar must alter the register of councils and its certificate to reflect its
change of status.

(4) Any determination in force at the time of the registration of the bargaining
council or any agreement extended by the Minister in terms of section 43(3)-

(a) continues to have force for the period of its operation unless
superseded by a collective agreement; and

(b) may be extended for a further period.

(5) The bargaining council must perform any function or duty of the statutory
council in terms of a determination during the period in which the
determination is still in effect.

(6) If any dispute in terms of a determination is unresolved at the time the

determination ceases to have effect, the dispute must be dealt with as if the
determination was still in effect.

PART F-GENERAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING COUNCILS

49. Representativeness of council

(1) When considering the representativeness of the parties to a council, or parties

seeking registration of a council, the registrar, having regard to the nature of
the sector and the situation of the area in respect of which registration is
sought, may regard the parties to a council as representative in respect of the
whole area, even if a trade union or employers' organisation that is a party to
the council has no members in part of that area.

(2) A bargaining council, having a collective agreement that has been

extended by the Minister in terms of section 32, must inform the registrar

10. Section 29 deals with the procedure for the registration of bargaining councils.
 annually, in writing, on a date to be determined by the registrar, as to the
number of employees who are –

(a) covered by the collective agreement;

(b) members of the trade unions that are parties to the agreement;

(c) employed by members of the employers’ organisations that are party to

the agreement.

(3) A bargaining council must, on request by the registrar, inform the registrar in
writing within the period specified in the request as to the number of
employees who are -

(a) employed within the registered scope of the council;

(b) members of the trade unions that are parties to the council;
(c) employed by members of the employers’ organisations that are party to
the council.

(4) A determination of the representativeness of a bargaining council in terms of

this section is sufficient proof of the representativeness of the council for the
year following the determination.

(5) This section does not apply to the public service.

50. Effect of registration of council

(1) A certificate of registration is sufficient proof that a registered council is a

body corporate.

(2) A council has all the powers, functions and duties that are conferred or
imposed on it by or in terms of this Act, and it has jurisdiction to exercise and
perform those powers, functions and duties within its registered scope.

(3) A party to a council is not liable for any of the obligations or liabilities of the
council by virtue of it being a party to the council.

(4) A party to, or office-bearer or official of, a council is not personally liable for
any loss suffered by any person as a result of an act performed or omitted in
good faith by a party to, or office-bearer or official of, a council while
performing their functions for the council.

(5) Service of any document directed to a council at the address most recently
provided to the registrar will be for all purposes service of that document on
that council.

51. Dispute resolution functions of council

(1) In this section, dispute means any dispute about a matter of mutual interest
between-
 (a) on the one side(i) one or more trade unions; one or more employees; or
one or more trade unions and one or more employees; and

(b) on the other side-

(i) one or more employers' organisations;

(ii) one or more employers; or

(iii) one or more employers' organisations and one or more

employers.

(2)(a) (i) The parties to a council must attempt to resolve any dispute
between themselves in accordance with the constitution of the
council.

(ii) For the purposes of subparagraph (i), a party to a council

includes the members of any registered trade union or
registered employers’ organisation that is a party to the council.

(b) Any party to a dispute who is not a party to a council but who falls
within the registered scope of the council may refer the dispute to the
council in writing.

(c) The party who refers the dispute to the council must satisfy it that a
copy of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the
dispute.

(3) If a dispute is referred to a council in terms of this Act11 and any party to that
dispute is not a party to that council, the council must attempt to resolve the
dispute -

(a) through conciliation; and

(b) if the dispute remains unresolved after conciliation, the council must
arbitrate the dispute if-
11. The following disputes contemplated by subsection (3) must be referred to a council: disputes about the
interpretation or application of the provisions of Chapter II (see section 9); disputes that form the subject
matter of a proposed strike or lock out (see section 64(1)); disputes in essential services (see section 74);
disputes about unfair dismissals (see section 191); disputes about severance pay (see section 196); and
disputes about unfair labour practices (see item 2 in Schedule 7).

The following disputes contemplated by subsection (3) may not be referred to a council: disputes about
organisational rights (see sections 16, 21 and 22); disputes about collective agreements where the
agreement does not provide for a procedure or the procedure is inoperative or any party frustrates the
resolution of the dispute (see section 24(2) to (5); disputes about agency shops and closed shops (see
section 24(6) and (7) and section 26(11); disputes about determinations made by the Minister in respect of
proposals made by a statutory council (see section 45); disputes about the interpretation or application of
collective agreements of a council whose registration has been cancelled (see section 61 (5) to (8));
disputes about the demarcation of sectors and areas of councils (see section 62); disputes about the
interpretation or application of Part C (bargaining councils), Part D (bargaining councils in the public
service), Part E (statutory councils) and Part F (general provisions concerning councils) (see section 63);
disputes concerning pickets (see section 69 (8) to (10)); disputes about proposals that are the subject of
joint decision-making in workplace forums (see section 86); disputes about the disclosure of information
to workplace forums (see section 89); and disputes about the interpretation or application of the
provisions of Chapter V which deals with workplace forums (see section 94).
 (i) this Act requires arbitration and any party to the dispute has
requested that it be resolved through arbitration; or

(ii) all the parties to the dispute consent to arbitration under the
auspices of the council.

(4) If one or more of the parties to a dispute that has been referred to the council
do not fall within the registered scope of that council, it must refer the dispute
to the Commission.

(5) The date on which the referral in terms of subsection (4) was received by a
council is, for all purposes, the date on which the council referred the dispute
to the Commission.

(6) A council may enter into an agreement with the Commission or an accredited
agency in terms of which the Commission or accredited agency is to perform,
on behalf of the council, its dispute resolution functions in terms of this
section.

(7) Subject to this Act, a council may not provide in a collective agreement for the
referral of disputes to the Commission, without prior consultation with the
director.

(8) Unless otherwise agreed to in a collective agreement, sections 142A and 143
to 146 apply to any arbitration conducted under the auspices of a bargaining
council.

(9) A bargaining council may, by collective agreement, establish procedures to

resolve any dispute contemplated in this section.

52. Accreditation of council or appointment of accredited agency. Every council

must-

(a) apply to the Commission for accreditation to perform any of the

functions referred to in section 51; or

(b) appoint an accredited agency to perform any of the functions referred

to in section 51.

52. Accreditation of council or appointment of accredited agency

(1) With a view to performing its dispute resolution functions in terms of section
51(3), every council must –

(a) apply to the governing body of the Commission for accreditation to

perform those functions; or
(b) appoint an accredited agency to perform those of the functions referred
to in section 51(3) for which the council is not accredited.
(2) The council must advise the Commission in writing as soon as possible of the
appointment of an accredited agency in terms of subsection (1)(b), and the
terms of that appointment.

53. Accounting records and audits

(1) Every council must, to the standards of generally accepted accounting

practice, principles and procedures (a) keep books and records of its income,
expenditure, assets and liabilities; and

(b) within six months after the end of each financial year, prepare financial
statements, including at least-

(i) a statement of income and expenditure for the previous

financial year; and

(ii) balance sheet showing its assets, liabilities and financial

position as at the end of the previous financial year.

(2) Each council must arrange for an annual audit of its books and records of
account and its financial statements by an auditor who must-

(a) conduct the audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing

standards; and

(b) report in writing to the council and in that report express an opinion as
to whether or not the council has complied with those provisions of its
constitution relating to financial matters.

(3) Every council must-

(a) make the financial statements and the auditor's report available to the
parties to the council or their representatives for inspection; and

(b) submit those statements and the auditor's report to a meeting of the
council as provided for in its constitution.

(4) Every council must preserve each of its books of account, supporting
vouchers, income and expenditure statements, balance sheets, and auditor's
reports, in an original or reproduced form, for a period of three years from the
end of the financial year to which they relate.

(5) The money of a council or of any fund established by a council that is surplus
to its requirements or the expenses of the fund may be invested only in-

(a) savings accounts, permanent shares or fixed deposits in any registered

bank or financial institution;

(b) internal registered stock as contemplated in section 21 of the

Exchequer Act, 1975 (Act No. 66 of 1975);
 (c) a registered unit trust; or

(d) any other manner approved by the registrar.

(6) A council must comply with subsections (1) to (5) in respect of all funds
established by it, except funds referred to in section 28(3).

54. Duty to keep records and provide information to registrar

(1) In addition to the records required by section 53(4), every council must keep
minutes of its meetings, in an original or reproduced form, for a period of
three years from the end of the financial year to which they relate.

(2) Every council must provide to the registrar-

(a) within 30 days of receipt of its auditor's report, a certified copy of that
report and of the financial statements;

(b) within 30 days of receipt of a written request by the registrar, an

explanation of anything relating to the auditor's report or the financial
statements;

(c) upon registration, an address within the Republic at which it will

accept service of any document that is directed to it;

(d) within 30 days of any appointment or election of its national office

bearers, the names and work addresses of those office-bearers, even if
their appointment or election did not result in any changes to its office-
bearers;

(e) 30 days before a new address for service of documents will take effect,
notice of that change of address; and

(f) each year and on a date to be determined by the registrar, a report in

the prescribed form specifying -

(i) the number of employees who are employed by small enterprises

that fall within the registered scope of the council and the number
of employees of those enterprises who are members of trade
unions;

(ii) the number of employees employed by small enterprises that are

covered by a collective agreement that was concluded by the
council and extended by the \minister in terms of section 2;

(iii) the number of small enterprises that are members of the

employers’ organisations that are parties to the council; and
(iv) the number of applications for exemptions received from small
enterprises and the number of applications that were granted
and the number rejected.
(3) Every council must provide to the Commission-

(a) certified copies of every collective agreement concluded by the parties

to the council, within 30 days of the signing of that collective
agreement; and

(b) the details of the admission and resignation of parties to the council,
within 30 days of their admission or resignation.

(4) If a council fails to comply with any of the provisions of section 49(2) or (3),
section 53 or subsections (1) or (2) of this section, the registrar may -

(a) conduct an inquiry into the affairs of that council;

(b) order the production of the council’s financial records and any other
relevant documents;
(c) deliver a notice to the council requiring the council to comply with the
provisions concerned;
(d) compile a report o the affairs of the council; or
(e) submit the report to the Labour Court in support of any application
made in terms of section 59(1)(b).

(5) The registrar may use the powers referred to in subsection (4) in respect of any
fund established by a council, except a fund referred to in section 28(3).

55. Delegation of functions to committee of council

(1) A council may delegate any of its powers and functions to a committee on any
conditions, imposed by the council in accordance with its constitution.

(2) A committee contemplated by subsection (1) must consist of equal numbers of

representatives of employees and employers.

56. Admission of parties to council 12

(1) Any registered trade union or registered employers' organisation may apply in
writing to a council for admission as a party to that council.

(2) The application must be accompanied by a certified copy of the applicant's

registered constitution and certificate of registration and must include-

(a) details of the applicant's membership within the registered scope of the
council and, if the applicant is a registered employers' organisation, the
number of employees that its members employ within that registered
scope;

(b) the reasons why the applicant ought to be admitted as a party to the
council; and

(c) any other information on which the applicant relies in support of the
application.

12. See flow diagram No. 5 in Schedule 4.

(3) A council, within 90 days of receiving an application for admission, must
decide whether to grant or refuse an applicant admission, and must advise the
applicant of its decision, failing which the council is deemed to have refused
the applicant admission.

(4) If the council refuses to admit an applicant it must within 30 days of the date
of the refusal, advise the applicant in writing of its decision and the reasons for
that decision.

(5) The applicant may apply to the Labour Court for an order admitting it as a
party to the council.

(6) The Labour Court may admit the applicant as a party to the council, adapt the
constitution of the council and make any other appropriate order.

57. Changing constitution or name of council

(1) Any council may resolve to change or replace its constitution.

(2) The council must send the registrar a copy of the resolution and a certificate
signed by its secretary stating that the resolution complies with its constitution.

(3) The registrar must-

a) register the changed or new constitution of a council if it meets the

requirements of section 30 or if it is a statutory council established in
terms of section 41 if it meets the requirements of the model
constitution referred to in section 207(3); and

(b) send the council a copy of the resolution endorsed by the registrar,
certifying that the change or replacement has been registered.

(4) The changed or new constitution takes effect from the date of the registrar's
certification.

(5) Any council may resolve to change its name.

(6) The council must send the registrar a copy of the resolution and the original of
its current certificate of registration.

(7) The registrar must-

(a) enter the new name in the register of councils, and issue a certificate of
registration in the new name of the council;

(b) remove the old name from that register and cancel the earlier
certificate of registration; and

(c) send the new certificate to the council.

(8) The new name takes effect from the date that the registrar enters it in the
register of councils.

58. Variation of registered scope of council

(1) If the registrar is satisfied that the sector and area within which a council is
representative does not coincide with the registered scope of the council, the
registrar, acting independently or in response to an application from the
council, may vary the registered scope of the council.

(2) The provisions of section 29 apply, read with the changes required by the
context, to a variation in terms of this section.

(3) Despite subsection (2), if within the stipulated period no material objection is
lodged to any notice published by the registrar in terms of section 29(3), the
registrar -

(i) may vary the registered scope of the council;

(ii) may issue a certificate specifying the scope of the council as varied; and

(iii) need not comply with the procedure prescribed by section 29.

59. Winding-up of council

(1) The Labour Court may order a council to be wound up if-

(a) the council has resolved to wind up its affairs and has applied to the
Court for an order giving effect to that resolution; or

(b) the registrar of labour relations or any party to the council has applied
to the Court and the Court is satisfied that the council is unable to
continue to function for any reason that cannot be remedied.

(2) If there are any persons not represented before the Labour Court whose
interests may be affected by an order in terms of subsection (1), the Court
must-

(a) consider those interests before deciding whether or not to grant the
order; and

(b) if it grants the order, include provisions in the order disposing of each
of those interests.

(3) If it makes an order in terms of subsection (1), the Labour Court may appoint a
suitable person as liquidator, on appropriate conditions.

(4) (a) The registrar of the Labour Court must determine the liquidator's fees.
 (b) The Labour Court, in chambers, may review the determination of the
registrar of the Labour Court.

(c) The liquidator's fees are a first charge against the assets of the council.

(5) If, after all the liabilities of the council have been discharged, any assets
remain that cannot be disposed of in accordance with the constitution of that
council, the liquidator must realise those assets and pay the proceeds to the
Commission for its own use.

(6) For the purposes of this section, the assets and liabilities of any pension,
provident or medical aid scheme or fund established by a council will be
regarded and treated as part of the assets and liabilities of the council unless –

(a) the parties to the council have agreed to continue with the operation of
the pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund as a separate
scheme or fund despite the winding up of the council; and
(b) the Minister has approved the continuation of the scheme or fund; and
(c) application has been made in accordance with the provisions of the
laws applicable to pension, provident or medical aid schemes or funds,
for the registration of that scheme or fund in terms of those provisions.

(7) A pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund, registered under the
provisions of those laws after its application in terms of subsection 6(c), will
continue to be a separate scheme or fund despite the winding up of the council
by which it was established.

(8) The Minister, by notice in the Government Gazette, may declare the rules of a
pension, provident or medical aid scheme or fund mentioned in subsection (7)
to be binding on any employees and employer or employers that fell within the
registered scope of the relevant council immediately before it was wound up.

60. Winding-up of council by reason of insolvency

Any person who seeks to wind-up a council by reason of insolvency must comply
with the Insolvency Act, 1936 (Act No. 24 of 1936), and, for the purposes of this
section, any reference to the court in that Act must be interpreted as referring to the
Labour Court.

61. Cancellation of registration of council

(1) The registrar of the Labour Court must notify the registrar of labour relations
if the Court has ordered a council to be wound up.

(2) When the registrar receives a notice from the Labour Court in terms of
subsection (1), the registrar must cancel the registration of the council by
removing its name from the register of councils.
(3) The registrar may notify a council and every party to the council that the
registrar is considering cancelling the council's registration, if the registrar
believes that-

(a) the council has ceased to perform its functions in terms of this Act for
a period longer than 90 days before the date of the notice; or

(b) the council has ceased to be representative in terms of the provisions of

the relevant Part, for a period longer than 90 days prior to the date of
the notice.

(4) In a notice in terms of subsection (3), the registrar must state the reasons for
the notice and inform the council and every party to the council that they have
60 days to show cause why the council's registration should not be cancelled.

(5) After the expiry of the 60-day period, the registrar, unless cause has been
shown why the council's registration should not be cancelled, must notify the
council and every party to the council that the registration will be cancelled
unless an appeal to the Labour Court is noted and the Court reverses the
decision.

(6) The cancellation takes effect-

a) if no appeal to the Labour Court is noted within the time contemplated

in section III (3), on the expiry of that period; or

(b) if the council or any party has appealed and the Labour Court has
confirmed the decision of the registrar, on the date of the Labour
Court's decision.

(7) If either event contemplated in subsection (6) occurs, the registrar must cancel
the council' s registration by removing the name of the council from the
register of councils.

(8) Any collective agreement concluded by parties to a council whose registration

has been cancelled, whether or not the collective agreement has been extended
to non-parties by the Minister in terms of section 32, lapses 60 days after the
council's registration has been cancelled.

(9) Despite subsection (8), the provisions of a collective agreement that regulates
terms and conditions of employment remain in force for one year after the date
that the council' s registration was cancelled, or until the expiry of the
agreement, if earlier.

(10) Any party to a dispute about the interpretation or application of a collective

agreement that regulates terms and conditions of employment referred to in
subsection (8) may refer the dispute in writing to the Commission.

(11) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.
(12) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(13) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.

(14) The registrar must cancel the registration of a bargaining council in the public
service by removing its name from the register of councils when the registrar
receives a resolution from the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining
Council disestablishing a bargaining council established in terms of section
37(2).

(15) The provisions of subsections (3) to (7) do not apply to bargaining councils in
the public service.

62. Disputes about demarcation between sectors and areas

(1) Any registered trade union, employer, employee, registered employers'

organisation or council that has a direct or indirect interest in the application
contemplated in this section may apply to the Commission in the prescribed
form and manner for a determination as to-

(a) whether any employee, employer, class of employees or class of

employers, is or was employed or engaged in a sector or area;

(b) whether any provision in any arbitration award, collective agreement

or wage determination made in terms of the Wage Act is or was
binding on any employee, employer, class of employees or class of
employers.

(2) If two or more councils settle a dispute about a question contemplated in

subsection (1)(a) or (b), the councils must inform the Minister of the
provisions of their agreement and the Minister may publish a notice in the
Government Gazette stating the particulars of the agreement.

(3) In any proceedings in terms of this Act before the Labour Court, if a question
contemplated in subsection (1)(a) or (b) is raised, the Labour Court must
adjourn those proceedings and refer the question to the Commission for
determination if the Court is satisfied that-

(a) the question raised-

(i) has not previously been determined by arbitration in terms of

this section; and

(ii) is not the subject of an agreement in terms of subsection (2); and

(iii) the determination of the question raised is necessary for the

purposes of the proceedings.
(3A) In any proceedings before an arbitrator about the interpretation or application
of a collective agreement, if a question contemplated in subsection (1)(a) or
(b) is raised, the arbitrator must adjourn those proceedings and refer the
question to the Commission if the arbitrator is satisfied that-

(a) the question raised-

(i) has not previously been determined by arbitration in terms of
this section; and
(ii) is not the subject of an agreement in terms of subsection (2);
and
(b) the determination of the question raised is necessary of the purposes of the
proceedings.

(4) When the Commission receives an application in terms of subsection (1) or a

referral in terms of subsection (3), it must appoint a commissioner to hear the
application or determine the question, and the provisions of section 138 apply,
read with the changes required by the context.

(5) In any proceedings in terms of this Act before a commissioner, if a question

contemplated in subsection (1)(a) or (b) is raised, the commissioner must
adjourn the proceedings and consult the director, if the commissioner is
satisfied that-

(a) the question raised-

(i) has not previously been determined by arbitration in terms of

this section; and

(ii) is not the subject of an agreement in terms of subsection (2);

and

(b) the determination of the question raised is necessary for the purposes
of the proceedings.

(6) The director must either order the commissioner concerned to determine the
question or appoint another commissioner to do so, and the provisions of
section 138 apply, read with the changes required by the context.

(7) If the Commission believes that the question is of substantial importance, the
Commission must publish a notice in the Government Gazette stating the
particulars of the application or referral and stating the period within which
written representations may be made and the address to which they must be
directed.

(8) If a notice contemplated in subsection (7) has been published, the

commissioner may not commence the arbitration until the period stated in the
notice has expired.
(9) Before making an award, the commissioner must consider any written
representations that are made, and must consult NEDLAC.

(10) The commissioner must send the award, together with brief reasons, to the
Labour Court and to the Commission.

(11) If the Commission believes that the nature of the award is substantially
important, it may publish notice of the award in the Government Gazette.

(12) The registrar must amend the certificate of registration of a council in so far as
is necessary in light of the award.

63. Disputes about Parts A and C to F

(1) Any party to a dispute about the interpretation or application of Parts A and C
to F of this Chapter, may refer the dispute in writing to the Commission
unless-

(a) the dispute has arisen in the course of arbitration proceedings or

proceedings in the Labour Court; or

(b) the dispute is otherwise to be dealt with in terms of Parts A and C to F.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(3) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may refer it to the
Labour Court for adjudication.

Chapter IV

STRIKES AND LOCK OUTS

64. Right to strike and recourse to lock out

(1) Every employee has the right to strike and every employer has recourse to
lock out if-

(a) the issue in dispute has been referred to a council or to the Commission
as required by this Act, and-

(i) a certificate stating that the dispute remains unresolved has

been issued; or

(ii) a period of 30 days, or any extension of that period agreed to

between the parties to the dispute, has elapsed since the referral
was received by the council or the Commission; and after that-
 (b) in the case of a proposed strike, at least 48 hours' notice of the
commencement of the strike, in writing, has been given to the
employer, unless-

(i) the issue in dispute relates to a collective agreement to be

concluded in a council, in which case, notice must have been
given to that council; or

(ii) the employer is a member of an employers' organisation that is

a party to the dispute, in which case, notice must have been
given to that employers' organisation; or

(c) in the case of a proposed lock-out, at least 48 hours' notice of the

commencement of the lock-out, in writing, has been given to any trade
union that is a party to the dispute, or, if there is no such trade union, to
the employees, unless the issue in dispute relates to a collective
agreement to be concluded in a council, in which case, notice must
have been given to that council; or

(d) the case of a proposed strike or lock-out where the State is the
employer, at least seven days' notice of the commencement of the
strike or lock-out has been given to the parties contemplated in
paragraphs (b) and (c).

(2) If the issue in dispute concerns a refusal to bargain, an advisory award must
have been made in terms of section 135(3)(c) before notice is given in terms of
subsection (1)(b) or (c). A refusal to bargain includes-

(a) a refusal-

(i) to recognise a trade union as a collective bargaining agent; or

(ii) to agree to establish a bargaining council;

(b) a withdrawal of recognition of a collective bargaining agent;

(c) a resignation of a party from a bargaining council;

(d) a dispute about-

(i) appropriate bargaining units;

(ii) appropriate bargaining levels; or

(iii) bargaining subjects.

(3) The requirements of subsection (1) do not apply to a strike or a lock-out if-

(a) the parties to the dispute are members of a council, and the dispute has
been dealt with by that council in accordance with its constitution;
 (b) the strike or lock-out conforms with the procedures in a collective
agreement;

(c) the employees strike in response to a lock-out by their employer that

does not comply with the provisions of this Chapter;

(d) the employer locks out its employees in response to their taking part in
a strike that does not conform with the provisions of this Chapter; or

(e) the employer fails to comply with the requirements of subsections (4)
and (5).

(4) Any employee who or any trade union that refers a dispute about a unilateral
change to terms and conditions of employment to a council or the Commission
in terms of subsection (1)(a) may, in the referral, and for the period referred to
in subsection (1)(a)-

(a) require the employer not to implement unilaterally the change to terms
and conditions of employment; or

(b) if the employer has already implemented the change unilaterally,

require the employer to restore the terms and conditions of
employment that applied before the change.

(5) The employer must comply with a requirement in terms of subsection (4)
within 48 hours of service of the referral on the employer.

65. Limitations on right to strike or recourse to lock-out

(1) No person may take part in a strike or a lock-out or in any conduct in

contemplation or furtherance of a strike or a lock-out if-

(a) that person is bound by a collective agreement that prohibits a strike or

lock-out in respect of the issue in dispute;

(b) that person is bound by an agreement that requires the issue in dispute
to be referred to arbitration;

(c) the issue in dispute is one that a party has the right to refer to
arbitration or to the Labour Court in terms of this Act;

(d) that person is engaged in-

(i) an essential service; or

(ii) a maintenance service. 13

(2) (a) Despite section 65(l)(c), a person may take part in a strike or a lock-out
or in any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of a strike or lock

13. Essential services, agreed minimum services and maintenance services are regulated in sections 71 to 75.
 out if the issue in dispute is about any matter dealt with in sections 12
to 15. 14

(b) If the registered trade union has given notice of the proposed strike in
terms of section 64(l) in respect of an issue in dispute referred to in
paragraph (a), it may not exercise the right to refer the dispute to
arbitration in terms of section 21 for a period of 12 months from the
date of the notice.

(3) Subject to a collective agreement, no person may take part in a strike or a

lock-out or in any conduct in contemplation or furtherance of a strike or lock-
out-

(a) if that person is bound by-

(i) any arbitration award or collective agreement that regulates the

issue in dispute; or

(ii) any determination made in terms of section 44 by the Minister

that regulates the issue in dispute; or

(b) any determination made in terms of the Wage Act and that regulates
the issue in dispute, during the first year of that determination.

66. Secondary strikes

(1) In this section "secondary strike" means a strike, or conduct in contemplation

or furtherance of a strike, that is in support of a strike by other employees
against their employer but does not include a strike in pursuit of a demand that
has been referred to a council if the striking employees, employed within the
registered scope of that council, have a material interest in that demand.

(2) No person may take part in a secondary strike unless-

(a) the strike that is to be supported complies with the provisions of

sections 64 and 65;

(b) the employer of the employees taking part in the secondary strike or,
where appropriate, the employers' organisation of which that employer
is a member, has received written notice of the proposed secondary
strike at least seven days prior to its commencement; and

(c) the nature and extent of the secondary strike is reasonable in relation to
the possible direct or indirect effect that the secondary strike may have
on the business of the primary employer.

(3) Subject to section 68(2) and (3), a secondary employer may apply to the
Labour Court for an interdict to prohibit or limit a secondary strike that
contravenes subsection (2).

14. These sections deal with organisational rights.

(4) Any person who is a party to proceedings in terms of subsection (3), or the
Labour Court, may request the Commission to conduct an urgent investigation
to assist the Court to determine whether the requirements of subsection (2)(c)
have been met.

(5) On receipt of a request made in terms of subsection (4), the Commission must
appoint a suitably qualified person to conduct the investigation, and then
submit, as soon as possible, a report to the Labour Court.

(6) The Labour Court must take account of the Commission's report in terms of
subsection (5) before making an order.

67. Strike or lock-out in compliance with this Act

(1) In this Chapter, "protected strike" means a strike that complies with the
provisions of this Chapter and "protected lock-out" means a lock-out that
complies with the provisions of this Chapter.

(2) A person does not commit a defect or a breach of contract by taking part in-

(a) a protected strike or a protected lock-out; or

(b) any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of a protected strike or

a protected lock-out.

(3) Despite subsection (2), an employer is not obliged to remunerate an employee

for services that the employee does not render during a protected strike or a
protected lock-out, however-

(a) if the employee's remuneration includes payment in kind in respect of

accommodation, the provision of food and other basic amenities of life,
the employer, at the request of the employee, must not discontinue
payment in kind during the strike or lock-out; and

(b) after the end of the strike or lock-out, the employer may recover the
monetary value of the payment in kind made at the request of the
employee during the strike or lock-out from the employee by way of
civil proceedings instituted in the Labour Court.

(4) An employer may not dismiss an employee for participating in a protected

strike or for any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of a protected
strike.

(5) Subsection (4) does not preclude an employer from fairly dismissing an
employee in accordance with the provisions of Chapter VIII for a reason
related to the employee's conduct during the strike, or for a reason based on
the employer's operational requirements.

(6) Civil legal proceedings may not be instituted against any person for-
 (a) participating in a protected strike or a protected lock-out; or

(b) any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of a protected strike or

a protected lock-out.

(7) The failure by a registered trade union or a registered employers' organisation

to comply with a provision in its constitution requiring it to conduct a ballot of
those of its members in respect of whom it intends to call a strike or lock-out
may not give rise to, or constitute a ground for, any litigation that will affect
the legality of, and the protection conferred by this section on, the strike or
lock-out.

(8) The provisions of subsections (2) and (6) do not apply to any act in
contemplation or in furtherance of a strike or a lock-out, if that act is an
offence.

(9) Any act in contemplation or in furtherance of a protected strike or a protected

lock-out that is a contravention of the Basic Conditions of Employment Act or
the Wage Act does not constitute an offence.

68. Strike or lock-out not in compliance with this Act

(1) In the case of any strike or lock-out, or any conduct in contemplation or in

furtherance of a strike or lock-out, that does not comply with the provisions of
this Chapter, the Labour Court has exclusive jurisdiction-

(a) to grant an interdict or order to restrain-15

(i) any person from participating in a strike or any conduct in

contemplation or in furtherance of a strike; or

(ii) any person from participating in a lock-out or any conduct in

contemplation or in furtherance of a lock-out;

(b) to order the payment of just and equitable compensation for any loss
attributable to the strike or lock-out, or conduct, having regard to-

(i) whether -

(aa) attempts were made to comply with the provisions of

this Chapter and the extent of those attempts;

(bb) the strike or lock-out or conduct was premeditated;

(cc) the strike or lock out, or conduct was in response to

unjustified conduct by another party to the dispute; and

(dd) there was compliance with an order granted in terms of

paragraph (a);

15. See flow diagram No. 6 in Schedule 4.

 (ii) the interests of orderly collective bargaining;

(iii) the duration of the strike or lock out or conduct; and

(iv) the financial position of the employer, trade union or

employees respectively.

(2) The Labour Court may not grant any order in terms of subsection (1)(a) unless
48 hours' notice of the application has been given to the respondent: However,
the Court may permit a shorter period of notice if-

(a) the applicant has given written notice to the respondent of the
applicant's intention to apply for the granting of an order;

(b) the respondent has been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard

before a decision concerning that application is taken; and

(c) the applicant has shown good cause why a period shorter than 48 hours
should be permitted.

(3) Despite subsection (2), if written notice of the commencement of the proposed
strike or lock-out was given to the applicant at least 10 days before the
commencement of the proposed strike or lock-out, the applicant must give at
least five days' notice to the respondent of an application for an order in terms
of subsection (1)(a).

(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to an employer or an employee engaged
in an essential service or a maintenance service.

(5) Participation in a strike that does not comply with the provisions of this
Chapter, or conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of that strike, may
constitute a fair reason for dismissal. In determining whether or not the
dismissal is fair, the Code of Good Practice: Dismissal in Schedule 8 must be
taken into account.

69. Picketing 16

(1) A registered trade union may authorise a picket by its members and supporters
for the purposes of peacefully demonstrating-

(a) in support of any protected strike; or

(b) in opposition to any lockout.

(2) Despite any law regulating the right of assembly, a picket authorised terms of I
subsection (1), may be held-

(a) in any place to which the public has access but outside the premises of
an employer; or

16. See flow diagram No. 7 in Schedule 4.

 (b) with the permission of the employer, inside the employer's premises.

(3) The permission referred to in subsection (2)(b) may not be unreasonably

withheld.

(4) If requested to do so by the registered trade union or the employer, the

Commission must attempt to secure an agreement between the parties to the
dispute on rules that should apply to any picket in relation to that strike or
lock-out.

(5) If there is no agreement, the Commission must establish picketing rules, and in
doing so must take account of-

(a) the particular circumstances of the workplace or other premises where

it is intended that the right to picket is to be exercised; and

(b) any relevant code of good practice.

(6) The rules established by the Commission may provide for picketing by
employees on their employer's premises if the Commission is satisfied that the
employer's permission has been unreasonably withheld.

(7) The provisions of section 67, read with the changes required by the context,
apply to the call for, organisation of, or participation in a picket that complies I
with the provisions of this section.

(8) Any party to a dispute about any of the following issues may refer the dispute
in writing to the Commission-

(a) an allegation that the effective use of the right to picket is being
undermined;

(b) an alleged material contravention of subsection (1) or (2);

(c) an alleged material breach of an agreement concluded in terms of

subsection (4); or

(d) an alleged material breach of a rule established in terms of subsection

(5).

(9) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(10) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(11) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may refer it to the
Labour Court for adjudication.
70. Essential services committee

(1) The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC, and in consultation with the Minister
for the Public Service and Administration, must establish an essential services
committee under the auspices of the Commission and -

(a) appoint to that committee, on any terms that the Minister

considers fit, persons who have knowledge and experience of
labour law and labour relations; and
(b) designate one of the members of the committee as its
chairperson.

(2) The functions of the essential services committee are-

(a) to conduct investigations as to whether or not the whole or a part of

any service is an essential service, and then to decide whether or not to
designate the whole or a part of that service as an essential service;

(b) to determine disputes as to whether or not the whole or a part of any

service is an essential service; and

(c) to determine whether or not the whole or a part of any service is a

maintenance service. 17

(3) At the request of a bargaining council, the essential services committee must
conduct an investigation in terms of subsection (2)(a).

71. Designating a service as an essential service

(1) The essential services committee must give notice in the Government Gazette
of any investigation that it is to conduct as to whether the whole or a part of a
service is an essential service.

(2) The notice must indicate the service or the part of a service that is to be the
subject of the investigation and must invite interested parties, within a period
stated in the notice-

(a) to submit written representations; and

(b) to indicate whether or not they require an opportunity to make oral

representations.

(3) Any interested party may inspect any written representations made pursuant to
the notice, at the Commission's offices.

(4) The Commission must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any written
representations to any person who has paid the prescribed fee.

(5) The essential services committee must advise parties who wish to make oral
representations of the place and time at which they may be made.

17. A maintenance service is defined I section 75.

(6) Oral representations must be made in public.

(7) After having considered any written and oral representations, the essential
services committee must decide whether or not to designate the whole or a
part of the service that was the subject of the investigation as an essential
service.

(8) If the essential services committee designates the whole or a part of a service
as an essential service, the committee must publish a notice to that effect in the
Government Gazette.

(9) The essential services committee may vary or cancel the designation of the
whole or a part of a service as an essential service, by following the provisions
set out in subsections (1) to (8), read with the changes required by the context.

(10) The Parliamentary service and the South African Police Service are deemed to
have been designated an essential service in terms of this section.

72. Minimum services. The essential services committee may ratify any collective
agreement that provides for the maintenance of minimum services in a service
designated as an essential service, in which case-

(a) the agreed minimum services are to be regarded as an essential service

in respect of the employer and its employees; and

(b) the provisions of section 74 do not apply.

73. Disputes about whether a service is an essential service

(1) Any party to a dispute about either of the following issues may refer the
dispute in writing to the essential services committee-

(a) whether or not a service is an essential service; or

(b) whether or not an employee or employer is engaged in a service

designated as an essential service.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the essential services committee must
satisfy it that a copy of the referral has been served on all the other parties to
the dispute.

(3) The essential services committee must determine the dispute as soon as
possible.

74. Disputes in essential services18

(1) Any party to a dispute that is precluded from participating in a strike or a lock-
out because that party is engaged in an essential service may refer the dispute
in writing to

18. See flow diagram No. 8 in Schedule 4.

 (a) a council, if the parties to the dispute fall within the registered scope of
that council; or

(b) the Commission, if no council has

(2) The party who refers the dispute must satisfy the council or the Commission
that a copy of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the
dispute.

(3) The council or the Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration by the council or the Commission.

(5) Any arbitration award in terms of subsection (4) made in respect of the State
and that has financial implications for the State becomes binding-

(a) 14 days after the date of the award, unless a Minister has tabled the
award in Parliament within that period; or

(b) 14 days after the date of tabling the award, unless Parliament has
passed a resolution that the award is not binding.

(6) If Parliament passes a resolution that the award is not binding, the dispute
must be referred back to the Commission for further conciliation between the
parties to the dispute and if that fails, any party to the dispute may request the
Commission to arbitrate.

(7) If Parliament is not in session on the expiry of (a) the period referred to in
subsection (5)(a), that period or the balance of that period will run from the
beginning of the next session of Parliament;

(b) the period referred to in subsection (5)(b), that period will run from the
expiry of the period referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection or
from the beginning of the next session of Parliament.

75. Maintenance services

(1) A service is a maintenance service if the interruption of that service has the
effect of material physical destruction to any working area, plant or
machinery.

(2) If there is no collective agreement relating to the provision of a maintenance

service, an employer may apply in writing to the essential services committee
for a determination that the whole or a part of the employer's business or
service is a maintenance service.

(3) The employer must satisfy the essential services committee that a copy of the
application has been served on all interested parties.
(4) The essential services committee must determine, as soon as possible,
whether or not the whole or a part of the employer’s business or service is a
maintenance service.

(5) As part of its determination in terms of subsection (4), the essential services
committee may direct that any dispute in respect of which the employees
engaged in a maintenance service would have had the right to strike, but for
the provisions of section 65(1)(d)(ii), be referred to arbitration.

(6) The committee may not make a direction in terms of subsection (5) if –

(a) the terms and conditions of employment of the employees engaged in the
maintenance service are determined by collective bargaining; or

(b) if the number of employees prohibited from striking because they are
engaged in the maintenance service does not exceed the number of
employees who are entitled to strike.

(7) If a direction in terms of subsection (5) requires a dispute to be resolved by

arbitration –

(a) the provisions of section 74 will apply to the arbitration; and

(b) any arbitration award will be binding on the employees engaged in the
maintenance service and their employer, unless the terms of the award are
varied by a collective agreement.

76. Replacement labour

(1) An employer may not take into employment any person-

(a) to continue or maintain production during a protected strike if the

whole or a part of the employer's service has been designated a
maintenance service; or

(b) for the purpose of performing the work of any employee who is locked
out, unless the lock-out is in response to a strike.

(2) For the purpose of this section, "take into employment" includes engaging the
I services of a temporary employment service or an independent contractor.

77. Protest action to promote or defend socio-economic interests of workers

(1) Every employee who is not engaged in an essential service or a maintenance

service has the right to take part in protest action if-

(a) the protest action has been called by a registered trade union or
federation of trade unions;
 (b) the registered trade union or federation of trade unions has served a
notice on NEDLAC stating-

(i) the reasons for the protest action; and

(ii) the nature of the protest action;

(c) the matter giving rise to the intended protest action has been
considered by NEDLAC or any other appropriate forum in which the
parties concerned are able to participate in order to resolve the matter;
and

(d) at least 14 days before the commencement of the protest action, the
registered trade union or federation of trade unions has served a notice
on NEDLAC of its intention to proceed with the protest action.

(2) The Labour Court has exclusive jurisdiction-

(a) to grant any order to restrain any person from taking part in protest
action or in any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of protest
action that does not comply with subsection (1);

(b) in respect of protest action that complies with subsection (1), to grant a
declaratory order contemplated by subsection (4), after having
considered-

(i) the nature and duration of the protest action;

(ii) the steps taken by the registered trade union or federation of

trade unions to minimise the harm caused by the protest action;
and

(iii) the conduct of the participants in the protest action.

(3) A person who takes part in protest action or in any conduct in contemplation
or in furtherance of protest action that complies with subsection (1), enjoys the
protections conferred by section 67.

(4) Despite the provisions of subsection (3), an employee forfeits the protection
against dismissal conferred by that subsection, if the employee-

(a) takes part in protest action or any conduct in contemplation or in

furtherance of protest action in breach of an order of the Labour Court;
or

(b) otherwise acts in contempt of an order of the Labour Court made in

terms of this section.
 CHAPTER V

WORKPLACE FORUMS

78. Definitions in this Chapter

In this Chapter-

(a) "employee" means any person who is employed in a workplace, except

a senior managerial employee whose contract of employment or status
confers the authority to do any of the following in the workplace-

(ii) represent the employer in dealings with the workplace forum;

or

(iii) determine policy and take decisions on behalf of the employer

that may be in conflict with the representation of employees in
the workplace; and

(b) "representative trade union" means a registered trade union, or two

or more registered trade unions acting jointly, that have as members
the majority of the employees employed by an employer in a
workplace.

79. General functions of workplace forum

A workplace, forum established in terms of this Chapter-

(a) must seek to promote the interests of all employees in the workplace,
whether or not they are trade union members;

(b) must seek to enhance efficiency in the workplace;

(c) is entitled to be consulted by the employer, with a view to reaching

consensus, about the matters referred to in section 84; and

(d) is entitled to participate in joint decision-making about the matters

referred to in section 86.

80. Establishment of workplace forum

(1) A workplace forum may be established in any workplace in which an

employer employs more than 100 employees.

(2) Any representative trade union may apply to the Commission in the prescribed
form for the establishment of a workplace, forum.

(3) The applicant must satisfy the Commission that a copy of the application has
been served on the employer.
(4) The Commission may require further information in support of the
application.

(5) The Commission must-

(a) consider the application and any further information provided by the
applicant; and

(b) consider whether, in the workplace in respect of which the application

has been made-

(i) the employer employs 100 or more employees;

(ii) the applicant is a representative trade union; and

(iii) there is no functioning workplace forum established in terms of

this Chapter.

(6) If satisfied that the requirements of subsection (5) are met, the Commission
must appoint a commissioner to assist the parties to establish a workplace
forum by collective agreement or, failing that, to establish a workplace forum
in terms of this Chapter.

(7) The commissioner must convene a meeting with the applicant, the employer
and any registered trade union that has members employed in the workplace,
in order to facilitate the conclusion of a collective agreement between those
parties, or at least between the applicant and the employer.

(8) If a collective agreement is concluded, the provisions of this Chapter do not

apply.

(9) If a collective agreement is not concluded, the commissioner must meet the
parties referred to in subsection (7) in order to facilitate agreement between
them, or at least between the applicant and the employer, on the provisions of
a constitution for a workplace forum in accordance with this Chapter, taking
into account the guidelines in Schedule 2.

(10) If no agreement is reached on any of the provisions of a constitution, the

commissioner must establish a workplace forum and determine the provisions
of the constitution in accordance with this Chapter, taking into account the
guidelines in Schedule 2.

(11) After the workplace forum has been established, the commissioner must set a
date for the election of the first members of the workplace forum and appoint
an election officer to conduct the election.

(12) The provisions of this section do not apply to the public service. The
establishment of workplace forums in the public service will be regulated in a
Schedule promulgated by the Minister for the Public Service and
Administration in terms of section 207(4).
81. Trade union based workplace forum

(1) If a representative trade union is recognised in terms of a collective agreement

by an employer for the purposes of collective bargaining in respect of a] I
employees in a workplace, that trade union may apply to the Commission in
the prescribed form for the establishment of a workplace forum.

(2) The applicant may choose the members of the workplace forum from among
its elected representatives in the workplace.

(3) If the applicant makes this choice, the provisions of this Chapter apply, except
for section 80(l 1) and section 82(1)(b) to (m).

(4) The constitution of the applicant governs the nomination, election and removal
from office of elected representatives of the applicant in the workplace.

(5) A workplace forum constituted in terms of this section will be dissolved if-

(a) the collective agreement referred to in subsection (1) is terminated;

(b) the applicant is no longer a representative trade union.

(6) The provisions of this section do not apply to the public service.

82. Requirements for constitution of workplace forum

(1) The constitution of every workplace forum must-

(a) establish a formula for determining the number of seats in the

workplace forum;

(b) establish a formula for the distribution of seats in the workplace forum
so as to reflect the occupational structure of the workplace;

(c) provide for the direct election of members of the workplace forum by
the employees in the workplace;

(d) provide for the appointment of an employee as an election officer to

conduct elections and define that officer's functions and powers;

(e) provide that an election of members of the workplace forum must be

held not later than 24 months after each preceding election; provide
that if another registered trade union becomes representative, it may
demand a new election at any time within 21 months after each
preceding election;

(g) provide for the procedure and manner in which elections and ballots
must be conducted;
(h) provide that any employee, including any former or current member of
the workplace forum, may be nominated as a candidate for election as
a member of the workplace forum by-

(i) any registered trade union with members employed in the

work- place; or

(ii) a petition signed by not less than 20 per cent of the employees
in the workplace or 100 employees, whichever number of
employees is the smaller;

(i) provide that in any ballot every employee is entitled-

(i) to vote by secret ballot; and

(ii) to vote during working hours at the employer's premises;

(j) provide that in an election for members of the workplace forum every
employee is entitled, unless the constitution provides otherwise-

(i) to cast a number of votes equal to the number of members to be

elected; and

(ii) to cast one or more of those votes in favour of any candidate;

(k) establish the terms of office of members of the workplace forum f and
the circumstances in which a member must vacate that office;

(l) establish the circumstances and manner in which members of the

workplace forum may be removed from office, including the right of
an representative trade union that nominated a member for election to
remove that member at any time;

(m) establish the manner in which vacancies in the workplace forum ma be

filled, including the rules for holding by-elections;

(n) establish the circumstances and manner in which the meetings referred
to in section 83 must be held;

(o) provide that the employer must allow the election officer reasonable
time off with pay during working hours to prepare for and conduct
elections;

(p) provide that the employer must allow each member of the workplace
forum reasonable time off with pay during working hours to perform
the functions of a member of the workplace, forum and to receive
training relevant to the performance of those functions;

(q) require the employer to take any steps that are reasonably necessary to
assist the election officer to conduct elections;
 (r) require the employer to provide facilities to enable the workplace
forum to perform its functions;

(s) provide for the designation of full-time members of the workplace

forum if there are more than 1 000 employees in a workplace;

(t) provide that the workplace forum may invite any expert to attend its
meetings, including meetings with the employer or the employees, and
that an expert is entitled to any information to which the workplace
forum is entitled and to inspect and copy any document that members
of the workplace forum are entitled to inspect and copy;

(u) provide that office-bearers or officials of the representative trade union

may attend meetings of the workplace forum, including meetings with
the employer or the employees;

(v) provide that the representative trade union and the employer, by
agreement, may change the constitution of the workplace forum; and

(w) establish the manner in which decisions are to be made.

(2) The constitution of a workplace forum may-

(a) establish a procedure that provides for the conciliation and arbitration
of proposals in respect of which the employer and the workplace forum
do not reach consensus;

(b) establish a coordinating workplace forum to perform any of the general

functions of a workplace forum and one or more subsidiary workplace
forums to perform any of the specific functions of a workplace forum;
and

(c) include provisions that depart from sections 83 to 92.

(3) The constitution of a workplace forum binds the employer.

(4) The Minister for the Public Service and Administration may amend the
requirements for a constitution in terms of this section for workplace forums in
the public service by a Schedule promulgated in terms of section 207(4).

83. Meetings of workplace forum

(1) There must be regular meetings of the workplace forum.

(2) There must be regular meetings between the workplace forum and the
employer, at which the employer must-

(a) present a report on its financial and employment situation, its

performance since the last report and its anticipated performance in the
short term and in the long term; and
 (b) consult the workplace forum on any matter arising from the report that
may affect employees in the workplace.

(3)(a) There must be meetings between members of the workplace forum and
the employees employed in the workplace at regular and appropriate
intervals. At the meetings with employees, the workplace forum must
report on-

(i) its activities generally;

(ii) matters in respect of which it has been consulted by the

employer; and

(iii) matters in respect of which it has participated in joint decision-

making with the employer.

(b) Each calendar year, at one of the meetings with the employees, the
employer must present an annual report of its financial and
employment situation, its performance generally and its future
prospects and plans.

(c) The meetings of employees must be held during working hours at a

time and place agreed upon by the workplace forum and the employer
without loss of pay on the part of the employees.

84. Specific matters for consultation

(1) Unless the matters for consultation are regulated by a collective agreement
with the representative trade union, a workplace forum is entitled to be
consulted by the employer about proposals relating to any of the following
matters-

(a) restructuring the workplace, including the introduction of new

technology and new work methods;

(b) changes in the organisation of work;

(c) partial or total plant closures;

(d) mergers and transfers of ownership in so far as they have an impact on

the employees;

(e) the dismissal of employees for reasons based on operational

requirements; exemptions from any collective agreement or any law;

(g) job grading;

(h) criteria for merit increases or the payment of discretionary bonuses;

(i) education and training;

 (j) product development plans; and

(k) export promotion.

(2) A bargaining council may confer on a workplace forum the right to be

consulted about additional matters in workplaces that fall within the registered
scope of the bargaining council.

(3) A representative trade union and an employer may conclude a collective

agreement conferring on the workplace forum the right to be consulted about
any additional matters in that workplace.

(4) Any other law may confer on a workplace forum the right to be consulted
about additional matters.

(5) Subject to any applicable occupational health and safety legislation, a

representative trade union and an employer may agree-

(a) that the employer must consult with the workplace forum with a view
to initiating, developing, promoting, monitoring and reviewing
measures to ensure health and safety at work;

(b) that a meeting between the workplace forum and the employer
constitutes a meeting of a health and safety committee required to be
established in the workplace by that legislation; and

(c) that one or more members of the workplace forum are health and
safety representatives for the purposes of that legislation.

(6) For the purposes of workplace forums in the public service-

(a) the collective agreement referred to in subsection (1) is a collective

agreement concluded in a bargaining council;

(b) a bargaining council may remove any matter from the list of matters
referred to in subsection (1) in respect of workplaces that fall within its
registered scope; and

(c) subsection (3) does not apply.

85. Consultation

(1) Before an employer may implement a proposal in relation to any matter

referred to in section 84(l), the employer must consult the workplace forum
and attempt to reach consensus with it.

(2) The employer must allow the workplace forum an opportunity during the
consultation to make representations and to advance alternative proposals.
(3) The employer must consider and respond to the representations or alternative
proposals made by the workplace forum and, if the employer does not agree
with them, the employer must state the reasons for disagreeing.

(4) If the employer and the workplace forum do not reach consensus, the
employer must invoke any agreed procedure to resolve any differences before
implementing the employer's proposal.

86. Joint decision-making

(1) Unless the matters for joint decision-making are regulated by a collective
agreement with the representative trade union, an employer must consult and
reach consensus with a workplace forum before implementing any proposal
concerning-

(a) disciplinary codes and procedures;

(b) rules relating to the proper regulation of the workplace in so far as they
apply to conduct not related to the work performance of employees;

(c) measures designed to protect and advance persons disadvantaged by

unfair discrimination; and

(d) changes by the employer or by employer-appointed representatives on

trusts or boards of employer-controlled schemes, to the rules regulating
social benefit schemes.

(2) A representative trade union and an employer may conclude a collective

agreement-

(a) conferring on the workplace forum the right to joint decision-making

in respect of additional matters in that workplace;

(b) removing any matter referred to in subsection (1)(a) to (d) from the list
of matters requiring joint decision-making.

(3) Any other law may confer on a workplace forum the right to participate in
joint decision-making about additional matters.

(4) If the employer does not reach consensus with the workplace forum, the
employer may-

(a) refer the dispute to arbitration in terms of any agreed procedure; or

(b) if there is no agreed procedure, refer the dispute to the Commission.

(5) The employer must satisfy the Commission that a copy of the referral has been
served on the chairperson of the workplace forum.

(6) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.
(7) If the dispute remains unresolved, the employer may request that the dispute
be resolved through arbitration. 19

(8)(a) An arbitration award is about a proposal referred to in subsection

(1)(d) takes effect 30 days after the date of the award.

(b) Any representative on the trust or board may apply to the Labour Court
for an order declaring that the implementation of the award constitutes
a breach of a fiduciary duty on the part of that representative.

(c) Despite paragraph (a), the award will not take effect pending the
determination by the Labour Court of an application made in terms of
paragraph (b).

(9) For the purposes of workplace forums in the public service, a collective
agreement referred to in subsections (1) and (2) is a collective agreement
concluded in a bargaining council.

87. Review at request of newly established workplace forum

(1) After the establishment of a workplace forum, the workplace forum may
request a meeting with the employer to review-

(a) criteria for merit increases or the payment of discretionary bonuses;

(b) disciplinary codes and procedures; and

(c) rules relating to the proper regulation of the workplace in so far as they
apply to conduct not related to work performance of employees in the
workplace.

(2) The employer must submit its criteria, disciplinary codes and procedures, and
rules, referred to in subsection (1), if any, in writing to the workplace forum
for its consideration.

(3) A review of the criteria must be conducted in accordance with the provisions
of section 85.

(4) A review of the disciplinary codes and procedures, and rules, must be
conducted in accordance with the provisions of section 86(2) to (7) except
that, in applying section 86(4), either the employer or the workplace forum
may refer a dispute between them to arbitration or to the Commission..

88. Matters affecting more than one workplace forum in an employer's operation

(1) If the employer operates more than one workplace and separate workplace
forums have been established in two or more of those workplaces, and if a
matter has been referred to arbitration in terms of section 86(4)(a) or (b) or by
a workplace forum in terms of section 87(4), the employer may give notice in
writing to the chairpersons of all the workplace forums that no other

19. See flow diagram No. 9 in Schedule 4.

 workplace forum ma refer a matter that is substantially the same as the matter
referred to arbitration.

(2) If the employer gives notice in terms of subsection (1)-

(a) each workplace forum is entitled to make representations and

participate in the arbitration proceedings; and

(b) the arbitration award is binding on the employer and the employees in
each workplace.

89. Disclosure of information

(1) An employer must disclose to the workplace forum all relevant information
that will allow the workplace forum to engage effectively in consultation and
joint decision-making.

(2) An employer is not required to disclose information-

(a) that is legally privileged;

(b) that the employer cannot disclose without contravening a prohibition

imposed on the employer by any law or order of any court;

(c) that is confidential and, if disclosed, may cause substantial harm to an

employee or the employer; or

(d) that is private personal information relating to an employee, unless that

employee consents to the disclosure of that information.

(2A) The employer must notify the workplace forum in writing if of the view that
any information disclosed in terms of subsection (1) is confidential.

(3) If there is a dispute about the disclosure of information, any party to the
dispute may refer the dispute in writing to the Commission.

(4) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(5) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(6) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.

(7) In any dispute about the disclosure of information contemplated in subsection

(3), the commissioner must first decide whether or not the information is
relevant.

(8) If the commissioner decides that the information is relevant and if it is

information contemplated in subsection (2)(c) or (d), the commissioner must
 balance the harm that the disclosure is likely to cause to an employee or
employer against the harm that the failure to disclose the information is likely
to cause to the ability of the workplace forum to engage effectively in
consultation and joint decision-making.

(9) If the commissioner decides that the balance of harm favours the disclosure of
the information, the commissioner may order the disclosure of the information
on terms designed to limit the harm likely to be caused to the employee or
employer.

(10) When making an order in terms of subsection (9), the commissioner must take
into account any breach of confidentiality in respect of information disclosed
in terms of this section at that workplace and may refuse to order the
disclosure of the information or any other confidential information, that might
otherwise be disclosed, for a period specified in the arbitration award.

90. Inspection and copies of documents

(1) Any documented information that is required to be disclosed by the employer

in terms of section 89 must be made available on request to the members of
the workplace forum for inspection.

(2) The employer must provide copies of the documentation on request to the
members of the workplace forum.

91. Breach of confidentiality

In any dispute about an alleged breach of confidentiality, the commissioner may order
that the right to disclosure of information in that workplace be withdrawn for a period
specified in the arbitration award.

92. Full-time members of workplace forum

(1) In a workplace in which 1000 or more employees are employed, the members
of the workplace forum may designate from their number one full-time
member.

(2)(a) The employer must pay a full-time member of the workplace forum the
same remuneration that the member would have earned in the position
the member held immediately before being designated as a full-time
member.

(b) When a person ceases to be a full-time member of a workplace forum,

the employer must reinstate that person to the position that person held
immediately before election or appoint that person to any higher
position to which, but for the election, that person would have
advanced.
93. Dissolution of workplace forum

(1) A representative trade union in a workplace may request a ballot to dissolve a

workplace forum.

(2) If a ballot to dissolve a workplace forum has been requested, an election

officer must be appointed in terms of the constitution of the workplace forum.

(3) Within 30 days of the request for a ballot to dissolve the workplace forum, the
election officer must prepare and conduct the ballot.

(4) If more than 50 per cent of the employees who have voted in the ballot support
the dissolution of the workplace forum, the workplace forum must be
dissolved.

94. Disputes about workplace forums

(1) Unless a collective agreement or this Chapter provides otherwise, any party to
a dispute about the interpretation or application of this Chapter may refer that
dispute to the Commission in writing, if that party is-

(a) one or more employees employed in the workplace;

(aA) a workplace forum;

(b) a registered trade union with members employed in the workplace;

(c) the representative trade union; or

(d) the employer.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(3) The Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(4) If the dispute remains unresolved, any party to the dispute may request that the
dispute be resolved through arbitration.

CHAPTER VI

TRADE UNIONS AND EMPLOYERS' ORGANISATIONS

PART A-REGISTRATION AND REGULATION OF TRADE UNIONS AND

EMPLOYERS' ORGANISATIONS

95. Requirements for registration of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) Any trade union may apply to the registrar for registration if-
 (a) it has adopted a name that meets the requirements of subsection (4);

(b) it has adopted a constitution that meets the requirements of subsections

(5) and (6);

(c) it has an address in the Republic; and

(d) it is independent.

(2) A trade union is independent if-

(a) it is not under the direct or indirect control of any employer or

employers' organisation; and

(b) it is free of any interference or influence of any kind from any

employer or employers' organisation.

(3) Any employers' organisation may apply to the registrar for registration if-

(a) it has adopted a name that meets the requirements of subsection (4);

(b) it has adopted a constitution that meets the requirements of subsections

(5) and (6), and

(c) it has an address in the Republic.

(4) Any trade union or employers' organisation that intends to register may not
have a name or shortened form of the name that so closely resembles the name
or shortened form of the name of another trade union or employers'
organisation that it is likely to mislead or cause confusion.

(5) The constitution of any trade union or employers' organisation that intends to
register must-

(a) state that the trade union or employers' organisation is an association

not for gain;

(b) prescribe qualifications for, and admission to, membership;

(c) establish the circumstances in which a member will no longer be

entitled to the benefits of membership;

(d) provide for the termination of membership;

(e) provide for appeals against loss of the benefits of membership or

against termination of membership, prescribe a procedure for those
appeals and determine the body to which those appeals may be made;
provide for membership fees and the method for determining member-
ship fees and other payments by members;
(g) prescribe rules for the convening and conducting of meetings of
members and meetings of representatives of members, including the
quorum required for, and the minutes to be kept of, those meetings;

(h) establish the manner in which decisions are to be made;

(i) establish the office of secretary and define its functions;

(j) provide for other office-bearers, officials and, in the case of a trade
union, trade union representatives, and define their respective
functions;

(k) prescribe a procedure for nominating or electing office-bearers and, in

the case of a trade union, trade union representatives;

(l) prescribe a procedure for appointing, or nominating and electing,

officials;

(m) establish the circumstances and manner in which office-bearers,

officials and, in the case of a trade union, trade union representatives,
may be removed from office;

(n) provide for appeals against removal from office of office-bearers,

officials and, in the case of a trade union, trade union representatives,
prescribe a procedure for those appeals and determine the body to
which those appeals may be made;

(o) establish the circumstances and manner in which a ballot must be

conducted;

(p) provide that the trade union or employers' organisation, before calling
a strike or lock-out, must conduct a ballot of those of its members in
respect of whom it intends to call the strike or lock-out;

(q) provide that members of the trade union or employers' organisation

may not be disciplined or have their membership terminated for failure
or refusal to participate in a strike or lock-out if-

(i) no ballot was held about the strike or lock-out; or

(ii) a ballot was held but a majority of the members who voted did
not vote in favour of the strike or lock-out;

(r) provide for banking and investing its money;

(s) establish the purposes for which its money may be used;

(t) provide for acquiring and controlling property;

(u) determine a date for the end of its financial year;

 (v) prescribe a procedure for changing its constitution; and

(w) prescribe a procedure by which it may resolve to wind up.

(6) The constitution of any trade union or employers' organisation which intends
to register may not include any provision that discriminates directly or
indirectly against any person on the grounds of race or sex.

(7) The registrar must not register a trade union or an employers’ organisation
unless the registrar is satisfied that the applicant is a genuine trade union or a
genuine employers’ organisation.

(8) The Minister, in consultation with NEDLAC, may by notice in the

Government Gazette publish guidelines to be applied by the registrar in
determining whether an applicant is a genuine trade union or a genuine
employers’ organisation.

96. Registration of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) Any trade union or employers' organisation may apply for registration by
submitting to the registrar-

(a) a prescribed form that has been properly completed;

(b) a copy of its constitution; and

(c) any other information that may assist the registrar to determine
whether or not the trade union or employers' organisation meets the
requirements for registration.

(2) The registrar may require further information in support of the application.

(3) The registrar-

(a) must consider the application and any further information provided by
the applicant; and

(b) if satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for registration,
must register the applicant by entering the applicant's name in the
register of trade unions or the register of employers' organisations.

(4) If the registrar is not satisfied that the applicant meets the requirements for
registration, the registrar-

(a) must send the applicant a written notice of the decision and the
reasons for that decision; and

(b) in that notice, must inform the applicant that it has 30 days from the
date of the notice to meet those requirements.
(5) If, within that 30-day period, the applicant meets the requirements for
registration, the registrar must register the applicant by entering the applicant's
name in the appropriate register.

(6) If, within that 30-day period, an applicant has attempted to meet the
requirements for registration but the registrar concludes that the applicant has
failed to do so, the registrar must-

(a) refuse to register the applicant; and

(b) notify the applicant in writing of that decision.

(7) After registering the applicant, the registrar must-

(a) issue a certificate of registration in the applicant's name; and

(b) send the certificate and a certified copy of the registered constitution to
the applicant.

97. Effect of registration of trade union or employers' organisation

(1) A certificate of registration is sufficient proof that a registered trade union or

registered employers' organisation is a body corporate.

(2) The fact that a person is a member of a registered trade union or a registered
employers' organisation does not make that person liable for any of the
obligations or liabilities of the trade union or employers' organisation.

(3) A member, office-bearer or official of a registered trade union or a registered

employers' organisation or, in the case of a trade union, a trade union
representative is not personally liable for any loss suffered by any person as a
result of an act performed or omitted in good faith by the member, office-
bearer, official or trade union representative while performing their functions
for or on behalf of the trade union or employers' organisation.

(4) Service of any document directed to a registered trade union or employers'

organisation at the address most recently provided to the registrar will be for
all purposes service of that document on that trade union or employers'
organisation.

98. Accounting records and audits

(1) Every registered trade union and every registered employers' organisation
must, to the standards of generally accepted accounting practice, principles
and procedures-

(a) keep books and records of its income, expenditure, assets and
liabilities; and
 (b) within six months after the end of each financial year, prepare financial
statements, including at least-

(i) a statement of income and expenditure for the previous

financial year; and

(ii) a balance sheet showing its assets, liabilities and financial

position as at the end of the previous financial year.

(2) Every registered trade union and every registered employers' organisation
must arrange for an annual audit of its books and records of account and its
financial statements by an auditor who must-

(a) conduct the audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing

standards; and

(b) report in writing to the trade union or employers' organisation and in

that report-

(i) express an opinion as to whether or not the trade union or

employers' organisation has complied with those provisions of
its constitution relating to financial matters; and

(ii) if the trade union is a party to an agency shop agreement

referred to in section 25 or a closed shop agreement referred to
in section 26 express an opinion as to whether or not the trade
union has complied with the provisions of those sections.

(3) Every registered trade union and every registered employers' organisation
must-

(a) make the financial statements and the auditor's report available to its
members for inspection; and

(b) submit those statements and the auditor's report to a meeting or

meetings of its members or their representatives as provided for in its
constitution.

(4) Every registered trade union and every registered employers' organisation
must preserve each of its books of account, supporting vouchers, records of
subscriptions or levies paid by its members, income and expenditure
statements, balance sheets, and auditor's reports, in an original or reproduced
form, for a period of three years from the end of the financial year to which
they relate.

99. Duty to keep records. In addition to the records required by section 98, every
registered trade union and every registered employers' organisation must keep-

(a) a list of its members;

 (b) the minutes of its meetings, in an original or reproduced form, for a
period of three years from the end of the financial, year to which they
relate; and

(c) the ballot papers for a period of three years from the date of every
ballot.

100. Duty to provide information to registrar. Every registered trade union and
every registered employers' organisation must provide to the registrar-

(a) by 31 March each year, a statement, certified by the secretary that it

accords with its records, showing the number of members as at 31
December of the previous year and any other related details that may
be required by the registrar;

(b) within 30 days of receipt of its auditor's report, a certified copy of that
report and of the financial statements;

(c) within 30 days of receipt of a written request by the registrar, an

explanation of anything relating to the statement of membership, the
auditor's report or the financial statements;

(d) within 30 days of any appointment or election of its national office-

bearers, the names and work addresses of those office-bearers, even if
their appointment or election did not result in any changes to its office-
bearers; and

(e) 30 days before a new address for service of documents will take effect,
notice of that change of address.

101. Changing constitution or name of registered trade unions or employers'

organisations

(1) A registered trade union or a registered employers' organisation may resolve to

change or replace its constitution.

(2) The registered trade union or the registered employers' organisation must send
the registrar a copy of the resolution and a certificate signed by its secretary
stating that the resolution complies with its constitution.

(3) The registrar must-

(a) register the changed or new constitution if it meets the requirements

for registration; and

(b) send the registered trade union or registered employers' organisation a

copy of the resolution endorsed by the registrar, certifying that the
change or replacement has been registered.
 (4) The changed or new constitution takes effect from the date of the registrar's
certification.

(5) A registered trade union or registered employers' organisation may resolve to

change its name.

(6) The registered trade union or registered employers' organisation must send the
registrar a copy of the resolution and the original of its current certificate of
registration.

(7) If the new name of the trade union or employers' organisation meets the
requirements of section 95(4),20 the registrar must-

(a) enter the new name in the appropriate register and issue a certificate of
registration in the new name of the trade union or employers'
organisation;

(b) remove the old name from that register and cancel the earlier
certificate of registration; and

(c) send the new certificate to the trade union or employers' organisation.

(8) The new name takes effect from the date that the registrar enters it in the
appropriate register.

102. Amalgamation of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) Any registered-

(a) trade union may resolve to amalgamate with one or more other trade
unions, whether or not those other trade unions are registered; and

(b) employers' organisation may resolve to amalgamate with one or more

other employers' organisations, whether or not those other employers'
organisations are registered.

(2) The amalgamating trade unions or amalgamating employers' organisations

may apply to the registrar for registration of the amalgamated trade union or
amalgamated employers' organisation, even if any of the amalgamating trade
unions or amalgamating employers' organisations is itself already registered,
and the registrar must treat the application as an application in terms of section
96.

(3) After the registrar has registered the amalgamated trade union or amalgamated
employers' organisation, the registrar must cancel the registration of each of
the amalgamating trade unions or amalgamating employers' organisations by
removing their names from the appropriate register.

20. These are the requirements relating to the name of a trade union or employers' organisation
to be registered.
(4) The registration of an amalgamated trade union or an amalgamated employers'
organisation takes effect from the date that the registrar enters its name in the
appropriate register.

(5) When the registrar has registered an amalgamated trade union or amalgamated
employers' organisation-

(a) all the assets, rights, obligations and liabilities of the amalgamating
trade unions or the amalgamating employers' organisations devolve
upon and vest in the amalgamated trade union or amalgamated
employers' organisation; and

(b) the amalgamated trade union or amalgamated employers' organisation

succeeds the amalgamating trade unions or the amalgamating
employers' organisations in respect of-

(i) any right that the amalgamating trade unions or the

amalgamating employers' organisations enjoyed;

(ii) any fund established in terms of this Act or any other law;

(iii) any arbitration award or court order;

(iv) any collective agreement or other agreement;

(v) membership of any council; and

(vi) any written authorisation by a member for the periodic

deduction of levies or subscriptions due to the amalgamating
trade unions or amalgamating employers' organisations.

103. Winding-up of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) The Labour Court may order a trade union or employers' organisation to be
wound up if-

(a) the trade union or employers' organisation has resolved to wind-up

its affairs and has applied to the Court for an order giving effect to
that resolution; or
(b) the registrar or any member of the trade union or employers'
organisation has applied to the Court for its winding up and the
Court is satisfied that the trade union or employers' organisation,
for some reason that cannot be remedied is unable to continue to
function.

(1A) If the registrar has cancelled the registration of a trade union or employers’
organisation in terms of section 106(2A), any person opposing its winding up
is required to prove that the trade union or employers’ organisation is able to
continue to function.
(2) If there are any persons not represented before the Labour Court whose
interests may be affected by an order in terms of subsection (1), the Court
must-

(a) consider those interests before deciding whether or not to grant the
order applied for; and

(b) if it grants the order applied for, include provisions in the order
disposing of each of those interests.

(3) In granting an order in terms of subsection (1), the Labour Court may appoint
a suitable person as liquidator, on appropriate conditions.

(4)(a) The registrar of the Labour Court must determine the liquidator's fees.

(b) The Labour Court, in chambers, may review the determination of the
registrar of the Labour Court.

(c) The liquidator's fees are a first charge against the assets of the trade
union or employers' organisation.

(5) If, after all the liabilities of the trade union or employers' organisation have
been discharged, any assets remain which cannot be disposed of in accordance
with the constitution of that trade union or employers' organisation, the
liquidator must realise those assets and pay the proceeds to the Commission
for its own use.

(6)(a) The Labour Court may direct that the costs of the registrar or any other
person who has brought an application in terms of subsection (1)(b) be
paid from the assets of the trade union or employers’ organisation.

(b) Any costs in terms of paragraph (a) rank concurrently with the
liquidator’s fees

104. Winding-up of trade unions or employers' organisations by reason of

insolvency

Any person who seeks to wind-up a trade union or employers' organisation by reason
of insolvency must comply with the Insolvency Act, 1936 (Act No. 24 of 1936), and,
for the purposes of this section, any reference to the court in that Act must be
interpreted as referring to the Labour Court.

105. Declaration that trade union is no longer independent

(1) Any registered trade union may apply to the Labour Court for an order
declaring that another trade union is no longer independent.

(2) If the Labour Court is satisfied that a trade union is not independent, the Court
must make a declaratory order to that effect.
106. Cancellation of registration of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) The registrar of the Labour Court must notify the registrar if the Court

(a) in terms of section 103 or 104 has ordered a registered trade union or a
registered employers' organisation to be wound up; or

(b) in terms of section 105 has declared that a registered trade union is not
independent.

(2) When the registrar receives a notice from the Labour Court in terms of
subsection (1), the registrar must cancel the registration of the trade union or
employers' organisation by removing its name from the appropriate register.

(2A) The registrar may cancel the registration of a trade union or employers’
organisation by removing its name from the appropriate register if the registrar
–

(a) is satisfied that the trade union or employers’ organisation is not, or has
ceased to function as, a genuine trade union or employers’ organisation, as
the case may be; or
(b) has issued a written notice requiring the trade union or employers’
organisation to comply with sections 98, 99 and 100 within a period of 60
days of the notice and the trade union or employers’ organisation has,
despite the notice, not complied with those sections.

(2B) The registrar may not act in terms of subsection (2A) unless the registrar has
published a notice in the Government Gazette at least 60 days prior to such
action –

(a) giving notice of the registrar’s intention to cancel the registration of the
trade union or employers’ organisation; and
(b) inviting the trade union or employers’ organisation or any other
interested parties to make written representations as to why the
registration should not be cancelled.

(3) When a trade union's or employers' organisation' s registration is cancelled, all

the rights it enjoyed as a result of being registered will end.

PART B-REGULATION OF FEDERATIONS OF TRADE UNIONS AND

EMPLOYERS' ORGANISATIONS

107. Regulation of federations of trade unions or employers' organisations

(1) Any federation of trade unions that has the promotion of the interests of
employees as a primary object, and any federation of employers' organisations
that has the promotion of the interests of employers as a primary object, must
provide to the registrar-
 (a) within three months of its formation, and after that by 31 March each
year, the names and addresses of its members and the number of
persons each member in the federation represents;

(b) within three months of its formation, and after that within 30 days of
any appointment or election of its national office-bearers, the names
and work addresses of those office-bearers, even if their appointment
or election did not result in any changes to its office-bearers;

(c) within three months of its formation, a certified copy of its constitution
and an address in the Republic at which it will accept service of any
document that is directed to it;

(d) within 30 days of any change to its constitution, or of the address

provided to the registrar as required in paragraph (c), notice of that
change; and

(e) within 14 days after it has resolved to wind up, a copy of that
resolution.

(2) Service of any document directed to a federation of trade unions or a

federation of employers' organisations at the address most recently provided to
the registrar will be, for all purposes, service of that document on that
federation.

(3) The registrar must remove from the appropriate register the name of any
federation that the registrar believes has been wound up or sequestrated.

PART C-REGISTRAR OF LABOUR RELATIONS

108. Appointment of registrar of labour relations

(1) The Minister must designate an officer of the Department of Labour as the
registrar of labour relations to perform the functions conferred on the registrar
by or in terms of this Act.

(2)(a) The Minister may designate any number of officers in the Department
as deputy registrars of labour relations to assist the registrar to perform
the functions of registrar in terms of this Act.

(b) A deputy registrar may exercise any of the functions of the registrar
that have been generally or specifically delegated to the deputy.

(3) The deputy registrar of labour relations or if there is more than one, the most
senior of them, will act as registrar whenever-

(a) the registrar is absent from the Republic or from duty, or for any
reason is temporarily unable to perform the functions of registrar; or

(b) the office of registrar is vacant.

109. Functions of registrar

(1) The registrar must keep-

(a) a register of registered trade unions;

(b) a register of registered employers' organisations;

(c) a register of federations of trade unions containing the names of the

federations whose constitutions have been submitted to the registrar;

(d) a register of federations of employers' organisations containing the

names of the federations whose constitutions have been submitted to
the registrar; and

(e) a register of councils.

(2) Within 30 days of making an entry in, or deletion from, a register, the registrar
must give notice of that entry or deletion in the Government Gazette.

(3) The registrar, on good cause shown, may extend or condone late compliance
with any of the time periods established in this Chapter, except the period
within which a person may note an appeal against a decision of the registrar.

(4) The registrar must perform all the other functions conferred on the registrar by
or in terms of this Act.

110. Access to information

(1) Any person may inspect any of the following documents in the registrar's
office-

(a) the registers of registered trade unions, registered employers

organisations, federations of trade unions, federations of employers'
organisations and councils;

(b) the certificates of registration and the registered constitutions of

registered trade unions, registered employers' organisations, and
councils, and the constitutions of federations of trade unions and
federations of employers' organisations; and

(c) the auditor's report in so far as it expresses an opinion on the matters

referred to in section 98(2)(b)(ii).

(2) The registrar must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any of the
documents referred to in subsection (1) to any person who has paid the
prescribed fee.

(3) Any person who is a member, office-bearer or official of a registered trade

union or of a registered employers' organisation, or is a member of a party to a
 council, may inspect any document that has been provided to the registrar in
compliance with this Act by that person's registered trade union, registered
employers' organisation or council.

(4) The registrar must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any document
referred to in subsection (3) to any person who has a right in terms of that
subsection to inspect that document and who has paid the prescribed fee.

(4) The registrar must provide any of the following information to any person
free of charge –

(a) the names and work addresses of persons who are national office-bearers
of any registered trade union, registered employers' organisation,
federation or council;

(b) the address in the Republic at which any registered trade union, registered
employers' organisation, federation or council will accept service of any
document that is directed to it; and

(c) any of the details of a federation of trade unions or a federation of

employers' organisations referred to in section 107(l)(a), (c), and (e).

PART D -APPEALS FROM REGISTRAR'S DECISION

111. Appeals from registrar's decision

(1) Within 30 days of the written notice of a decision of the registrar, any person
who is aggrieved by the decision may demand in writing that the registrar
provide written reasons for the decision.

(2) The registrar must give the applicant written reasons for the decision within 30
days of receiving a demand in terms of subsection (1).

(3) Any person who is aggrieved by a decision of the registrar may appeal to the
Labour Court against that decision, within 60 days of-

(a) the date of the registrar's decision; or

(b) if written reasons for the decision are demanded, the date of those
reasons.

(4) The Labour Court, on good cause shown, may extend the period within which
a person may note an appeal against a decision of the registrar.
 CHAPTER VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

PART A-COMMISSION FOR CONCILIATION, MEDIATION AND

ARBITRATION

112. Establishment of Commission for Conciliation, Mediation and Arbitration

The Commission for Conciliation, Mediation and Arbitration is hereby established as

a juristic person.

113. Independence of Commission

The Commission is independent of the State, any political party, trade union,
employer, employers' organisation, federation of trade unions or federation of
employers' organisations.

114. Area of jurisdiction and offices of Commission

(1) The Commission has jurisdiction in all the provinces of the Republic.

(2) The Minister, after consulting the governing body, must determine the location
for the Commission's head office.

(3) The Commission must maintain an office in each province of the Republic and
as many local offices as it considers necessary.

115. Functions of Commission

(1) The Commission must-

(a) attempt to resolve, through conciliation, any dispute referred to it in

terms of this Act;

(b) if a dispute that has been referred to it remains unresolved after

conciliation, arbitrate the dispute if-

(i) this Act requires arbitration and any party to the dispute has
requested that the dispute be resolved through arbitration; or

(ii) all the parties to a dispute in respect of which the Labour Court
has jurisdiction consent to arbitration under the auspices of the
Commission;

(c) assist in the establishment of workplace forums in the manner

contemplated in Chapter V; and

(d) compile and publish information and statistics about its activities.
(2) The Commission may-

(a) if asked, advise a party to a dispute about the procedure to follow in

terms of this Act; 21

(b) if asked, assist a party to a dispute to obtain legal advice, assistance or

representation; 22

(c) offer to resolve a dispute that has not been referred to the Commission
through conciliation; 23

(cA) make rules –

(i) to regulate, subject to Schedule 3, the proceedings at its

meetings and at the meetings of any committee of the
Commission;
(ii) regulating the practice and procedure of the essential services
committee;
(iii) regulating the practice and procedure –
(aa) for any process to resolve a dispute through
conciliation;
(bb) at arbitration proceedings; and

(iv) determining the amount of any fee that the Commission may
charge under section 147, and regulating the payment of such a
fee in detail;

(g) publish guidelines in relation to any matter dealt with in this Act;

(h) conduct and publish research into matters relevant to its functions; and

(2A) The Commission may make rules regulating –

(a) the practice and procedure in connection with the resolution of a

dispute through conciliation or arbitration;
(b) the process by which conciliation is initiated, and the form, content and
use of that process;
(c) the process by which arbitration or arbitration proceedings are
initiated, and the form, content and use of that process;
(d) the joinder of any person having an interest in the dispute in any
conciliation and arbitration proceedings;
(e) the intervention of any person as an applicant or respondent in
conciliation or arbitration proceedings;
(f) the amendment of any citation and the substitution of any party for
another in conciliation or arbitration proceedings;
(g) the hours during which offices of the Commission will be open to
receive any process;
(h) any period that is not to be counted for the purpose of calculating time
or periods for delivering any process or notice relating to any
proceedings;

21. See section 148.

22. See section 149.
23. See section 150.
 (i) the forms to be used by parties and the Commission;
(j) the basis on which a commissioner may make any order as to costs in
any arbitration.
(k) the right of any person or category of persons to represent any party in
any conciliation or arbitration proceedings;
(l) the circumstances in which the Commission may charge a fee in
relation to any conciliation or arbitration proceedings or for any
services the Commission provides; and
(m) all other matters incidental to performing the functions of the
Commission.

(3) If asked, the Commission may provide employees, employers, registered

trade unions, registered employers' organisations, federations of trade
unions, federations of employers' organisations or councils with advice or
training relating to the primary objects of this Act, including but not
limited to –

(a) establishing collective bargaining structures;

(b) designing, establishing and electing workplace forums and

creating deadlock-breaking mechanisms;

(c) the functioning of workplace forums;

(d) preventing and resolving disputes and employees' grievances;

(e) disciplinary procedures;

(f) procedures in relation to dismissals;

(g) the process of restructuring the workplace;

(h) affirmative action and equal opportunity programmes; and

(i) the prevention of sexual harassment in the workplace.

(4) The Commission must perform any other duties imposed, and may exercise
any other powers conferred, on it by or in terms of this Act and is competent
to perform any other function entrusted to it by any other law.

(5) The governing body's rules of procedure, the terms of appointment of its
members and other administrative matters are dealt with in Schedule 3.

(6)(a) A rule made under subsection (2)(cA) or (2A) must be published in the
Government Gazette. The Commission will be responsible to ensure
that the publication occurs.

(b) A rule so made will not have any legal force or effect unless it has
been so published.
 (c) A rule so made takes effect from the date of publication unless a later
date is stipulated.

116. Governing body of Commission

(1) The Commission will be governed by the governing body, whose acts are acts
of the Commission.26

(2) The governing body consists of(a) a chairperson and nine other members, each
nominated by NEDLAC and appointed27 by the Minister to hold office for a
period of three years; and

(b) the director of the Commission, who-

(i) is a member of the governing body only by virtue of having

been appointed director; and

(ii) may not vote at meetings of the governing body.

(3) NEDLAC must nominate(a) one independent person for the office of
chairperson;

(b) three persons proposed by those voting members of NEDLAC who

represent organised labour; and

(c) three persons proposed by those voting members of NEDLAC who

represent organised business;

(d) three persons proposed by those voting members of NEDLAC who

represent the State.

117. Commissioners of Commission

(1) The governing body must appoint as Commissioners as many adequately

qualified persons as it considers necessary to perform the functions of
commissioners by or in terms of this Act or any other law.

(2) The governing body-

(a) may appoint each commissioner-

(i) on either a full-time or a part-time basis; and

(ii) to be either a commissioner or a senior commissioner;

(b) must appoint each commissioner for a fixed term determined by the
governing body at the time of appointment;

26. See item 4 of Schedule 3 for the governing body's rules of procedure.

27. See items 1 to 3 of Schedule 3 for the terms of appointment of members of the governing body.
 (c) may appoint a commissioner, who is not a senior commissioner, for a
probationary period; and

(d) when making appointments, must have due regard to the need to
constitute a Commission that is independent and competent and
representative in respect of race and gender.

(3) Any reference in this Act to a commissioner must be interpreted also to mean
a senior commissioner, unless otherwise indicated.

(4) The governing body must determine the commissioners' remuneration,

allowances and any other terms and conditions of appointment not contained
in this section.

(5) A commissioner may resign by giving written notice to the governing body.

(6) The governing body must prepare a code of conduct for the commissioners
and ensure that they comply with the code of conduct in performing their
functions.

(7) The governing body may remove a commissioner from office for-

(a) serious misconduct;

(b) incapacity; or

(c) a material violation of the Commission's code of conduct.

(8) Each commissioner is responsible to the director for the performance of the
commissioner's functions.

118. Director of Commission

(1) The governing body must appoint, as director of the Commission, a person
who –

(a) is skilled and experienced in labour relations and dispute resolution;

and

(b) has not been convicted of any offence involving dishonesty.

(2) The director must –

(a) perform the functions that are

(i) conferred on the director by or in terms of this Act or by

any other law;

(ii) delegated to the director by the governing body;

 (b) manage and direct the activities of the Commission; and

(c) supervise the Commission's staff.

(3) The governing body must determine the director's remuneration, allowances
and any other terms and conditions of appointment not contained in Schedule
3.

(4) A person appointed director automatically holds the office of a senior

commissioner.

(5) Despite subsection (4), the provisions of section 117, with the exception of
section 117(6), do not apply to the director.

(6) The director, in consultation with the governing body, may delegate any of the
functions of that office, except the functions mentioned in sections 120 and
138(8), to a commissioner.

119. Acting director of Commission

(1) The chairperson of the governing body may appoint any suitable person to act
as director whenever -

(a) the director is absent from the Republic or from duty, or for any reason
is temporarily unable to perform the functions of director; or

(b) the office of director is vacant.

(2) Only a senior commissioner may be appointed as acting director.

(3) An acting director is competent to exercise and perform any of the powers and
functions of the director.

120. Staff of Commission

(1) The director may appoint staff after consulting the governing body.

(2) The governing body must determine the remuneration and allowances and any
other terms and conditions of appointment of staff members.

121. Establishment of committees of Commission

(1) The governing body may establish committees to assist the Commission.

(2) A committee may consist of any combination of the following persons-

(a) a member of the governing body;

(b) the director;

 (c) a commissioner;

(d) a staff member of the Commission; and

(e) any other person.

(3) The governing body must determine the remuneration and allowances and any
other terms and conditions of appointment of committee members referred to
in subsection (2)(e).

(4) The governing body may at any time vary or set aside a decision of a
committee.

(5) The governing body may dissolve any committee.

122. Finances of Commission

(1) The Commission will be financed and provided with working capital from-

(a) the moneys that the Minister, with the agreement of the Minister of
Finance, must allocate to the Commission from public funds at the
commencement of this Act;

(b) the moneys that Parliament may appropriate to the Commission from
time to time;

(c) fees payable to the Commission in terms of this Act;

(d) grants, donations and bequests made to it; and

(e) income earned on the surplus moneys deposited or invested.

(2) The financial year of the Commission begins on I April in each year and ends
on 31 March of the following year, except the first financial year which begins
on the day this Act commences and ends on the first following 31 March.

(3) In each financial year, at a time determined by the Minister, the Commission
must submit to the Minister a statement of the Commission's estimated income
and expenditure, and requested appropriation from Parliament, for the
following financial year.

123. Circumstances in which Commission may charge fees

(1) The Commission may charge a fee only for-

(a) resolving disputes which are referred to it, In circumstances in which

this Act allows the Commission, or a commissioner, to charge a fee;

(b) conducting, overseeing or scrutinising any election or ballot at the

request of a registered trade union or employers' organisation; and
 (c) providing advice or training in terms of section 115(3).

(2) The Commission may not charge a fee unless-

(a) the governing body has established a tariff of fees; and

(b) the fee that is charged is in accordance with that tariff.

(3) The Commission must publish the tariff in the Government Gazette.

124. Contracting by Commission, and Commission working in association with

any person

(1) The governing body may-

(a) contract with any person to do work for the Commission or contract
with an accredited agency to perform, whether for reward or otherwise,
any function of the Commission on its behalf; and

(b) perform any function of the Commission in association with any

person.

(2) Every person with whom the Commission contracts or associates is bound by
the requirement of independence that binds the Commission.

125. Delegation of governing body's powers, functions and duties

(1) The governing body may delegate in writing any of its functions, other than
the functions listed below, to any member of the governing body, the director,
a commissioner, or any committee established by the Commission. The
functions that the governing body may not delegate are-

(a) appointing the director;

(b) appointing commissioners, or removing a commissioner from office;

(c) depositing or investing surplus money;

(d) accrediting councils or private agencies, or amending, withdrawing or

renewing their accreditation; or

(e) subsidising accredited councils or accredited agencies.

(2) The governing body may attach conditions to a delegation and may amend or
revoke a delegation at any time.

(3) A function delegated to the director may be performed by any commissioner

or staff member of the Commission authorised by the director, unless the
terms of that delegation prevent the director from doing so.
(4) The governing body may vary or set aside any decision made by a person
acting in terms of any delegation made in terms of subsection (1).

(5) The governing body, by delegating any function, is not divested of any of its
powers, nor is it relieved of any function or duty that it may have delegated.
This rule also applies if the director sub-delegates the performance of a
function in terms of subsection (3).

126. Limitation of liability and limitation on disclosure of information

(1) In this section, "the Commission" means-

(a) the governing body;

(b) a member of the governing body;

(c) the director;

(d) a commissioner;

(e) a staff member of the Commission;

(f) a member of any committee established by the governing body; and

(g) any person with whom the governing body has contracted to do work
for, or in association with whom it performs a function of, the
Commission.

(2) The Commission is not liable for any loss suffered by any person as a result of
any act performed or omitted in good faith in the course of exercising the
functions of the Commission.

(3) The Commission may not disclose to any person or in any court any
information, knowledge or document that it acquired on a confidential basis or
without prejudice in the course of performing its functions except on the order
of a court.

PART B-ACCREDITATION OF AND SUBSIDY TO COUNCILS AND

PRIVATE AGENCIES

127. Accreditation of councils and private agencies

(1) Any council or private agency may apply to the governing body in the
prescribed form for accreditation to perform any of the following functions-

(a) resolving disputes through conciliation; and

(b) arbitrating disputes that remain unresolved after conciliation, if this

Act requires arbitration.
(2) For the purposes of this section, the reference to disputes must be interpreted
to exclude disputes as contemplated in-

(a) sections 16, 21 and 22;28

(b) section 24(2) to (5);29

(c) section 24(6) and (7) and section 26(11);30

(d) section 45;31

(e) section 61(5) to (8) ;32

(f) section 62;33;

(g) section 63, 34

(h) section 69 (8) to (10); 35

(i) section 86; 36

(j) section 89; 37

(k) section 94. 38

(3) The governing body may require further information in support and, for that
purpose, may require the applicant to attend one or more meetings of the
governing body.

28. These sections deal with disputes about organisational rights.

29. These subsections deal with disputes about collective agreements where the agreement does not provide
for a procedure, the procedure is inoperative or any party frustrates the resolution of the dispute.

30. These subsections deal with disputes about agency shops and closed shops.

31. This section deals with disputes about determinations made by the Minister in respect of proposals made
by a statutory council.

32. These subsections deal with disputes about the interpretation or application of collective agreements of a
council whose registration has been cancelled.

33. This section deals with disputes about the demarcation of sectors and areas of councils.

34. This section deals with disputes about the interpretation or application of Parts C to IF of Chapter Ill. Part
C deals with bargaining councils, Part D with bargaining councils in the public service, Part E with
statutory councils and Part IF with general provisions concerning councils.

35. This section concerns disputes about pickets during strikes and lock outs.

36. This section deals with disputes about proposals that are the subject of joint decision-making.

37. This section deals with disputes about the disclosure of information to workplace forums.

38. This section deals with disputes about the interpretation or application of Chapter V which deals with
workplace forums.
(4) The governing body may accredit an applicant to perform any function for
which it seeks accreditation, after considering the application, any further
information provided by the applicant and whether-

(a) the services provided by the applicant meet the Commission's

standards;

(b) the applicant is able to conduct its activities effectively;

(c) the persons appointed by the applicant to perform those functions will
do so in a manner independent of the State, any political party, trade
union,

(d) the persons appointed by the applicant to perform those functions will
be competent to perform those functions and exercise any associated
powers;

(e) the applicant has an acceptable code of conduct to govern the persons
whom it appoints to perform those functions; the applicant uses
acceptable disciplinary procedures to ensure that each person it
appoints to perform those functions will subscribe, and adhere, to the
code of conduct;

(f) the applicant uses acceptable disciplinary procedures to ensure that

each person it appoints to perform those functions will subscribe, and
adhere, to the code of conduct; and

(g) the applicant promotes a service that is broadly representative of South

African society.

(5) If the governing body decides-

(a) to accredit the applicant, the governing body must-

(i) enter the applicant's name in the register of accredited councils

or the register of accredited agencies;

(ii) issue a certificate of accreditation in the applicant's name

stating the period and other terms of accreditation;

(iii) send the certificate to the applicant; and

(c) not to accredit the applicant, the governing body must advise the
unsuccessful applicant in writing of its decision.

(5A) The governing body must annually publish a list of accredited councils and
accredited agencies.
(6) The terms of accreditation must state the extent to which the provisions of
each section in Part C of this Chapter apply to the accredited council or
accredited agency.

(7)(a) Any person may inspect the registers and certificates of accredited councils
and accredited agencies kept in the Commission's offices.

(b) The Commission must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any
of the documents referred to in paragraph (a) to any person who has
paid the prescribed fee.

128. General provisions relating to accreditation

(1)(a) An accredited council or accredited agency may charge a fee for

performing any of the functions for which it is accredited in
circumstances in which this Act allows a commissioner to charge a fee.

(b) A fee charged in terms of paragraph (a) must be in accordance

with the tariff of fees determined by the Commission.

(2)(a) An accredited council, accredited agency, or any person engaged by

either of them to perform the functions for which it has been
accredited, is not liable for any loss suffered by any person as a result
of any act performed or omitted in good faith in the course of
exercising those functions.

(b) An accredited council, accredited agency, or any person engaged by

either of them to perform the functions for which it has been
accredited, may not disclose to any person or in any court any
information, knowledge or document that it or that person acquired on
a confidential basis or without prejudice in the course of performing
those functions except on the order of a court.

(3)(a)(i) An accredited council may confer on any person appointed by

it to resolve a dispute, the powers of a commissioner in terms
of section 142, read with the changes required by the context.

(ii) For this purpose, any reference in that section to the director
must be read as a reference to the secretary of the bargaining
council.

(b) An accredited private agency may confer on any person appointed by it

to resolve a dispute, the posers of a commissioner in terms of section
42(1)(a) to (e), (2) and (7) to (9), read with the changes required by the
context.

129. Amendment of accreditation

(1) An accredited council or accredited agency may apply to the governing body
in the prescribed form to amend its accreditation.
(2) The governing body must treat the application as an application in terms of
section 127.

130. Withdrawal of accreditation. If an accredited council or accredited agency

fails to comply to a material extent with the terms of its accreditation, the governing
body may withdraw its accreditation after having given reasonable notice of the
withdrawal to that council or accredited agency.

131. Application to renew accreditation

(1) An accredited council or accredited agency may apply to the governing body
in the prescribed form to renew its accreditation either in the current or in an
amended form.

(2) The governing body must treat the application for renewal as an application in
terms of section 127.

132. Subsidy to council or private agency

(1)(a) Any council may apply to the governing body in the prescribed form
for a subsidy for performing any dispute resolution functions that the
council is required to perform in terms of this Act, and for training
persons to perform those functions.

(b) Any accredited agency, or a private agency that has applied for
accreditation, may apply to the governing body in the prescribed form
for a subsidy for performing any dispute resolution functions for which
it is accredited or has applied for accreditation; and for training persons
to perform those functions.

(2) The governing body may require further information in support of the
application and, for that purpose, may require the applicant to attend one or
more meetings of the governing body.

(3) The governing body may grant a subsidy to the applicant after considering the
application, any further information provided by the applicant and-

(a) the need for the performance by the applicant of the functions for
which it is accredited;

(b) the extent to which the public uses the applicant to perform the
functions for which it is accredited;

(c) the cost to users for the performance by the applicant of the functions
for which it is accredited;

(d) the reasons for seeking the subsidy;

 (e) the amount requested; and the applicant's ability to manage its
financial affairs in accordance with established accounting practice,
principles and procedures.

(4) If the governing body decides-

(a) to grant a subsidy to the applicant, the governing body must-

(i) notify the applicant in writing of the amount, duration and the
terms of the subsidy; and

(ii) as soon as practicable after the decision, publish the written

notice in the Government Gazette; or

(b) not to grant a subsidy to the applicant, the governing body must advise
the unsuccessful applicant in writing of its decision.

(5) A subsidy granted in terms of subsection (4)(a)-

(a) may not be paid to a council or private agency unless it has been
accredited; and

(b) lapses at the end of the Commission's financial year within which it
was granted.

(6)(a) Any person may inspect a written notice referred to in subsection

(4)(a) in the Commission's offices.

(b) The Commission must provide a certified copy of, or extract from, any
written notice referred to in paragraph (a) to any person who has paid
the prescribed fee.

(7) If an accredited council or accredited agency fails to comply to a material

extent with the terms of its subsidy, the governing body may withdraw the
subsidy after having given reasonable notice of the withdrawal to that council
or agency.

(8)(a) An accredited council or accredited agency that has been granted a

subsidy may apply to the governing body in the prescribed form to
renew its subsidy, either in the current or in an amended form and
amount.

(b) The governing body must treat the application for renewal as an
application in terms of subsections (1) to (4).
 PART C-RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES UNDER AUSPICES OF
COMMISSION

133. Resolution of disputes under auspices of Commission

(1) The Commission must appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve through

conciliation-

(a) any dispute referred to it in terms of section 134; and

(b) any other dispute that has been referred to it in terms of this Act.

(2) If a dispute remains unresolved after conciliation, the Commission must

arbitrate the dispute if -

(a) this Act requires the dispute to be arbitrated and any party to the
dispute has requested that the dispute be resolved through arbitration;
or

(b) all the parties to the dispute in respect of which the Labour Court has
jurisdiction consent in writing to arbitration under the auspices of the
Commission.

134. Disputes about matters of mutual interest

(1) Any party to a dispute about a matter of mutual interest may refer the dispute
in writing to the Commission, if the parties to the dispute are-

(a) on the one side-

(i) one or more trade unions;

(ii) one or more employees; or 2 one or more trade unions and one
or more employees; and

(b) on the other side -

(i) one or more employers' organisations;

(ii) one or more employers; or

(iii) one or more employers' organisations and one or more

employers.

(2) The party who refers the dispute to the Commission must satisfy it that a copy
of the referral has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

135. Resolution of disputes through conciliation

(1) When a dispute has been referred to the Commission, the Commission must
appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve it through conciliation.

(2) The appointed commissioner must attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation within 30 days of the date the Commission received the referral:

However the parties may agree to extend the 30-day period.

(3) The commissioner must determine a process to attempt to resolve the dispute,
which may include

(a) mediating the dispute;

(b) conducting a fact-finding exercise; and

(c ) making a recommendation to the parties, which may be in the form of

an advisory arbitration award.

(3A) If a single commissioner has been appointed in terms of subsection (1), in

respect or more than one dispute involving the same parties, that
commissioner may consolidate the conciliation proceeding so that all the
disputes concerned may be dealt with in the same proceedings.

(5) When conciliation has failed, or at the end of the 30-day period or any further
period agreed between the parties-

(a) the commissioner must issue a certificate stating whether or not the
dispute has been resolved;

(b) the Commission must serve a copy of that certificate on each party to
the dispute or the person who represented a party in the conciliation
proceedings; and

(c) the commissioner must file the original of that certificate with the
Commission.

(6)(a) If a dispute about a matter of mutual interest has been referred to the
Commission and the parties to the dispute are engaged in an essential
service then, despite subsection (1), the parties may consent within
seven days of the date the Commission received the referral-

(i) to the appointment of a specific commissioner by the

Commission to attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation; and

(ii) to that commissioner's terms of reference.

(b) If the parties do not consent to either of those matters within the seven-
day period, the Commission must as soon as possible-
 (i) appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve the dispute; and

(ii) determine the commissioner's terms of reference.

136. Appointment of commissioner to resolve dispute through arbitration

(1) If this Act requires a dispute to be resolved through arbitration, the

Commission must appoint a commissioner to arbitrate that dispute, if-

(a) a commissioner has issued a certificate stating that the dispute remains
unresolved; and

(b) within 90 days after the date on which that certificate was issued, any
party to the dispute has requested that the dispute be resolved through
arbitration. However, the Commission on good cause shown, may
condone a party’s non-observance of that timeframe and allow a
request for arbitration filed by the party after the expiry of the 90-day
period.

(2) A commissioner appointed in terms of subsection (1) may be the same

commissioner who attempted to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(3) Any party to the dispute, who wants to object to the arbitration also being
conducted by the commissioner who had attempted to resolve the dispute
through conciliation, may do so by filing an objection in that regard with the
Commission within seven days after the date on which the commissioner’s
certificate was issued, and must satisfy the Commission that a copy of the
objection has been served on all the other parties to the dispute.

(4) When the Commission receives an objection it must appoint another

commissioner to resolve the dispute by arbitration.

(5)(a) The parties to a dispute may request the Commission, in appointing a

commissioner in terms of subsection (1) or (4), to take into account
their stated preference, to the extent that this is reasonably practicable
in all the circumstances.

(b) The stated preference contemplated in paragraph (a) must-

(i) be in writing;

(ii) list no more than five commissioners;

(iii) state that the request is made with the agreement of all the
parties to the dispute; and

(iv) be submitted within 48 hours of the date of the certificate

referred to in subsection (1)(a).
(6) If the circumstances contemplated in subsection (1) exist and the parties to the
dispute are engaged in an essential service, then the provisions of section 135
(6) apply, read with the changes required by the context, to the appointment of
a commissioner to resolve the dispute through arbitration.

137. Appointment of senior commissioner to resolve dispute through arbitration

(1) In the circumstances contemplated in section 136(l), any party to the dispute
may apply to the director to appoint a senior commissioner to attempt to
resolve the dispute through arbitration.

(2) When considering whether the dispute should be referred to a senior

commissioner, the director must hear the party making the application, any
other party to the dispute and the commissioner who conciliated the dispute.

(3) The director may appoint a senior commissioner to resolve the dispute through
arbitration, after having considered-

(a) the nature of the questions of law raised by the dispute;

(b) the complexity of the dispute;

(c) whether there are conflicting arbitration awards that are relevant to the
dispute; and

(d) the public interest.

(4) The director must notify the parties to the dispute of the decision and-

(a) if the application has been granted, appoint a senior commissioner to

arbitrate the dispute; or

(b) if the application has been refused, confirm the appointment of the
commissioner initially appointed, subject to section 136(4).

(5) The director's decision is final and binding.

(6) No person may apply to any court of law to review the director's decision until
the dispute has been arbitrated.

138. General provisions for arbitration proceedings

(1) The commissioner may conduct the arbitration in a manner that the
commissioner considers appropriate in order to determine the dispute fairly
and quickly, but must deal with the substantial merits of the dispute with the
minimum of legal formalities.

(2) Subject to the discretion of the commissioner as to the appropriate form of the
proceedings, a party to the dispute may give evidence, call witnesses, question
 the witnesses of any other party, and address concluding arguments to the
commissioner.

(3) If all the parties consent, the commissioner may suspend the arbitration
proceedings and attempt to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(4) In any arbitration proceedings, a party to the dispute may appear in person or
be represented only by -

(a) a legal practitioner;

(b) a director or employee of the party; or
(c) any member, office bearer or official of that party’s registered trade
union or registered employers’ organisation.

(5) If a party to the dispute fails to appear in person or to be represented at the

arbitration proceedings, and that party -

(a) had referred the dispute to the Commission, the commissioner may dismiss
the matter; or
(b) had not referred the dispute to the Commission, the commissioner may -

(i) continue with the arbitration proceedings in the absence of that party;
or

(ii) adjourn the arbitration proceedings o a later date.

(6) The commissioner must take into account any code of good practice that has
been issued by NEDLAC or guidelines published by the Commission in
accordance with the provisions of this Act that is relevant to a matter being
considered in the arbitration proceedings.

(7) Within 14 days of the conclusion of the arbitration proceedings-

(a) the commissioner must issue an arbitration award with brief reasons,
signed by that commissioner;

(b) the Commission must serve a copy of that award on each party to the
dispute or the person who represented a party in the arbitration
proceedings; and

(c) the Commission must file the original of that award with the registrar
of the Labour Court.

(8) On good cause shown, the director may extend the period within which the
arbitration award and the reasons are to be served and filed.

(9) The commissioner may make any appropriate arbitration award in terms of
this Act, including, but not limited to, an award-

(a) that gives effect to any collective agreement;

 (b) that gives effect to the provisions and primary objects of this Act;

(c) that includes, or is in the form of, a declaratory order.

(10) The commissioner may make an order for the payment of costs according to
the requirements of law and fairness in accordance with rules made by the
Commission in terms of section 115(2A)(j) and having regard to -

(a) any relevant Code of Good Practice issued by NEDLAC in terms of

section 203; or

(b) any relevant guideline issued by the Commission.

139. Special provisions for arbitrating disputes in essential services

(1) If a dispute about a matter of mutual interest proceeds to arbitration and any
party is engaged in an essential service-

(a) within 30 days of the date of the certificate referred to in section

136(l)(a), or within a further period agreed between the parties to the
dispute, the commissioner must complete the arbitration and issue an
arbitration award with brief reasons signed by that commissioner;

(b) the Commission must serve a copy of that award on each party to the
dispute or the person who represented a party in the arbitration
proceedings; and

(c) the Commission must file the original of that award with the registrar
of the Labour Court.

(2) The commissioner may not include an order for costs in the arbitration award
unless a party, or the person who represented the party in the arbitration
proceedings, acted in a frivolous or vexatious manner in its conduct during the
arbitration proceedings.

140. Special provisions for arbitrations about dismissals for reasons related to
conduct or capacity

(2) If, in terms of section 194(l), the commissioner finds that the dismissal is
procedurally unfair, the commissioner may charge the employer an arbitration
fee.

141. Resolution of disputes if parties consent to arbitration under auspices of

Commission

(1) If a dispute remains unresolved after conciliation, the Commission must

arbitrate the dispute if a party to the dispute would otherwise be entitled to
refer the dispute to the Labour Court for adjudication and, instead, all the
parties agree in writing to arbitration under the auspices of the Commission.
(2) The arbitration proceedings must be conducted in accordance with the
provisions of sections 136, 137 and 138, read with the changes required by the
context.

(3) The arbitration agreement contemplated in subsection (1) may be terminated

only with the written consent of all the parties to that agreement, unless the
agreement itself provides otherwise.

(4) Any party to the arbitration agreement may apply to the Labour Court at any
time to vary or set aside that agreement, which the Court may do on good
cause.

(5)(a) If any party to an arbitration agreement commences proceedings in the

Labour Court against any other party to that agreement about any
matter that the parties agreed to refer to arbitration, any party to those
proceedings may ask the Court-

(i) to stay those proceedings and refer the dispute to arbitration; or

(ii) with the consent of the parties and where it is expedient to do

so, continue with the proceedings with the Court acting as
arbitrator, in which case the Court may only make an order
corresponding to the award that an arbitrator could have made.

(b) If the Court is satisfied that there is sufficient reason for the dispute to
be referred to arbitration in accordance with the arbitration agreement,
the Court may stay those proceedings, on any conditions.

(6) If the provisions of subsection (1) apply, the commissioner may make an
award that the Labour Court could have made.

142. Powers of commissioner when attempting to resolve disputes

(1) A commissioner who has been appointed to attempt to resolve a dispute may-

(a) subpoena for questioning any person who may be able to give
information or whose presence at the conciliation or arbitration
proceedings may help to resolve the dispute;

(b) subpoena any person who is believed to have possession or control of

any book, document or object relevant to the resolution of the dispute,
to appear before the commissioner to be questioned or to produce that
book, document or object;

(c) call, and if necessary subpoena, any expert to appear before the
commissioner to give evidence relevant to the resolution of the dispute;

(d) call any person present at the conciliation or arbitration proceedings or

who was or could have been subpoenaed for any purpose set out in this
section, to be questioned about any matter relevant to the dispute;
 (e) administer an oath or accept an affirmation from any person called to
give evidence or be questioned;

(f) at any reasonable time, but only after obtaining the necessary written
authorisation-

(i) enter and inspect any premises on or in which any book,

document or object, relevant to the resolution of the dispute is
to be found or is suspected on reasonable grounds of being
found there; and

(ii) examine, demand the production of, and seize any book,
document or object that is on or in those premises and that is
relevant to the resolution of the dispute; and

(iii) take a statement in respect of any matter relevant to the

resolution of the dispute from any person on the premises who
is willing to make a statement; and

(g) inspect, and retain for a reasonable period, any of the books,
documents or objects that have been produced to, or seized by, the
Commission.

(2) A subpoena issued for any purpose in terms of subsection (1) must be signed
by the director and must-

(a) specifically require the person named in it to appear before the

commissioner;

(b) sufficiently identify the book, document or object to be produced; and

(c) state the date, time and place at which the person is to appear.

(3) The written authorisation referred to in subsection (1)(f)-

(a) if it relates to residential premises, may be given only by a judge of the

Labour Court and with due regard to section 13 of the Constitution,
and then only on the application of the commissioner setting out under
oath or affirmation the following information-

(i) the nature of the dispute;

(ii) the relevance of any book, document or object to the resolution

of the dispute;

(iii) the presence of any book, document or object on the premises;

(iv) the need to enter, inspect or seize the book, document or object;
and
 (b) in all other cases, may be given by the director.

(4) The owner or occupier of any premises that a commissioner is authorised to

enter and inspect, and every person employed by that owner or occupier, must
provide any facilities that a commissioner requires to enter those premises and
to carry out the inspection or seizure.

(5) The commissioner must issue a receipt for any book, document or object
seized in terms of subsection (4).

(6) The law relating to privilege, as it applies to a witness subpoenaed to give

evidence or to produce any book, document or object before a court of law,
applies equally to the questioning of any person or the production or seizure of
any book, document or object in terms of this section.

(7)(a) The Commission must pay the prescribed witness fee to each person
who appears before a commissioner in response to a subpoena issued
by the commissioner.

(b ) Any person who requests the Commission to issue a subpoena must

pay the prescribed witness fee too each person who appears before a
commissioner in response to the subpoena and who remains in
attendance until excused by the commissioner.

(c ) The Commission may on good cause shown waive the requirement in

paragraph (b) and pay to the witness the prescribed witness fee.

(8) A person commits contempt of the Commission-

(a) if, after having been subpoenaed to appear before the commissioner,
the person without good cause does not attend at the time and place
stated in the subpoena;

(b) if, after having appeared in response to a subpoena, that person fails to
remain in attendance until excused by the commissioner;

(c) by refusing to take the oath or to make an affirmation as a witness

when a commissioner so requires;

(d) by refusing to answer any question fully and to the best of that person's
knowledge and belief subject to subsection (6);

(e) if the person, without good cause, fails to produce any book, document
or object specified in a subpoena to a commissioner; if the person
willfully hinders a commissioner in performing any function conferred
by or in terms of this Act;

(g) if the person insults, disparages or belittles a commissioner, or

prejudices or improperly influences the proceedings or improperly
anticipates the commissioner's award;
 (h) by wilfully interrupting the conciliation or arbitration proceedings or
misbehaving in any other manner during those proceedings;

(i) by doing anything ease in relation to the Commission which, if done in

relation to a court of law, would have been contempt of court.

(9)(a ) The commissioner may make a finding that a party is in contempt of

the Commission for any of the reasons set out in subsection (8).

(b) The commissioner may refer the finding, together with the record of
proceedings, to the Labour Court for its decision in terms of subsection
(11).

(10) Before making a decision in terms of subsection (11), the Labour Court -

(a) must subpoena any person found in contempt to appear before it on a

date determined by the Court;
(b) may subpoena any other person to appear before it on a date
determined by the Court; and
(c) may make any order that it deems appropriate, including an order in
the case of a person who is not a legal practitioner that the person’s
right to represent a party in the Commission and the Labour Court be
suspended.

(11) The Labour Court may confirm, vary or set aside the finding of a
commissioner.

(12) If any person fails to appear before the Labour Court pursuant to a subpoena
issued in terms of subsection (10(a), the Court may make any order that it
deems appropriate in the absence of that person.

142A. Making settlement agreement arbitration award

(1) The Commission may, by agreement between the parties or on application by

a party, make any settlement agreement in respect of any dispute that has been
referred to the Commission, an arbitration award.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), a settlement agreement is a written

agreement in settlement of a dispute that a party has the right to refer to
arbitration or to the Labour Court, excluding a dispute that a party is entitled
to refer to arbitration in terms of either section 74(4) or 75(7).

143. Effect of arbitration awards

(1) An arbitration award issued by a commissioner is final and binding and it may
be enforced as if it were an order of the Labour Court, unless it is an advisory
arbitration award.

(2) If an arbitration award orders a party to pay a sum of money, the amount earns
interest from the date of the award at the same rate as the rate prescribed from
 time to time in respect of a judgment debt in terms of section 2 of the
Prescribed Rate of Interest Act, 1975 (Act No. 55 of 1975), unless the award
provides otherwise.

(3) An arbitration award may only be enforced in terms of subsection (1) if the
director has certified that the arbitration award is an award contemplated in
subsection (1).

(4) If a party fails to comply with an arbitration award that order the performance
of an act, other than the payment of an amount of money, any other party to
the award may enforce it by way of contempt proceedings instituted in the
Labour Court.

144. Variation and rescission of arbitration awards and rulings. Any

commissioner who has issued an arbitration award or ruling or any other
commissioner appointed by the director for that purpose, may on that commissioner's
own accord or, on the application of any affected party, vary or rescind an arbitration
award or ruling -

(a) erroneously sought or erroneously made in the absence of any party

affected by that award;

(b) in which there is an ambiguity, or an obvious error or omission, but

only to the extent of that ambiguity, error or omission; or

(c) granted as a result of a mistake common to the parties to the

proceedings.

145. Review of arbitration awards

(1) Any party to a dispute who alleges a defect in any arbitration proceedings
under the auspices of the Commission may apply to the Labour Court for an
order setting aside the arbitration award-

(a) within six weeks of the date that the award was served on the
applicant, unless the alleged defect involves corruption; or

(b) if the alleged defect involves corruption, within six weeks of the date
that the applicant discovers the corruption.

(1A) The Labour Court may on good cause shown condone the late filing of an
application in terms of subsection (1)

(2) A defect referred to in subsection (1), means-

(a) that the commissioner-

(i) committed misconduct in relation to the duties of the

commissioner as an arbitrator;
 (ii) committed a gross irregularity in the conduct of the arbitration
proceedings; or

(iii) exceeded the commissioner's powers; or

(b) that an award has been improperly obtained.

(3) The Labour Court may stay the enforcement of the award pending its decision.

(4) If the award is set aside, the Labour Court may-

(a) determine the dispute in the manner it considers appropriate; or

(b) make any order it considers appropriate about the procedures to be

followed to determine the dispute.

146. Exclusion of Arbitration Act. The Arbitration Act, 1965 (Act No. 42 of 1965),
does not apply to any arbitration under the auspices of the Commission.

147. Performance of dispute resolution functions by Commission in exceptional

circumstances

(1)(a) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Commission, it
becomes apparent that the dispute is about the interpretation or
application of a collective agreement, the Commission may-

(i) refer the dispute for resolution in terms of the procedures

provided for in that collective agreement; or

(ii) appoint a commissioner or, if one has been appointed, confirm

the appointment of the commissioner, to resolve the dispute in
terms of this Act.

(b) The Commission may charge the parties to a collective agreement a fee
for performing the dispute resolution functions if-

(i) their collective agreement does not provide a procedure as

required by section 24(1); 39 or

(ii) the procedure provided in the collective agreement is not

operative.

(c) The Commission may charge a party to a collective agreement a fee if

that party has frustrated the resolution of the dispute.

(2)(a) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Commission, it
becomes apparent that the parties to the dispute are parties to a council,
the Commission may-

(i) refer the dispute to the council for resolution; or

39 Section 24(l) states that every collective agreement must provide for a procedure to
resolve any dispute about the interpretation or application of the collective agreement.
 (ii) appoint a commissioner or, if one has been appointed, confirm
the appointment of the commissioner, to resolve the dispute in
terms of this Act.

(b) The Commission may charge the parties to a council a fee for
performing the dispute resolution functions if the council's dispute
resolution procedures are not operative.

(3)(a) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Commission, it
becomes apparent that the parties to the dispute fall within the
registered scope of a council and that one or more parties to the dispute
are not parties to the council, the Commission may-

(i) refer the dispute to the council for resolution; or

(ii) appoint a commissioner or, if one has been appointed, confirm

the appointment of the commissioner, to resolve the dispute in
terms of this Act.

(b) The Commission may charge the parties to a council a fee for
performing the dispute resolution functions if the council's dispute
resolution procedures are not operative.

(4)(a) If a dispute has been referred to the Commission and not all the parties
to the dispute fall within the registered scope of a council or fall within
the registered scope of two or more councils, the Commission must
resolve the dispute in terms of this Act.

(b) In the circumstances contemplated in paragraph (a), the Commission

has exclusive Jurisdiction to resolve that dispute.

(5)(a) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Commission, it
becomes apparent that the dispute ought to have been referred to an
accredited agency, the Commission may-

(i) refer the dispute to the accredited agency for resolution; or

(ii) appoint a commissioner to resolve the dispute in terms of this

Act.

(b) The Commission may-

(i) charge the accredited agency a fee for performing the dispute
resolution functions if the accredited agency's dispute
resolution procedures are not operative; and

(ii) review the continued accreditation of that agency.

(6) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Commission, it becomes
apparent that the dispute ought to have been resolved through private dispute
 resolution in terms of a private agreement between the parties to the dispute,
the Commission may-

(a) refer the dispute to the appropriate person or body for resolution
through private dispute resolution procedures; or

(b) appoint a commissioner to resolve the dispute in terms of this Act.

(7) Where the Commission refers the dispute in terms of this section to a person
or body other than a commissioner the date of the Commission's initial receipt
of the dispute will be deemed to be the date on which the Commission referred
the dispute elsewhere.

(8) The Commission may perform any of the dispute resolution functions of a
council or an accredited agency appointed by the council if the council or
accredited agency fails to perform its dispute resolution functions in
circumstances where, in law, there is an obligation to perform them.

(9) For the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), a party to a council includes the
members of a registered trade union or registered employers’ organisation that
is a party to the council.

148. Commission may provide advice

(1) If asked, the Commission may advise any party to a dispute in terms of this
Act about the procedure to be followed for the resolution of that dispute.

(2) In response to a request for advice, the Commission may provide the advice
that it considers appropriate.

149. Commission may provide assistance

(1) If asked, the Commission may assist an employee or employer who is a party
to a dispute -

(a) together with the Legal Aid Board40 to arrange for advice or assistance
by a legal practitioner;

(b) together with the Legal Aid Board, to arrange for a legal practitioner-

(i) to attempt to avoid or settle any proceedings being instituted

against an employee or employer in terms of this Act;

(ii) to attempt to settle any proceedings instituted against an

employee or employer in terms of this Act;

(iii) to institute on behalf of the employee or employer any

proceedings in terms of this Act;

40. The Legal Aid Board is established in terms of section 2 of the Legal Aid Act, 1969 (Act No. 22 of 1969).
 (iv) to defend or oppose on behalf of the employee or employer any
proceedings instituted against the employee or employer in
terms of this Act; or

(c) by providing any other form of assistance that the Commission

considers appropriate.

(2) The Commission may provide the assistance referred to in subsection (1) after
having considered-

(a) the nature of the questions of law raised by the dispute;

(b) the complexity of the dispute;

(c) whether there are conflicting arbitration awards that are relevant to the
dispute; and

(d) the public interest.

(3) As soon as practicable after having received a request in terms of subsection

(1), but not later than 30 days of the date the Commission received the request,
the Commission must advise the applicant in writing whether or not it will
assist the applicant and, if so, the form that the assistance will take.

150. Commission may offer to resolve dispute through conciliation

(1) If the Commission is aware of a dispute that has not been referred to it, and if
resolution of the dispute would be in the public interest, the Commission may
offer to appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation.

(2) The Commission may offer to appoint a commissioner to assist the parties to
resolve through further conciliation a dispute that has been referred to the
Commission or a council and in respect of which -

(a) a certificate has been issued in terms of section 135(5)(a) stating that the
dispute remains unresolved; or
(b) the period contemplated in section 135(2) has elapsed;

(3) The Commission may appoint a commissioner in terms of subsection (1) or (2)
if all the parties to the dispute consent to that appointment.

PART D - LABOUR COURT

151. Establishment and status of Labour Court

(1) The Labour Court is hereby established as a court of law and equity.

(2) The Labour Court is a superior court that has authority, inherent powers and
standing, in relation to matters under its jurisdiction, equal to that which a
 court of a provincial division of the High Court has in relation to the matters
under its jurisdiction.

(3) The Labour Court is a court of record.

152. Composition of Labour Court

(1) The Labour Court consists of-

(a) a Judge President;

(b) a Deputy Judge President; and

(c) as many judges as the President may consider necessary, acting on the
advice of NEDLAC and in consultation with the Minister of Justice
and the Judge President of the Labour Court.

(2) The Labour Court is constituted before a single judge.

(3) The Labour Court may sit in as many separate courts as the available judges
may allow.

153. Appointment of judges of Labour Court

(1)(a) The President, acting on the advice of NEDLAC and the Judicial
Service Commission provided for in the Constitution of the Republic
of South Africa, 1996 (Act No. 108 of 1996) (in this Part and Part E
called the Judicial Service Commission) and after consultation with the
Minister of Justice, must appoint a Judge President of the Labour
Court.

(b) The President, acting on the advice of NEDLAC and the Judicial
Service Commission and after consultation with the Minister of Justice
and the Judge President of the Labour Court, must appoint the Deputy
Judge President of the Labour Court.

(2) The Judge President and the Deputy Judge President of the Labour Court-

(a) must be judges of the High Court; and

(b) must have knowledge, experience and expertise in labour law.

(3) The Deputy Judge President must act as Judge President of the Labour Court
whenever the Judge President is unable to do so for any reason.

(4) The President, acting on the advice of NEDLAC and the Judicial Service
Commission and after consultation with the Minister of Justice and the Judge
President of the Labour Court, may appoint one or more persons who meet the
requirements of subsection (6) as judges of the Labour Court.
(5) The Minister of Justice, after consultation with the Judge President of the
Labour Court may appoint one or more persons who meet the requirements of
subsection (6) to serve as acting judges of the Labour Court for such a period
as the Minister of Justice in each case may determine.

(6) A judge of the Labour Court must-

(a) (i) be a judge of the High Court; or

(ii) be a person who is a legal practitioner; and

(b) have knowledge, experience and expertise in labour law.

154. Tenure, remuneration and terms and conditions of appointment of Labour

Court judges

(1) A judge of the Labour Court must be appointed for a period determined by the
President at the time of appointment.

(2) A judge of the Labour Court may resign by giving written in the office to the
President.

(3)(a) Any judge of the Labour Court who is also a judge of the High Court
holds office until-

(i) the judge's period of office in the Labour Court ends;

(ii) the judge's resignation takes effect;

(iii) the judge is removed from office;

(iv) the judge ceases to be a judge of the High Court; or

(v) the judge dies.

(b) Any other judge of the Labour Court holds office until-

(i) the judge's period of office ends;

(ii) the judge's resignation takes effect;

(iii) the judge is removed from office; or

(iv) the judge dies.

(4) Neither the tenure of office nor the remuneration and terms and conditions of
appointment applicable to a judge of the High Court in terms of the Judges'
Remuneration and Conditions of Employment Act, 1989 (Act No. 88 of 1989),
is affected by that judge's appointment and concurrent tenure of office as a
judge of the Labour Court.
(5)(a) The remuneration payable to a judge of the Labour Court who is a
person referred to in section 153(6)(a)(ii) must be the same as that
payable to a judge of the High Court.

(b) The terms and conditions of appointment of a judge of the Labour

Court refer-red to in paragraph (a) must be similar to those of a judge
of the High Court.

(6) A person who has been appointed a judge of the Labour Court and who is not
a judge of the High Court may perform the functions of a judge of the Labour
Court only after having taken an oath or made a solemn affirmation in the
prescribed form before the Judge President of the Labour Court.

(7)(a) A judge of the Labour Court who is also a judge of the High Court-

(i) may be removed from the office of judge of the Labour Court
only if that person has first been removed from the office of a
judge of the High Court; and

(ii) upon having been removed as judge of the High Court must be
removed from office as a judge of the Labour Court.

(b) The President, acting on the advice of NEDLAC, and in consultation

with the Minister of Justice and the Judge President of the Labour
Court, may remove any other judge of the Labour Court from office
for misbehaviour or incapacity.

(8) Despite the expiry of the period of a person’s appointment as a judge of the
Labour Court, that person may continue to perform the functions of a judge of that
Court, and will be regarded as such in all respects, only –

(a) for the purposes of disposing of any proceedings in which that person has
taken part as a judge of that Court and which are still pending upon the
expiry of that person’s appointment or which, having been so disposed of
before or after the expiry of that person’s appointment, have been re-
opened; and
(b) for as long as that person will be necessarily engaged in connection with
the disposal of the proceedings so pending or re-opened.

(9) The provisions of subsections (2) to (8) apply, read with the changes required
by the context, to acting judges appointed in terms of section 153(5).

155. Officers of Labour Court

(1) The Minister of Justice, subject to the laws governing the public service, must
appoint the following officers of the Labour Court-

(a) a person who has experience and expertise in labour law and
administration to be the registrar of the Labour Court; and
 (b) one or more deputy registrars and so many other officers of the Labour
Court as the administration of justice requires.

(2)(a) The officers of the Labour Court, under the supervision and control of
the registrar of that Court must perform the administrative functions of
the Labour Court.

(b) A deputy registrar of the Labour Court may perform any of the
functions of the registrar of that Court that have been delegated
generally or specifically to the deputy registrar.

(3) The deputy registrar of the Labour Court or, if there is more than one, the most
senior will act as registrar of the Labour Court whenever-

(a) the registrar is absent from the Republic or from duty, or for any
reason is temporarily unable to perform the functions of registrar; or

(b) the office of registrar is vacant.

(4) The officers of the Labour Court must provide secretarial and administrative
assistance to the Rules Board for Labour Courts.

156. Area of jurisdiction and seat of Labour Court

(1) The Labour Court has jurisdiction 'in all the provinces of the Republic.

(2) The Minister of Justice, acting on the advice of NEDLAC, must determine the
seat of the Labour Court.

(3) The functions of the Labour Court may be performed at any place in the
Republic.

157. Jurisdiction of Labour Court

(1) Subject to the Constitution and section 173, and except where this Act
provides otherwise, the Labour Court has exclusive jurisdiction in respect of
all matters that elsewhere in terms of this Act or in terms of any other law are
to be determined by the Labour Court.

(2) The Labour Court has concurrent jurisdiction with the High Court in respect of
any alleged or threatened violation of any fundamental right entrenched in
Chapter 2 of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996, and arising
from -

(a) employment and from labour relations;

(b) any dispute over the constitutionally of any executive or administrative

act or conduct, or any threatened executive or administrative act or
conduct, by the State in its capacity as an employer; and
 (c) the application of any law for the administration of which the Minister
is responsible.

(3) Any reference to the court in the Arbitration Act, 1965 (Act No. 42 of 1965),
must be interpreted as referring to the Labour Court when an arbitration is
conducted under that Act in respect of any dispute that may be referred to
arbitration in terms of this Act.

(4)(a) The Labour Court may refuse to determine any dispute, other than an
appeal or review before the Court, if the Court is not satisfied that an
attempt has been made to resolve the dispute through conciliation.

(b) A certificate issued by a commissioner or a council stating that a

dispute remains unresolved is sufficient proof that an attempt has been
made to resolve that dispute through conciliation.

(5) Except as provided in section 158(2), the Labour Court does not have
jurisdiction to adjudicate an unresolved dispute if this Act requires the dispute
to be resolved through arbitration.

158. Powers of Labour Court

(1) The Labour Court may-

(a) make any appropriate order, including

(i) the grant of urgent interim relief;

(ii) an interdict;

(iii) an order directing the performance of any particular act which

order, when implemented, will remedy a wrong and give effect
to the primary objects of this Act;

(iv) a declaratory order;

(v) an award of compensation in any circumstances contemplated

in this Act;

(vi) an award of damages in any circumstances contemplated in this

Act; and

(vii) an order for costs;

(b) order compliance with any provision of this Act;

(c) make any arbitration award or any settlement agreement an order of

the Court;
 (d) request the Commission to conduct an investigation to assist the Court
and to submit a report to the Court;

(e) determine a dispute between a registered trade union or registered

employers' organisation, and any one of the members or applicants for
membership thereof, about any alleged non-compliance with -

(i) the constitution of that trade union or employers' organisation (as

the case may be); or
(ii) section 26(5)(b);

(f) subject to the provisions of this Act, condone the late filing of any
document with, or the late referral of any dispute to, the Court;

(g) subject to section 145, review the performance or purported performance

of any function provided for in this Act on any grounds that are
permissible in law;

(h) review any decision taken or any act performed by the State in its capacity
as employer, on such grounds as are permissible in law;

(i) hear and determine any appeal in terms of section 35 of the Occupational
Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993); and

(j) deal with all matters necessary or incidental to performing its functions in
terms of this Act or any other law.

(1A) For the purposes of subsection (1)(c), a settlement agreement is a written

agreement in settlement of a dispute that a party has the right to refer to
arbitration or to the Labour Court, excluding a dispute that a party is only
entitled to refer to arbitration in terms of section 22(4), 74(4) or 75(7).

(2) If at any stage after a dispute has been referred to the Labour Court, it
becomes apparent that the dispute ought to have been referred to arbitration,
the Court may-

(a) stay the proceedings and refer the dispute to arbitration; or

(b) with the consent of the parties and if it is expedient to do so, continue
with the proceedings with the Court sitting as an arbitrator, in which
case the Court may only make any order that a commissioner or
arbitrator would have been entitled to make.

(3) The reference to "arbitration" in subsection (2) must be interpreted to include

arbitration-

(a) under the auspices of the Commission;

(b) under the auspices of an accredited council;

 (c) under the auspices of an accredited agency;

(d) in accordance with a private dispute resolution procedure; or

(e) if the dispute is about the interpretation or application of a collective

agreement.

(4)(a) The Labour Court, on its own accord or, at the request of any party to
the proceedings before it may reserve for the decision of the Labour
Appeal Court any question of law that arises in those proceedings.

(b) A question may be reserved only if it is decisive for the proper

adjudication of the dispute.

(c) the decision of the Labour Appeal Court on any question of law
reserved in terms of paragraph (a), the Labour Court may make any
interim order.

159. Rules Board for Labour Courts and rules for Labour Court

(1) The Rules Board for Labour Courts is hereby established.

(2) The Board consists of-

(a) the Judge President of the Labour Court, who is the chairperson;

(b) the Deputy Judge President of the Labour Court; and

(c) the following persons, to be appointed for a period of three years by

the Minister of Justice, acting on the advice of NEDLAC-

(i) a practising advocate with knowledge, experience and expertise

in labour law;

(ii) a practising attorney with knowledge, experience and expertise

in labour law;

(iii) a person who represents the interests of employees;

(iv) a person who represents the interests of employers; and

(v) a person who represents the interests of the State.

(3) The Board may make rules to regulate the conduct of proceedings in the
Labour Court, including, but not limited to-

(a) the process by which proceedings are brought before the Court, and the
form and content of that process;

(b) the period and process for noting appeals;

 (c) the taxation of bills of costs;

(d) after consulting with the Minister of Finance, the fees payable and the
costs and expenses allowable in respect of the service or execution of
any process of the Labour Court, and the tariff of costs and expenses
that may be allowed in respect of that service or execution; and

(e) all other matters incidental to performing the functions of the Court,
including any matters not expressly mentioned in this subsection that
are similar to matters about which the Rules Board for Courts of Law
may make rules in terms of section 6 of the Rules Board for Courts of
Law Act, 1985 (Act No. 107 of 1985).

(4) The Board may alter or repeal any rule that it makes.

(5) Five members of the Board are a quorum at any meeting of the Board.

(6) The Board must publish any rules that it makes, alters or repeals in the
Government Gazette.

(7)(a) A member of the Board who is a judge of the High Court may be paid
an allowance determined in terms of subsection (9) in respect of the
performance of the functions of a member of the Board.

(b ) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law, the

payment, in terms of paragraph (a), of an allowance to a member of the
Board who is a judge of the High Court will be in addition to any
salary or allowances, including allowances for reimbursement of
travelling and subsistence expenses, that is paid to that person in the
capacity of a judge of that Court.

(8) A member of the Board who is not a judge of the High Court nor subject to the
Public Service Act, 1994, will be entitled to the remuneration, allowances
(including allowances for reimbursement of travelling and subsistence
expenses), benefits and privileges determined in terms of subsection (9).

(9) The remuneration, allowances, benefits and privileges of the members of the
Board –

(a) are determined by the Minister of Justice with the concurrence of the
Minister of Finance;
(b) may vary according to the rank, functions to be performed and whether
office is held in a full-time or part-time capacity; and
(c) may be varied by the Minister of Justice under any law in respect of
any person or category of persons.

(10)(a) Pending publication in the Government Gazette of rules made by the

Board, matters before the Court will be dealt with in accordance with such
general directions as the Judge President of the Labour Court, or any other
 judge or judges of that Court designated by the Judge President for that
purpose, may consider appropriate and issue in writing;

(b) Those directions will cease to be of force on the date of the publication of
the Board’s rules in the Government Gazette, except in relation to
proceedings already instituted before that date. With regard to those
proceedings, those directions will continue to apply unless the Judge
President of the Labour Court has withdrawn them in writing.

160. Proceedings of Labour Court to be carried on in open court

(1) The proceedings in the Labour Court must be carried on in open court.

(2) Despite subsection (1), the Labour Court may exclude the members of the
general public, or specific persons, or categories of persons from the
proceedings in any case where a court of a provincial division of the High
Court could have done so.

161. Representation before Labour Court

In any proceedings before the Labour Court, a party to the proceedings may appear in
person or be represented only by -

(a) a legal practitioner;

(b) a director or employee of the party;
(c) any member, office-bearer or official of that party's registered trade
union or registered employers' organisation;
(d) a designated agent or official of a council; or
(e) an official of the Department of Labour.

162. Costs

(1) The Labour Court may make an order for the payment of costs, according to
the requirements of the law and fairness.

(2) When deciding whether or not to order the payment of costs, the Labour Court
may take into account-

(a) whether the matter referred to the Court ought to have been referred to
arbitration in terms of this Act and, if so, the extra costs incurred in
referring the matter to the Court; and

(b) the conduct of the parties-

(i) in proceeding with or defending the matter before the Court;

and

(ii) during the proceedings before the Court.

(3) The Labour Court may order costs against a party to the dispute or against any
person who represented that party in those proceedings before the Court.

163. Service and enforcement of orders of Labour Court. Any decision, judgment
or order of the Labour Court may be served and executed as if it were a decision,
judgment or order of the High Court.

164. Seal of Labour Court

(1) The Labour Court for use as occasion may require will have an official seal of
a design prescribed by the President by proclamation in the Government
Gazette.

(2) The registrar of the Labour Court must keep custody of the official seal of the
Labour Court.

165. Variation and rescission of orders of Labour Court. The Labour Court,
acting of its own accord or on the application of any affected party may vary or
rescind a decision, judgment or order -

(a) erroneously sought or erroneously granted in the absence of any party

affected by that judgment or order;

(b) in which there is an ambiguity, or an obvious error or omission, but

only to the extent of that ambiguity, error or omission; or

(c) granted as a result of a mistake common to the parties to the

proceedings.

166. Appeals against judgment or order of Labour Court

(1) Any party to any proceedings before the Labour Court may apply to the
Labour Court for leave to appeal to the Labour Appeal Court against any final
judgment or final order of the Labour Court.

(2) If the application for leave to appeal is refused, the applicant may petition the
Labour Appeal Court for leave to appeal.

(3) Leave to appeal may be granted subject to any conditions that the Court
concerned may determine.

(4) Subject to the Constitution and despite any other law, an appeal against any
final judgment or final order of the Labour Court in any matter in respect of
which the Labour Court has exclusive jurisdiction may be brought only to the
Labour Appeal Court.

Part E - Labour Appeal Court

167. Establishment and status of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The Labour Appeal Court is hereby established as a court of law and equity.

(2) The Labour Appeal Court is the final court of appeal in respect of all
judgments and orders made by the Labour Court in respect of the matters
within its exclusive jurisdiction.

(3) The Labour Appeal Court is a superior court that has authority, inherent
powers and standing, in relation to matters under its equal to that which the
Supreme Court of Appeal has in relation to matters under its jurisdiction.

(4) The Labour Appeal Court is a court of record.

168. Composition of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The Labour Appeal Court consists of-

(a) the Judge President of the Labour Court, who by virtue of that office is
Judge President of the Labour Appeal Court;

(b) the Deputy Judge President, who by virtue of that office is Deputy
Judge President of the Labour Appeal Court; and

(c) such number of other judges who are judges of the High Court, as may
be required for the effective functioning of the Labour Appeal Court.

(2) The Labour Appeal Court is constituted before any three judges whom the
Judge President designates from the panel of judges contemplated in
subsection (1).

(3) No judge of the Labour Appeal Court may sit in the hearing of an appeal
against a judgment or an order given in a case that was heard before that
judge.

169. Appointment of judges of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The President, acting on the advice of NEDLAC-AC and the Judicial Service
Commission after consultation with the Minister of Justice and the Judge
President of the Labour Appeal Court, must appoint the three judges of the
Labour Appeal Court referred to in section 168(l)(c).

(2) The Minister of Justice, after consultation with the Judge President of the
Labour Appeal Court, may appoint one or more judges of the High Court to
serve as acting judges of the Labour Appeal Court.

170. Tenure, remuneration and terms and conditions of appointment of Labour

Appeal Court judges

(1) A judge of the Labour Appeal Court must be appointed for a fixed term
determined by the President at the time of appointment.
(2) A judge of the Labour Appeal Court may resign by giving written notice to the
President.

(3)(a) A judge of the Labour Appeal Court holds office until-

(i) the judge's term of office in the Labour Appeal Court ends;

(ii) the judge's resignation takes effect;

(iii) the judge is removed from office;

(iv) the judge ceases to be a judge of the High Court; or

(v) the judge dies.

(b) The Judge President and the Deputy Judge President of the Labour
Appeal Court hold their offices for as long as they hold their respective
offices of Judge President and Deputy Judge President of the Labour
Court.

(4) Neither the tenure of office nor the remuneration and terms and conditions of
appointment applicable to a judge of the High Court in terms of the Judges'
Remuneration and Conditions of Employment Act, 1989 (Act No. 88 of 1989),
is affected by that judge's appointment and concurrent tenure of office as a
judge of the Labour Appeal Court.

(5) A judge of the Labour Appeal Court-

(a) may be removed from the office of judge of the Labour Appeal Court only
if that person has first been removed from the office of a judge of the High
Court; and

(a) upon having been removed as judge of the High Court must be removed
from office as a judge of the Labour Appeal Court.

(6) Despite the expiry period of a person’s appointment as a judge of the Labour
Appeal Court, that person may continue to perform the functions of a judge of that
Court, and will be regarded as such in all respects, only –

(a) for the purposes of disposing of any proceedings in which that person has
taken part as a judge of that Court and which are still pending upon the expiry
of that person’s appointment or which, having been so disposed of before or
after the expiry of that person’s appointment, have been re-opened; and

(b) for as long as that person will be necessarily engaged in connection with the
disposal of the proceedings so pending or re-opened

(7) The provisions of subsections (2) to (6) apply, read with the changes required by
the context, to acting judges appointed in terms of section 169(2).
171. Officers of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The registrar of the Labour Court is also the registrar of the Labour Appeal
Court.

(2) Each of the deputy registrars and other officers of the Labour Court also holds
the corresponding office in relation to the Labour Appeal Court.

(3)(a) The officers of the Labour Appeal Court, under the supervision and
control of the registrar of that Court must perform the administrative
functions of the Labour Appeal Court.

(b) A deputy registrar of the Labour Appeal Court may perform any of the
functions of the registrar of that Court that have been delegated
generally or specifically to the deputy registrar.

(4) The deputy registrar of the Labour Appeal Court or, if there is more than one,
the most senior will act as registrar of the Labour Appeal Court whenever-

(a) the registrar is absent from the Republic or from duty, or for
any reason is temporarily unable to perform the functions of
registrar; or

(b) the office of registrar is vacant.

172. Area of jurisdiction and seat of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The Labour Appeal Court has jurisdiction in all the provinces of the Republic.

(2) The seat of the Labour Court is also the seat of the Labour Appeal Court.

(3) The functions of the Labour Appeal Court may be performed at any place in
the Republic.

173. Jurisdiction of Labour Appeal Court

(1) Subject to the Constitution and despite any other law, the Labour Appeal
Court has exclusive jurisdiction-

(a) to hear and determine all appeals against the final judgments and the
final orders of the Labour Court; and (b) to decide any question of law
reserved in terms of section 158 (4).

(4) A decision to which any two judges of the Labour Appeal Court agree is the
decision of the Court.

174. Powers of Labour Appeal Court on hearing of appeals. The Labour Appeal
Court has the power-
 (a) on the hearing of an appeal to receive further evidence, either
orally or by deposition before a person appointed by the Labour
Appeal Court, or to remit the case to the Labour Court for
further hearing, with such instructions as regards the taking of
further evidence or otherwise as the Labour Appeal Court
considers necessary; and

(b) to confirm, amend or set aside the judgment or order that is the
subject of the appeal and to give any judgment or make any
order that the circumstances may require.

175. Labour Appeal Court may sit as court of first instance

Despite the provisions of this Part, the Judge President may direct that any matter
before the Labour Court be heard by the Labour Appeal Court sitting as a court of
first instance, in which case the Labour Appeal Court is entitled to make any order
that the Labour Court would have been entitled to make.

176. Rules for Labour Appeal Court

(1) The Rules Board for Labour Courts established by section 159 may make rules
to regulate the conduct of proceedings in the Labour Appeal Court.

(2) The Board has all the powers referred to in section 159 when it makes rules
for the Labour Appeal Court.

(3) The Board must publish in the Government Gazette any rules that it makes,
alters or repeals.

177. Proceedings of Labour Appeal Court to be carried on in open court

(1) The proceedings in the Labour Appeal Court must be carried on in open court.

(2) Despite subsection (1), the Labour Appeal Court may exclude the members of
the general public, or specific persons, or categories of persons from the
proceedings in any case where a High Court could have done so.

178. Representation before Labour Appeal Court

Any person who, in terms of section 161, may appear before the Labour Court has the
right to appear before the Labour Appeal Court.

179. Costs

(1) The Labour Appeal Court may make an order for the payment of costs,
according to the requirements of the law and fairness.

(2) When deciding whether or not to order the payment of costs, the Labour
Appeal Court may take into account-
 (a) whether the matter referred to the Court should have been referred to
arbitration in terms of this Act and, if so, the extra costs incurred in
referring the matter to the Court; and

(b) the conduct of the parties-

(i) in proceeding with or defending the matter before the Court;

and

(ii) during the proceedings before the Court.

(3) The Labour Appeal Court may order costs against a party to the dispute or
against any person who represented that party in those proceedings before the
Court.

180. Service and enforcement of orders. Any decision, judgment or order of the
Labour Appeal Court may be served and executed as if it were a decision, judgment
or order of the High Court.

181. Seal of Labour Appeal Court

(1) The Labour Appeal Court for use as the occasion may require will have an
official seal of a design prescribed by the President by proclamation in the
Government Gazette.

(2) The registrar of the Labour Appeal Court must keep custody of the official
seal of the Labour Appeal Court.

182. Judgments of Labour Appeal Court binding on Labour Court

A judgment of the Labour Appeal Court is binding on the Labour Court.

183. Labour Appeal Court final court of appeal

Subject to the Constitution and despite any other law, no appeal lies against any
decision, judgment or order given by the Labour Appeal Court in respect of-

(a) any appeal in terms of section 173(l)(a);

(b) its decision on any question of law in terms of section 173(l)(b); or

(c) any judgment or order made in terms of section 175.

 PART F - GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO COURTS
ESTABLISHED BY THIS ACT

184. General provisions applicable to courts established by this Act

Sections 5,4118,42 25,4330,4431,4539,464047 and 4248 of the Supreme Court Act, 1959
(Act No. 59 of 1959) apply, read with the changes required by the context, in relation
to the Labour Court, or the Labour Appeal Court, or both, to the extent that they are
not inconsistent with this Act.

41. Scope and execution of process.

42. Certified copies of court records admissible as evidence.

43. No process to be issued against judge except with consent of court.

44. Manner of securing attendance of witnesses or the production of any document.

45. Manner in which witness may be dealt with on refusal to give evidence or produce document.

46. Property not liable to be seized in execution.

47. Offences relating to execution.

48. Witness fees.

 CHAPTER VIII

UNFAIR DISMISSAL AND UNFAIR LABOUR PRACTICE

185. Right not to be unfairly dismissed or subjected to unfair labour practice

Every employee has the right not to be

(a) unfairly dismissed; and

(b) subjected to unfair labour practice.

186. Meaning of dismissal and unfair labour practice

(1) "Dismissal" means that-

(a) an employer has terminated a contract of employment with or without

notice;

(b) an employee reasonably expected the employer to renew a fixed term

contract of employment on the same or similar terms but the employer
offered to renew it on less favourable terms, or did not renew it;

(c) an employer refused to allow an employee to resume work after she-

(i) took maternity leave in terms of any law, collective agreement

or her contract of employment; or

(ii) was absent from work for up to four weeks before the expected
date, and up to eight weeks after the actual date, of the birth of
her child;

(d) an employer who dismissed a number of employees for the same or

similar reasons has offered to re-employ one or more of them but has
refused to re-employ another; or

(e ) an employee terminated a contract of employment with or without

notice because the employer made continued employment intolerable
for the employee.

(f) an employee terminated a contract of employment with or without

notice because the new employer, after a transfer in terms of section
197 or section 197A, provided the employee with conditions or
circumstances at work that are substantially less favourable to the
employee than those provided by the old employer.

(2) “Unfair labour practice” means any unfair act or omission that arises between
an employer and an employee involving -

(a) unfair conduct by the employer relating to the promotion, demotion,

probation (excluding disputes about dismissals for a reason relating to
 probation) or training of an employee or relating to the provision of
benefits to an employee;
(b) unfair suspension of an employee or any other unfair disciplinary action
short of dismissal in respect of an employee;
(c) a failure or refusal by an employer to reinstate or re-employ a former
employee in terms of any agreement; and
(d) an occupational detriment, other than dismissal, in contravention of the
Protected Disclosures Act, 2000 (Act No. 26 of 2000), on account of the
employee having made a protected disclosure defined in that Act.

187. Automatically unfair dismissals

(1) A dismissal is automatically unfair if the employer, in dismissing the

employee, acts contrary to section 549 or, if the reason for the dismissal is-

(a) that the employee participated in or supported, or indicated an

intention to participate in or support, a strike or protest action that
complies with the provisions of Chapter IV;50

(b) that the employee refused, or indicated an intention to refuse, to do any

work normally done by an employee who at the time was taking part in
a strike that complies with the provisions of Chapter IV or was locked
out, unless that work is necessary to prevent an actual danger to life,
personal safety or health;

(c) to compel the employee to accept a demand in respect of any matter of

mutual interest between the employer and employee;

(d) that the employee took action, or indicated an intention to take action,
against the employer by-

(i) exercising any right conferred by this Act; or

(ii) participating in any proceedings in terms of this Act;

49. Section 5 confers protections relating to the right to freedom of association and on members of workplace
forums.

50. Chapter IV deals with industrial action and conduct in support of industrial action. Section 67(4) and (5)
provide-

(4) An employer may not dismiss an employee for participating in a protected strike or for any conduct in
contemplation or in furtherance of a protected strike.

(5) Subsection (4) does not preclude an employer from fairly dismissing an employee in compliance with the
provisions of Chapter VIII for a reason related to the employee's conduct during the strike, or for a reason
based on the employer's operational requirements."

Section 77(3) provides-

"A person who takes part in protest action or in any conduct in contemplation or in furtherance of protest action that
complies with subsection (1), enjoys the protections conferred by section 67."
 (e) the employee's pregnancy, intended pregnancy, or any reason related to
her pregnancy;
(f) that the employer unfairly discriminated against an employee, directly or
indirectly, on any arbitrary ground, including, but not limited to race,
gender, sex, ethnic or social origin, colour, sexual orientation, age,
disability, religion, conscience, belief, political opinion, culture, language,
marital status or family responsibility;
(g) a transfer, or a reason related to a transfer, contemplated in section 197 or
197A; or
(h) a contravention of the Protected Disclosures Act, 2000, by the employer,
on account of an employee having made a protected disclosure defined in
that Act.

(2) Despite subsection (1)(f)-

(a) a dismissal may be fair if the reason for dismissal is based on an

inherent requirement of the particular job;

(b) a dismissal based on age is fair if the employee has reached the normal
or agreed retirement age for persons employed in that capacity.

188. Other unfair dismissals

(1) A dismissal that is not automatically unfair, is unfair if the employer fails to
prove-

(a) that the reason for dismissal is a fair reason-

(i) related to the employee's conduct or capacity; or

(ii) based on the employer's operational requirements; and

(b) that the dismissal was effected in accordance with a fair procedure.

(2) Any person considering whether or not the reason for dismissal is a fair reason
or whether or not the dismissal was effected in accordance with a fair
procedure must take into account any relevant code of good practice issued in
terms of this Act.51

188A. Agreement for pre-dismissal arbitration

(1) An employer may, with the consent of the employee, request a council, an
accredited agency or the Commission to conduct an arbitration into allegations
about the conduct or capacity of that employee.

(2) The request must be in the prescribed form.

(3) The council, accredited agency or the Commission must appoint an arbitrator
on receipt of -

51. See Schedule 8, the Code of Good Practice: Dismissal.

 (a) payment by the employer of the prescribed fee; and
(b) the employee’s written consent to the inquiry.

(4)(a) An employee may only consent to a pre-dismissal arbitration after the

employee has been advised of the allegation referred to in subsection
(1) and in respect of a specific arbitration.

(b ) Despite subparagraph (a), an employee earning more than the amount

determined by the Minister in terms of section 6(3) of the Basic
Conditions of Employment Act, may consent to the holding of a pre-
dismissal arbitration in a contract of employment.

(5) In any arbitration in terms of this section a party to the dispute may appear in
person or be represented only by -

(a) a co-employee
(b) a director or employee, if the party is a juristic person
(c) any member, officer bearer or official of that party’s registered trade
union or registered employers’ organisation; or
(d) a legal practitioner, o agreement between the parties.

(6) Section 138, read with the changes required by the context, applies to any
arbitration in terms of this section.

(7) An arbitrator appointed in terms of this section has all the powers conferred on
a commissioner by section 142(1)(a) to (e), (2) and (7) to (9), read with the
changes required by the context, and any reference in that section to the
director for the purpose of this section, must be read as a reference to -

(a) the secretary of the council, it the arbitration is held under the auspices
of the council;
(b) the director of the accredited agency, if the arbitration is held under the
auspices of an accredited agency.

(8) The provision of sections 143 to 146 apply to any award made by an arbitrator
in terms of this section.

(9) An arbitrator conducting an arbitration in terms of this section must, in the

light of the evidence presented and by reference to the criteria of fairness in
the Act, direct what action, if any, should be taken against the employee.

(10)(a) A private agency may only conduct an arbitration in terms of this

section if it is accredited for this purpose by the Commission.

(b) A council may only conduct an arbitration in terms of this section in

respect of which the employer or the employee is not a party to the
council, if the council has been accredited for this purpose by the
Commission.
189. Dismissals based on operational requirements

(1) When an employer contemplates dismissing one or more employees for

reasons based on the employer's operational requirements, the employer must
consult-

(a) any person whom the employer is required to consult in terms of a

collective agreement;

(b ) if there is no collective agreement that requires consultation –

(i) a workplace forum, if the employees likely to be affected by the

proposed dismissals are employed in a workplace in respect of
which there is a workplace forum; and

(ii) any registered trade union whose members are likely to be

affected by the proposed dismissals;

(c) if there is no workplace forum in the workplace in which the

employees likely to be affected by the proposed dismissals are
employed, any registered trade union whose members are likely to be
affected by the proposed dismissals; or

(d) if there is no such trade union, the employees likely to be affected by

the proposed dismissals or their representatives nominated for that
purpose.

(2) The employer and the other consulting parties must, in the consultation
envisaged by subsections (1) and (3), engage in a meaningful joint consensus-seeking
process and attempt to reach consensus on -

(a) appropriate measures-

(i) to avoid the dismissals;

(ii) to minimise the number of dismissals;

(iii) to change the timing of the dismissals; and

(iv) to mitigate the adverse effects of the dismissals;

(b) the method for selecting the employees to be dismissed; and

(c) the severance pay for dismissed employees.

(3) The employer must issue a written notice inviting the other consulting party to
consult with it and disclose in writing all relevant information, including, but
not limited to-

(a) the reasons for the proposed dismissals;

 (b) the alternatives that the employer considered before proposing the
dismissals, and the reasons for rejecting each of those alternatives;

(c) the number of employees likely to be affected and the job categories in
which they are employed;

(d) the proposed method for selecting which employees to dismiss;

(e) the time when, or the period during which, the dismissals are likely to
take effect; the severance pay proposed;

(g) any assistance that the employer proposes to offer to the employees
likely to be dismissed;

(h) the possibility of the future re-employment of the employees who are
dismissed;

(i) the number of employees employed by the employer; and

(j) the number of employees that the employer has dismissed for reasons
based on its operation requirements in the preceding 12 months.

(4)(a) The provisions of section 16 apply, read with the changes

required by the context, to the disclosure of information in
terms of subsection (3).

(b) In any dispute in which in which an arbitrator or the Labour

Court is required to decide whether or not any information is
relevant, the onus is on the employer to prove that any
information that it has refused to disclose is not relevant for the
purposes for which it is sought.

(5) The employer must allow the other consulting party an opportunity during
consultation to make representations about any matter dealt with in
subsections (2), (3) and (4), as well as any other matter relating to the
proposed dismissals..

(6)(a) The employer must consider and respond to the representations

made by the other consulting party and, if the employer does
not agree with them, the employer must state the reasons for
disagreeing.

(b) If any representation is made in writing, the employer must

respond in writing.

(7) The employer must select the employees to be dismissed according to

selection criteria-

(a) that have been agreed to by the consulting parties; or

(b) if no criteria have been agreed, criteria that are fair and objective.
189A. Dismissals based on operational requirements by employers with more
than 50 employees.

(1) This section applies to employers employing more than 50 employees if -

(a) the employer contemplates dismissing by reason of the employer’s

operational requirements, at least –

(i) 10 employees, if the employer employs up to 200 employees;

(ii) 20 employees, if the employer employs more than 200, but not
more than 300 employees;

(iii) 30 employees, if the employer employs more than 300, but not
more than 400, employees.
(iv) 40 employees, if the employer employs more than 400, but not
more than 500, employees; or
(v) 50 employees if the employer employs more than 500 employees;
or

(b) the number of employees that the employer contemplates dismissing,

together with the number of employees that have been dismissed by
reason of the employer’s operational requirements in the 12 months
prior to the employer issuing a notice in terms of section 189(3), is
equal to or exceeds the relevant number specified I paragraph (a).

(2) In respect of any dismissal covered by this section -

(a) an employer must give notice of termination of employment

in accordance with the provisions of this section;
(b) despite section 65(1)(c), an employee may participate in a
strike and an employer may lock out in accordance with the
provisions of this section;
(c) the consulting parties may agree to vary the time periods for
facilitation or consultation.

(3) The Commission must appoint a facilitator in terms of any regulations made
under subsection (6) to assist the parties engaged in consultations if -

(a) the employer has in its notice in terms of section 189(3) requested
facilitation; or
(b) consulting parties representing the majority of employees whom the
employer contemplates dismissing have requested facilitation and have
notified the Commission within 15 days of the notice.

(4) This section does not prevent an agreement to appoint a facilitator in

circumstances not contemplated in subsection (3).
(5) If a facilitator is appointed in terms of subsection (3) or (4) the facilitation
must be conducted in terms of any regulations made by the Minister under
subsection (6) for the conduct of such facilitations.

(6) The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC and the Commission, may make
regulations relating to -

(a) the time period and the variation of time periods, for facilitation;
(b) the powers and duties of facilitators;
(c) the circumstances in which the Commission may charge a fee for
appointing a facilitator and the amount of the fee; and
(d) any other matter necessary for the conduct of facilitations.

(7) If a facilitator is appointed in terms of subsection (3) or (4), and 60 days have
elapsed from the date on which notice was given in terms of section 189(3) -

(a) the employer may give notice to terminate the contracts of employment
in accordance with section 37(1) of the Basic Conditions of
Employment Act; and
(b) a registered trade union or the employees who have received notice of
termination may either –

(i) give notice of a strike in terms of section 64(1)(b) or (d); or

(ii) refer a dispute concerning whether there is a fair reason for the
dismissal to the Labour Court in terms of section 191(11).

(8) If a facilitator is not appointed -

(a) a party may not refer a dispute to a council or the Commission unless a
period of 30 days has lapsed from the date on which notice was given in
terms of section 189(3); and
(b) once the periods mentioned in section 64(1)(a) have elapsed –

(i) the employer may give notice to terminate the contracts of employment
in accordance with section 37(1) of the Basic Conditions of
Employment Act; and

(ii) a registered trade union or the employees who have received notice of
termination may -

(aa) give notice of a strike in terms of section 64(1)(b) or

(d); or
(bb) refer a dispute concerning whether there is a fair
reason for the dismissal to the Labour Court in terms
of section 191(11).

(9) Notice of the commencement of a strike may be given if the employer

dismisses or gives notice of dismissal before the expiry of the periods referred
to in subsections (7)(a) or (8)(b)(i).
(10)(a) A consulting party may not –

(i) give notice of a strike in terms of this section in respect of a

dismissal, if it has referred a dispute concerning whether there
is a fair reason for that dismissal to the Labour Court;

(ii) refer a dispute about whether there is a fair reason for a

dismissal to the Labour Court, if it has given notice of a strike
in terms of this section in respect of that dismissal.

(b) If a trade union gives notice of a strike in terms of this section -

(i) no member of that trade union and no employee, to whom a

collective agreement concluded by that trade union dealing
with consultation or facilitation in respect of dismissals by
reason of the employers’ operational requirements has been
extended in terms of section 23(1)(d), may refer a dispute
concerning whether there is a fair reason for dismissal to the
Labour Court;

(ii) any referral to the Labour Court contemplated by subparagraph

(i) that has been made is deemed to be withdrawn.

(11) The following provisions of Chapter IV apply to any strike or lock-out in

terms of this section:

(a) Section 64(1) and (3)(a) to (d), except that -

(i) section 64(1)(a) does not apply if a facilitator is appointed in

terms of this section;

(ii) an employer may only lock out in respect of a dispute in which

a strike notice has been issued;

(b) subsection (2)(a), section 65(1) and (3);

(c) section 66, except that written notice of any proposed secondary strike
must be given at least 14 days prior to the commencement of the strike;

(d) sections 67, 68, 69 and 76.

(12)(a) During the 14-day period referred to in subsection (11)(c), the director
must, if requested by an employer who has received notice of any intended
secondary strike, appoint a commissioner to attempt to resolve any dispute
between the employer and the party who gave the notice, through
conciliation.

(b) A request to appoint a commissioner or the appointment of a

commissioner in terms of paragraph (a) does not affect the right of
employees to strike on the expiry of the 14-day period.
(13) If an employer does not comply with a fair procedure, a consulting party may
approach the Labour Court by way of an application for an order -

(a) compelling the employer to comply with a fair procedure;

(b) interdicting or restraining the employer from dismissing an employee
prior to complying with a fair procedure;
(c) directing the employer to reinstate an employee until it has complied
with a fair procedure;
(d) make an award of compensation, if an order in terms of paragraphs (a)
to (c) is not appropriate.

(14) Subject to this section, the Labour Court may make any appropriate order
referred to I section 158(1)(a).

(15) An award of compensation made to an employee in terms of subsection (14)

must comply with section 194.

(16) The Labour Court may not make an order in respect of any matter concerning
the disclosure of information in terms of section 189(4) that has been the
subject of an arbitration award in terms of section 16.

(17)(a) An application in terms of subsection (13) must be brought not

later than 30 days after the employer has given notice to
terminate the employee’s services or, if notice is not given, the
date on which the employees are dismissed.

(b) The Labour Court may, on good cause shown, condone a

failure to comply with the time limit mentioned in paragraph
(a).

(18) The Labour Court may not adjudicate a dispute about the procedural
fairness of a dismissal based on the employer’s operational
requirements in any dispute referred to it in terms of section
191(5)(b)(ii).

(19) In any dispute referred to the \labour Court in terms of section

191(5)(b)(ii) that concerns the dismissal of the number of employees
specified in subsection (1), the Labour Court must find that the
employee was dismissed for a fair reason if -

(a) the dismissal was to give effect to a requirement based on the

employer’s economic, technological, structural or similar needs;
(b) the dismissal was operationally justifiable on rational grounds;
(c) there was a proper consideration of alternatives; and
(d) selection criteria were fair and objective.

(20) For the purposes of this section, an ‘employer’ in the public service is the
executing authority of a national department, provincial administration,
provincial department or organisational component contemplated in section
 7(2) of the Public Service Act, 1994 (promulgated by Proclamation No. 103 of
1994).

190. Date of dismissal

(1) The date of dismissal is the earlier of-

(a) the date on which the contract of employment terminated; or

(b) the date on which the employee left the service of the employer.

(2) Despite subsection (i)-

(a) if an employer has offered to renew on less favourable terms, or has

failed to renew, a fixed-term contract of employment, the date of
dismissal is the date on which the employer offered the less favourable
terms or the date the employer notified the employee of the intention
not to renew the contract;

(b) if the employer refused to allow an employee to resume work, the date
of dismissal is the date on which the employer first refused to allow the
employee to resume work;

(c) if an employer refused to reinstate or re-employ the employee, the date

of dismissal is the date on which the employer first refused to reinstate
or re-employ that employee.

191. Disputes about unfair dismissals and unfair labour practices52

(1)(a) If there is a dispute about the fairness of a dismissal or a dispute about

an unfair labour practice, the dismissed employee or the employee
alleging the unfair labour practice may refer the dispute in writing
within to-

(i) a council, if the parties to the dispute fall within the registered
scope of that council; or

(ii) the Commission, if no council has jurisdiction.

(b) A referral in terms of paragraph (a) must be made within -

(i) 30 days of the date of a dismissal or, if it is a later date, within

30 days of the employer making a final decision to dismiss or
uphold the dismissal;

(ii) 90 days of the date of the act or omission which allegedly

constitutes the unfair labour practice or, if it is a later date,
within 90 days of the date on which the employee became
aware of the act or occurrence.

52. See flow diagrams Nos. 10, 11, 12 and 13 in Schedule 4.

(2) If the employee shows good cause at any time, the council or the Commission
may permit the employee to refer the dispute after the relevant time limit in
subsection (1) has expired.

(2A) Subject to subsections (1) and (2), an employee whose contract of employment
is terminated by notice, may refer the dispute to the council or the
Commission once the employee has received that notice.

(3) The employee must satisfy the council or the Commission that a copy of the
referral has been served on the employer.

(4) The council or the Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation.

(5) If a council or a commissioner has certified that the dispute remains

unresolved, or if 30 days have expired since the council or the Commission
received the referral and the dispute remains unresolved-

(a) the council or the Commission must arbitrate the dispute at the
request of the employee if-

(i) the employee has alleged that the reason for dismissal
related to the employee's conduct or capacity, unless
paragraph (b)(iii) applies;

(ii) the employee has alleged that the reason for dismissal is
that the employer made continued employment
intolerable or the employer provided the employee with
substantially less favourable conditions or
circumstances at work after a transfer in terms of
section 197 or 197A, unless the employee alleges that
the contract of employment was terminated for a reason
contemplated in section 187;

(iii) the employee does not know the reason for dismissal; or

(iv) the dispute concerns an unfair labour practice; or

(b) the employee may refer the dispute to the Labour Court for
adjudication if the employee has alleged that the reason for
dismissal is-

(i) automatically unfair;

(ii) based on the employer's operational requirements;

(iii) the employee's participation in a strike that does not

comply with the provisions of Chapter IV; or
 (iv) because the employee refused to join, was refused
membership of or was expelled from a trade union party
to a closed shop agreement.

(5A) Despite any other provision in the Act, the council or Commission must
commence the arbitration immediately after certifying that the dispute remains
unresolved if the dispute concerns –

(a) the dismissal of an employee for any reason relating to probation;

(b) any unfair labour practice relating to probation;
(c) any other dispute contemplated in subsection (5)(a) in respect of which
no party has objected to the matter being dealt with in terms of this
subsection.

(6) Despite subsection (5)(a) or (5A), the director must refer the dispute to the
Labour Court, if the director decides, on application by any party to the
dispute, that to be appropriate after considering-

(a) the reason for dismissal;

(b) whether there are questions of law raised by the dispute;

(c) the complexity of the dispute;

(d) whether there are conflicting arbitration awards that need to be

resolved;

(e) the public interest.

(7) When considering whether the dispute should be referred to the Labour Court,
the director must give the parties to the dispute and the commissioner who
attempted to conciliate the dispute, an opportunity to make representations.

(8) The director must notify the parties of the decision and refer the dispute-

(a) to the Commission for arbitration; or

(b) to the Labour Court for adjudication.

(9) The director's decision is final and binding.

(10) No person may apply to any court of law to review the director's decision until
the dispute has been arbitrated or adjudicated, as the case may be.

(11)(a) The referral, in terms of subsection (5)(b), of a dispute to the Labour

Court for adjudication must be made within 90 days after the council
or (as the case may be) the commissioner has certified that the dispute
remains unresolved.
 (b) However, the Labour Court may condone non-observance of that
timeframe on good cause shown.

(12) If an employee is dismissed by reason of the employer’s operational

requirements following a consultation procedure in terms of section 189 that
applied to that employee only, the employee may elect to refer the dispute
either to arbitration or to the Labour Court.

(13)(a) An employee may refer a dispute concerning an alleged unfair labour

practice to the Labour Court for adjudication if the employee has
alleged that the employee has been subjected to an occupational
detriment by the employer in contravention of section 3 of the
Protected Disclosures Act, 2000, for having made a protected
disclosure defined in that Act.

(b) A referral in terms of paragraph (a) is deemed to be made in terms of

subsection (5)(b).

192. Onus in dismissal disputes

(1) In any proceedings concerning any dismissal, the employee must establish the
existence of the dismissal.

(2) If the existence of the dismissal is established, the employer must prove that
the dismissal is fair.

193. Remedies for unfair dismissal and unfair labour practice

(1) If the Labour Court or an arbitrator appointed in terms of this Act finds that a
dismissal is unfair, the Court or the arbitrator may-

(a) order the employer to reinstate the employee from any date not earlier
than the date of dismissal;

(b) order the employer to re-employ the employee, either in the work in
which the employee was employed before the dismissal or in other
reasonably suitable work on any terms and from any date not earlier
than the date of dismissal; or

(c) order the employer to pay compensation to the employee.

(2) The Labour Court or the arbitrator must require the employer to reinstate or
re-employ the employee unless-

(a) the employee does not wish to be reinstated or re-employed;

(b) the circumstances surrounding the dismissal are such that a continued
employment relationship would be intolerable;
 (c) it is not reasonably practicable for the employer to reinstate or re-
employ the employee; or

(d) the dismissal is unfair only because the employer did not follow a fair
procedure.

(3) If a dismissal is automatically unfair or, if a dismissal based on the employer's

operational requirements is found to be unfair, the Labour Court in addition
may make any other order that it considers appropriate in the circumstances.53

(4) An arbitrator appointed in terms of this Act may determine any unfair labour
practice dispute referred to the arbitrator, on terms that the arbitrator deems
reasonable, which may include ordering reinstatement, re-employment or
compensation.

194. Limits on compensation

(1) The compensation awarded to an employee whose dismissal is found to be

unfair either because the employer did not prove that the reason for dismissal
was a fair reason relating to the employee’s conduct or capacity or the
employer’s operational requirements or the employer did not follow a fair
procedure, or both, must be just and equitable in all the circumstances, but
may not be more than the equivalent of 12 months’ remuneration calculated at
the employee’s rate of remuneration on the date of dismissal.

(3) The compensation awarded to an employee whose dismissal is automatically

unfair must be just and equitable in all the circumstances, but not more than
the equivalent of 24 months' remuneration calculated at the employee's rate of
remuneration on the date of dismissal.

(4) The compensation awarded to an employee in respect of an unfair labour

practice must be just and equitable in all the circumstances, but not more than
the equivalent of 12 months’ remuneration.

195. Compensation is in addition to any other amount

An order or award of compensation made in terms of this Chapter is in addition to,

and not a substitute for, any other amount to which the employee is entitled in terms
of any law, collective agreement or contract of employment.

196. Severance pay

(1) An employer must pay an employee who dismissed for reasons based on the
employer's operational requirements severance pay equal to at least one week's
remuneration for each completed year of continuous service with that
employer, unless the employer has been exempted from the provisions of this
subsection.

53. The Court, for example, in the case of a dismissal that constitutes an act of discrimination, may
wish to issue an interdict obliging the employer to stop the discriminatory practice in addition to
one of the other remedies it may grant.
(2) The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC and the Public Service Co-ordinating
Bargaining Council, may vary the amount of severance pay in terms of
subsection (1) by notice in the Government Gazette.

(3) An employee who unreasonably refuses to accept the employer's offer of

alternative employment with that employer or any other employer is not
entitled to severance pay in terms of subsection (1).

(4) The payment of severance pay in compliance with this section does not affect
an employee's right to any other amount payable according to law.

(5) An employer or a category of employers may apply to the Minister for

exemption from the provisions of subsection (1) as if the application is one in
terms of the Basic Conditions of Employment Act and the Minister may grant
an exemption as if it were an exemption granted in terms of that Act.

(6) If there is a dispute only about the entitlement to severance pay in terms of this
section, the employee may refer the dispute in writing to-

(a) a council, if the parties to the dispute fall within the registered scope of
that council; or

(b) the Commission, if no council has

(7) The employee who refers the dispute to the council or the Commission must
satisfy it that a copy of the referral has been served on all the other parties to
the dispute.

(8) The council or the Commission must attempt to resolve the dispute through
conciliation.

(9) If the dispute remains unresolved, the employee may refer it to arbitration.

(10) If the Labour Court is adjudicating a dispute about a dismissal based on the
employer's operational requirements, the Court may inquire into and
determine the amount of any severance pay to which the dismissed employee
may be entitled and the Court may make an order directing the employer to
pay that amount.

197. Transfer of contract of employment

(1) In this section and in section 197A -

(a) ‘business’ includes the whole or a part of any business, trade,

undertaking or service; and
(b) ‘transfer’ means the transfer of a business by one employer (‘the old
employer’) to another employer (‘the new employer’) as a going
concern.
 (2) If a transfer of a business takes place, unless otherwise agreed in terms of
subsection (6) -

(a) the new employer is automatically substituted in the place of the old
employer in respect of all contracts of employment in existence
immediately before the date of transfer;
(b) all the rights and obligations between the old employer and an
employee at the time of the transfer continue in force as if they had
been rights and obligations between the new employer and the
employee;
(c) anything done before the transfer by or in relation to the old employer,
including the dismissal of an employee or the commission of an unfair
labour practice or act of unfair discrimination, is considered to have
been done by or in relation to the new employer; and
(d) the transfer does not interrupt an employee’s continuity of
employment, and an employee’s contract of employment continues
with the new employer as if with the old employer.

(3)(a) The new employer complies with subsection (2) if that employer
employs transferred employees on terms and conditions that are on the
whole not less favourable to the employees than those on which they
were employed by the old employer.

(b) Paragraph (a) does not apply to employees if any of their conditions of
employment are determined by a collective agreement.

(4) Subsection (2) does not prevent an employee from being transferred to a
pension, provident, retirement or similar fund other than the fund to which the
employee belonged prior to the transfer, if the criteria in section 14(1)(c) of
the Pension Funds Act, 1956 (Act No. 24 of 1956), are satisfied53a.

(5)(a) For the purposes of this subsection, the collective agreements and
arbitration awards referred to in paragraph (b) are agreements and
awards that bound the old employer in respect of the employees to be
transferred, immediately before the date of transfer.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed in terms of subsection (6), the new employer
is bound by -

(i) any arbitration award made in terms of this Act, the common
law or any other law;

(ii) any collective agreement binding in terms of section 23; and

(iii) any collective agreement binding in terms of section 32, unless
a commissioner acting in terms of section 62 decides otherwise.

(6)(a) An agreement contemplated in subsection (2) must be in writing and

concluded between -

53a. Section 14(1)(c) of the Pensions Funds Act requires the registrar to be satisfied that any scheme to
amalgamate or transfer funds is reasonable and equitable, and accords full recognition to the rights and
reasonable benefit expectations of the persons concerned in terms of the fund rules, and to additional benefits
which have become established practice.
 (i) either the old employer, the new employer, or the old and new
employers acting jointly, on the one hand; and

(ii) the appropriate person or body referred to in section 189(1), on

the other.

(b) In any negotiations to conclude an agreement contemplated by

paragraph (a), the employer or employers contemplated in
subparagraph (i), all relevant information that will allow it to engage
effectively in the negotiations.

(c) Section 16(4) to (14) applies, read with the changes required by the
context, to the disclosure of information in terms of paragraph (b).

(7) The old employer must -

(a) agree with the new employer to a valuation as at the date of transfer of
-

(i) the leave pay accrued to the transferred employees of the old
employer;

(ii) the severance pay that would have been payable to the
transferred employees of the old employer in the event of a
dismissal by reason of the employer’s operational
requirements; and

(iii) any other payments that have accrued to the transferred

employees but have not been paid to employees of the old
employer.

(b) conclude a written agreement that specifies -

(i) which employer is liable for paying any amount referred to in

paragraph (a), and in the case of the apportionment of liability
between them, the terms of the apportionment; and

(ii) what provision has been made for any payment contemplated in
paragraph (a) if any employee becomes entitled to receive a
payment;

(c) disclose the terms of the agreement contemplated in paragraph (b) to

each employee who after the transfer becomes employed by the new
employer; and
(d) take any other measure that may be reasonable in the circumstances to
ensure that adequate provision is made for any obligation on the new
employer that may arise in terms of paragraph (a).

(8) For a period of 12 months after the date of the transfer, the old employer is
jointly and severally liable with the new employer to any employee who
 becomes entitled to receive a payment contemplated in subsection (7)(a) as a
result of the employee’s dismissal for a reason relating to the employer’s
operational requirements or the employer’s liquidation or sequestration, unless
the old employer is able to show that it has complied with the provisions of
this section

(9) The old and new employer are jointly and severally liable in respect of any
claim concerning any term or condition of employment that arose prior to the
transfer.

(10) This section does not affect the liability of any person to be prosecuted for,
convicted of and sentenced for, any offence.

197A Transfer of contract of employment in circumstances of insolvency

(1) This section applies to the transfer of a business -

(a) if the old employer is insolvent; or

(b) if a scheme of arrangement or compromise is being entered into to
avoid winding up sequestration for reasons of insolvency.

(2) Despite the Insolvency Act, 1936 (Act No. 24 of 1936), if a transfer of a
business takes place in the circumstances contemplated in subsection (1),
unless otherwise agreed in terms of section 197(6) -

(a) the new employer is automatically substituted in the place of the old
employer in all contracts of employment in existence immediately
before the old employer’s provisional winding up or sequestration;
(b) all the rights and obligations between the old employer and each
employee at the time of the transfer remain rights and obligations
between the old employer and each employee;
(c) anything done before the transfer by the old employer in respect of
each employee is considered to have been done by the old employer;
(d) the transfer does not interrupt the employee’s continuity of
employment and the employee’s contract of employment continues
with the new employer as if with the old employer.

(3) Section 197(3), (4), (5) and (10) applies to a transfer in terms of this section
any reference to an agreement in that section must be read as a reference to an
agreement contemplated in section 197(6).

(4) Section 197(5) applies to a collective agreement or arbitration binding on the

employer immediately before the employer’s provisional winding up or
sequestration.

(5) Section 197(7), (8) and (9) does not apply to a transfer in accordance with this
section.
197B Disclosure of information concerning insolvency

(1) An employer that is facing financial difficulties that may reasonably result in
the winding up or sequestration of the employer must advise a consulting party
contemplated in section 189(1).

(2)(a) An employer that applies to be wound up or sequestrated, whether in

terms of the Insolvency Act, 1936 or any other law, must at the time of
making application, provide a consulting party contemplated in section
189(1) with a copy of the application.

(b) An employer that receives an application for its winding up or

sequestration must supply a copy of the application to any consulting
party contemplated in section 189(1), within two days of receipt, or if
the proceedings are urgent, within 12 hours.
 CHAPTER IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

198. Temporary Employment Services

(1) In this section, "temporary employment service" means any person who, for
reward, procures for or provides to a client other persons-

(a) who render services to, or perform work for, the client; and

(b) who are remunerated by the temporary employment service.

(2) For the purposes of this Act, a person whose services have been procured for
or provided to a client by a temporary employment service is the employee of
that temporary employment service, and the temporary employment service is
that person's employer.

(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), a person who is an independent contractor is
not an employee of a temporary employment service, nor is the temporary
employment service the employer of that person.

(4) The temporary employment service and the client are jointly and severally
liable if the temporary employment service, in respect of any of its employees,
contravenes-

(a) a collective agreement concluded in a bargaining council that regulates

terms and conditions of employment;

(b) a binding arbitration award that regulates terms and conditions of

employment;

(c) the Basic Conditions o Employment Act; or

(d) a determination made in terms of the Wage Act.

(5) Two or more bargaining councils may agree to bind the following persons, if
they fall within the combined registered scope of those bargaining councils, to
a collective agreement concluded in any one of them-

(a) temporary employment service;

(b) a person employed by a temporary employment service; and

(c) a temporary employment service client.

(6) An agreement concluded in terms of subsection (5) is binding only if the

collective agreement has been extended to non-parties within the registered
scope of the bargaining council.
(7) Two or more bargaining councils may agree to bind the following persons,
who fall within their combined registered scope, to a collective agreement-

(a) temporary employment service;

(b) a person employed by a temporary employment service; and

(c) a temporary employment service's client.

(8) An agreement concluded in terms of subsection (7) is binding only if-

(a) each of the contracting bargaining councils has requested the Minister
to extend the agreement to non-parties falling within its registered
scope;

(b) the Minister is satisfied that the terms of the agreement are not
substantially more onerous than those prevailing in the corresponding
collective agreements concluded in the bargaining councils; and

(c) the Minister, by notice in the Government Gazette, has extended the
agreement as requested by all the bargaining councils that are parties to
the agreement.

199. Contracts of employment may not disregard or waive collective agreements

or arbitration awards

(1) A contract of employment, whether concluded before or after the coming into
operation of any applicable collective agreement or arbitration award, may
not-

(a) permit an employee to be paid remuneration that is less than that

prescribed by that collective agreement or arbitration award;

(b) permit an employee to be treated in a manner, or to be granted any

benefit, that is less favourable than that prescribed by that collective
agreement or arbitration award; or

(c) waive the application of any provision of that collective agreement or

arbitration award.

(2) A provision in any contract that purports to permit or grant any payment,
treatment, benefit, waiver or exclusion prohibited by subsection (1) is invalid.

200. Representation of employees or employers

(1) A registered trade union or registered employers' organisation may act in any
one or more of the following capacities in any dispute to which any of its
members is a party-

(a) in its own interest;

 (b) on behalf of any of its members;

(c) in the interest of any of its members.

(2) A registered trade union or a registered employers' organisation is entitled to

be a party to any proceedings in terms of this Act if one or more of its
members is a party to those proceedings.

200A. Presumption as to who is employee

(1) Until the contrary is proved, a person, who works for or renders services to
any other person, is presumed, regardless of the form of the contract, to be an
employee, if any one or more of the following factors are present:

(a) the manner in which the person works is subject to the control or
direction of another person;
(b) the person’s hours of work are subject to the control or direction of
another person
(c) in the case of a person who works for an organisation, the person forms
part of that organisation;
(d) the person has worked for that other person for an average of at least
40 hours per month over the last three months;
(e) the person is economically dependent on the other person for whom he
or she works or renders services;
(f) the person is provided with tools of trade or work equipment by the
other person; or
(g) the person only works for or renders services to one person.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to any person who earns in excess of the amount
determined by the Minister in terms of section 6(3) of the Basic Conditions of
Employment Act.

(3) If a proposed or existing work arrangement involves persons who earn

amounts equal to or below the amounts determined by the Minister in terms of
section 6(3) of the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, any of the contracting
parties may approach the Commission for an advisory award on whether the
persons involved in the arrangement are employees.

(4) NEDLAC must prepare and issue a Code of Good Practice that sets out
guidelines for determining whether persons, including those who earn in
excess of the amount determined in subsection (2) are employees.

201. Confidentiality

(1) A person commits an offence by disclosing any information relating to the

financial or business affairs of any other person or any business, trade or
undertaking if the information was acquired by the first-mentioned person in
 the performance of any function or exercise of any power in terms of this Act,
in any capacity, by or on behalf of-

(a) a council;

(b) any independent body established by a collective agreement or

determination to grant exemptions from the provisions of the collective
agreement or determination;

(c) the registrar;

(d) the Commission; and

(e) an accredited agency.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the information was disclosed to enable a
person to perform a function or exercise a power in terms of this Act.

(3) (a) A person convicted of an offence in terms of this section may be

sentenced to a fine not exceeding R10 000.

(b) The Minister, in consultation with the Minister of Justice, may from
time to time by notice in the Government Gazette, amend the
maximum amount of the fine referred to in paragraph (a).

202. Service of documents

(1) If a registered trade union or a registered employers' organisation acts on

behalf of any of its members in a dispute, service on that trade union or
employers' organisation of any document directed to those members in
connection with that dispute, will be sufficient service on those members for
the purposes of this Act.

(2) Service on the Office of the State Attorney of any legal process directed to the
State in its capacity as an employer is service on the State for the purposes of
this Act.

203. Codes of good practice

(1) NEDLAC may-

(a) prepare and issue codes of good practice; and

(b) change or replace any code of good practice.

(2) Any code of good practice, or any change to or replacement of a code of good
practice, must be published in the Government Gazette.

(3) Any person interpreting or applying this Act must take into account any
relevant code of good practice.
(4) A Code of Good Practice issued in terms of this section may provide that the
code must be taken into account in applying or interpreting any employment
law.

204. Collective agreement, arbitration award or wage determination to be kept

by employer. Unless a collective agreement, arbitration award or determination
made in terms of the Basic Conditions of Employment Act provides otherwise, every
employer on whom the collective agreement, arbitration award, or determination is
binding must-

(a) keep a copy of that collective agreement, arbitration award or

determination available in the workplace at all times;

(b) make that copy available for inspection by any employee; and

(c) give a copy of that collective agreement, arbitration award or

determination-

(i) to an employee who has paid the prescribed fee; and

(ii) free of charge, on request, to an employee who is a trade union

representative or a member of a workplace forum.

205. Records to be kept by employer

(1) Every employer must keep the records that an employer is required to keep in
compliance with any applicable-

(a) collective agreement;

(b) arbitration award;

(c) determination made in terms of the Wage Act.

(2) An employer who is required to keep records in terms of subsection (1) must-

(a) retain those records in their original form or a reproduced form for a
period of three years from the date of the event or end of the period to
which they relate; and

(b) submit those records in their original form or a reproduced form in

response to a demand made at any reasonable time, to any agent of a
bargaining council, commissioner or any person whose functions in
terms of this Act include the resolution of disputes.

(3) (a) An employer must keep a record of the prescribed details of any strike,
lock-out or protest action involving its employees.

(b) An employer must submit those records in the prescribed manner to

the registrar.
206. Effect of certain defects and irregularities

(1) Despite any provision in this Act or any other law, a defect does not
invalidate-

(a) the constitution or the registration of any registered trade union,

registered employers' organisation or council;

(b) any collective agreement or arbitration award that would otherwise be

binding in terms of this Act;

(c) any act of a council; or

(d) any act of the director or a commissioner.

(2) A defect referred to in subsection (1) means-

(a) a defect in, or omission from, the constitution of any registered trade
union, registered employers' organisation or council;

(b) a vacancy in the membership of any council; or

(c) any irregularity in the appointment or election of-

(i) a representative to a council;

(ii) an alternate to any representative to a council;

(iii) a chairperson or any other person presiding over any meeting of

a council or a committee of a council; or

(iv) the director or a commissioner.

207. Ministers empowered to add and change to Schedules

(1) The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC, by notice in the Government

Gazette, may change, replace or add to Schedules 2 and 4 to this Act and the
Schedule envisaged in subsection (3).

(3) The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC, by notice in the Government

Gazette, may add to this Act a further Schedule containing a model
constitution for a statutory council.

(4) The Minister for the Public Service and Administration, after consulting the
Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council, by notice in the
Government Gazette, may add to this Act a further schedule regulating the
establishment and the constitutions of workplace forums in the public service.

(5) The Minister may add to, change or replace any page header or footnote.
208. Regulations

The Minister, after consulting NEDLAC and when appropriate, the Commission, may
make regulations not inconsistent with this Act relating to-

(a) any matter that in terms of this Act may or must be prescribed; and

(b) any matter that the Minister considers necessary or expedient to

prescribe or have governed by regulation in order to achieve the
primary objects of this Act.

208A. Delegations

(1) The Minister, in writing, may delegate to the Director-General or any other
officer of the Department of Labour any power, function or duty conferred or
imposed upon the Minister in terms of this Act, except the powers, functions
and duties contemplated in section 32 (but excluding subsection (6)), and
sections 44, 207 and 208.

(2) A delegation in terms of subsection (1) does not limit or restrict the
competence of the Minister to exercise or perform any power, function or duty
that has been delegated.

(3) The Minister may make a delegation subject to any conditions or restrictions
that are deemed fit.

(4) The Minister may at any time –

(a) withdraw a delegation made in terms of subsection (1); and

(b) withdraw or amend any decision made by a person in exercising a

power or performing a function or duty delegated in terms of
subsection (1).

209. This Act binds the State

This Act binds the State.

210. Application of Act when in conflict with other laws

If any conflict, relating to the matters dealt with in this Act, arises between this Act
and the provisions of any other law save the Constitution or any act expressly
amending this Act, the provisions of this Act will prevail.

211. Amendment of laws

Each of the laws referred to in items I and 2 of Schedule 5 is hereby amended to the
extent specified in those items.

212. Repeal of laws, and transitional arrangements

 (1) Each of the laws referred to in the first two columns of Schedule 6 is hereby
repealed to the extent specified opposite that law in the third column of that
Schedule.

(2) The repeal of those laws does not affect any transitional arrangements made in
Schedule 7.

(3) The transitional arrangements in Schedule 7 must be read and applied as

substantive provisions of this Act.

213. Definitions. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -

"area" includes any number of areas, whether or not contiguous;

"auditor" means any person who is registered to practise in the Republic as a public
accountant and auditor;

"bargaining council" means a bargaining council referred to in section 27 and

includes, in relation to the public service, the bargaining councils referred to in
section 35;

"Basic Conditions of Employment Act" means the Basic Conditions of Employment

Act, 1997 (Act No.75 of 1997);

"code of good practice" means a code of practice issued by NEDLAC in terms of

section 203(1) of this Act;

"collective agreement" means a written agreement concerning terms and conditions

of employment or any other matter of mutual interest concluded by one or more
registered trade unions, on the one hand and, on the other hand-

(a) one or more employers;

(b) one or more registered employers' organisations; or

(c) one or more employers and one or more registered employers'

organisations; " council" includes a bargaining council and a statutory
council;

"director" means the director of the Commission appointed in terms of section II 8(1)
and includes any acting director appointed in terms of section 119; "dismissal" means
dismissal as defined in section 186;

"dispute" includes an alleged dispute;

"employee "54 means –

(a) any person, excluding an independent contractor, who works for

another person or for the State and who receives, or is entitled to
receive, any remuneration; and
54. "Employee" is given a different and specific meaning in section 78 in Chapter V.
 (b) any other person who in any manner assists in carrying on or
conducting the business of an employer, and "employed" and
"employment" have meanings corresponding to that of " employee";

"employers' organisation" means any number of employers associated together for

the purpose, whether by itself or with other purposes, of regulating relations between
employers and employees or trade unions;

“employment law” includes this Act, any other act the administration of which has
been assigned to the Minister, and nay of the following acts:

(a) the Unemployment Insurance Act, 1966 (Act No. 30 of 1966);

(b) the Skills Development Act, 1998 (Act No. 97 of 1998);
(c) the Employment Equity Act, 1998 (Act No. 55 of 1998);
(d) the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993);
and
(e) the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 1993
(Act No. 130 of 1993);

"essential service" means –

(a) a service the interruption of which endangers the life, personal safety
or health of the whole or any part of the population;

(b) the Parliamentary service;

(c) the South African Police Services;

"issue in dispute", in relation to a strike or lock-out, means the demand, the

grievance, or the dispute that forms the subject matter of the strike or lock-out;

"legal practitioner" means any person admitted to practise as an advocate or an

attorney in the Republic;

"lock out" means the exclusion by an employer of employees from the employer's
workplace, for the purpose of compelling the employees to accept a demand in respect
of any matter of mutual interest between employer and employee, whether or not the
employer breaches those employees' contracts of employment in the course of or for
the purpose of that exclusion;

"Minister" means the Minister of Labour;

"NEDLAC" means the National Economic Development and Labour Council

established by section 2 of the National Economic, Development and Labour Council
Act, 1994 (Act No. 35 of 1994);

"office-bearer" means a person who holds office in a trade union, employers'

organisation, federation of trade unions, federation of employers' organisations or
council and who is not an official;
"official", in relation to a trade union, employers' organisation, federation of trade
unions or federation of employers' organisations means a person employed as the
secretary, assistant secretary or organiser of a trade union, employers' organisation or
federation, or in any other prescribed capacity, whether or not that person is employed
in a full-time capacity. And, in relation to a council means a person employed by a
council as secretary or in any other prescribed capacity, whether or not that person is
employed in a full-time capacity;

"operational requirements" means requirements based on the economic,

technological, structural or similar needs of an employer;

"prescribed" means prescribed from time to time by regulation in terms of section

208;

"protest action" means the partial or complete concerted refusal to work, or the
retardation or obstruction of work, for the purpose of promoting or defending the
socio-economic interests of workers, but not for a purpose referred to in the definition
of strike;

"public service" means the national departments, provincial administrations,

provincial departments and organisational components contemplated in section 7(2)
of the Public Service Act, 1994 (promulgated by Proclamation No. 103 of 1994), but
excluding-

(a) the members of the South African National Defence Force;

(b) the National Intelligence Agency; and

(c) the South African Secret Service.

"registered scope" means-

(a) in the case of the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council, the
public service as a whole, subject to section 36;

(b) in the case of bargaining councils established for sectors in the public
service, the sector designated by the Public Service Co-ordinating
Bargaining Council in terms of section 37(1);

(c) in the case of any other council, the sector and area in respect of which
it is registered in terms of this Act;

"registrar" means the registrar of labour relations appointed in terms of section 108
and includes-

(a) any deputy registrar appointed in terms of that section when acting on
the direction or under a general or special delegation of the registrar;
and

(b) any acting registrar appointed in terms of that section;

"remuneration" means any payment in money or in kind, or both in money and in
kind, made or owing to any person in return for that person working for any other
person, including the State, and "remunerate" has a corresponding meaning;

"Republic"-

(a) when used to refer to the State as a constitutional entity, means the
Republic of South Africa as defined in section I of the Constitution;
and

(b) when used in the territorial sense, means the national territory of the
Republic as defined in section I of the Constitution;

"sector" means, subject to section 37, an industry or a service;

"serve " means to send by registered post, telegram, telex, telefax or to deliver by
hand;

"statutory council" means a council established in terms of Part E of Chapter 111;

"strike" means the partial or complete concerted refusal to work, or the retardation or
obstruction of work, by persons who are or have been employed by the same
employer or by different employers, for the purpose of remedying a grievance or
resolving a dispute in respect of any matter of mutual interest between employer and
employee, and every reference to "work" in this definition includes overtime work,
whether it is voluntary or compulsory;

"this Act" includes the section numbers, the Schedules, except Schedules 4 and 8, and
any regulations made in terms of section 208, but does not include the page headers,
the headings or footnotes;

"trade union" means an association of employees whose principal purpose is to

regulate relations between employees and employers, including any employers'
organisations;

"trade union representative" means a member of a trade union who is elected to

represent employees in a workplace-,

"Wage Act" means the Wage Act, 1957 (Act No. 5 of 1957);

"working hours" means those hours during which an employee is obliged to work;

"workplace"-

(a) in relation to the public service –

(i) for the purposes of collective bargaining and dispute resolution,

the registered scope of the Public Service Co-ordinating
Bargaining Council or a bargaining council in a sector in the
public service, as the case may be; or
 (ii) for any other purpose, a national department, provincial
administration, provincial department or organisational
component contemplated in section 7(2) of the Public Service
Act, 1994 (promulgated by Proclamation No. 103 of 1994), or
any other part of the public service that the Minister for Public
Service and Administration, after consultation with the Public
Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council, demarcates as a
workplace.;

(c) in all other instances means the place or places where the employees of
an employer work. If an employer carries on or conducts two or more
operations that are independent of one another by reason of their size,
function or organisation, the place or places where employees work in
connection with each independent operation, constitutes the workplace
for that operation; and

"workplace forum" means a workplace forum established in terms of Chapter V.

214. Short title and commencement

(1) This Act is called the Labour Relations Act, 1995.

(2) This Act will come into operation on a date to be determined by the President
by proclamation in the Government Gazette, except in the case of any
provision in relation to which some other arrangement regarding
commencement is made elsewhere in this Act.

SCHEDULE I

ESTABLISHMENT OF BARGAINING COUNCILS FOR PUBLIC SERVICE

1. Definitions for this Schedules

In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise indicates

"Education Labour Relations Act" means the Education Labour Relations

Act, 1993 (Act No. 146 of 1993);

"Education Labour Relations Council" means the council established by

section 6(1) of the Education Labour Relations Act;

"National Negotiating Forum" means the National Negotiating Forum

established for the South African Police Service by the South African Police
Service Labour Relations Regulations, 1995;

"Public Service Bargaining Council" means the council referred to in section

5(l) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act;

"Public Service Labour Relations Act" means the Public Service Labour
Relations Act, 1994 (promulgated by Proclamation No. 105 of 1994).
2. Establishment of Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council

(1) As soon as practicable after the commencement of this Act, the Commission,
by notice in the Government Gazette, must invite the employee and employer
representatives in the Education Labour Relations Council, the National
Negotiating Forum and the central chamber of the Public Service Bargaining
Council to attend a meeting, with a view to those representatives agreeing on a
constitution for the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council.

(2) The Commission must appoint a commissioner to chair the meeting and
facilitate the conclusion of an agreement on a constitution that meets the
requirements of section 30, read with the changes required by the context.

(3) The parties to the Education Labour Relations Council, the National
Negotiating Forum and the central chamber of the Public Service Bargaining
Council will be the founding parties to the Public Service Co-ordinating
Bargaining Council.

(4) If an agreement is concluded and the registrar is satisfied that the constitution
meets the requirements of section 30, the registrar must register the Public
Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council by entering its name in the register
of councils.

(5) If no agreement is concluded on a constitution, the registrar must-

(a) determine the constitution for the Public Service Co-ordinating

Bargaining Council;

(b) register the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council by

entering its name in the register of councils; and

(c) certify the constitution as the constitution of the Public Service Co-
ordinating Bargaining Council.

(6) After registering the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council, the
registrar must-

(a) issue a certificate of registration that must specify the registered scope
of the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council; and

(b) send the certificate and a certified copy of the constitution to the Public
Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council.

3. Establishment of bargaining councils in sectors

(1) The departmental and provincial chambers of the Public Service Bargaining
Council are deemed to be bargaining councils established in terms of section
37(3)(a) of this Act, subject to any designation in terms of section 37(l) of this
Act.
(2) The Education Labour Relations Council is deemed to be a bargaining council
established in terms of section 37(3)(b) of this Act.

(3) The National Negotiating Forum is deemed to be a bargaining council

established for a sector designated in terms of section 37(2).

(4) If the President designates a sector in terms of section 37(2), the President
must inform the Commission and instruct it to convene a meeting of the
representatives of the registered trade unions with members employed in the
sector.

(5) The Commission must publish a notice in the Government Gazette inviting
registered trade unions with members employed in the sector to attend the
meeting.

(6) The Commission must appoint a commissioner to chair the meeting and
facilitate the conclusion of an agreement on-

(a) the registered trade unions to be parties to the bargaining council; and

(b) a constitution that meets the requirements of section 30, read with the
changes required by the context.

(7) If agreement is concluded, the registrar must-

(a) admit the registered trade unions as parties to the bargaining council;
and

(b) if satisfied that the constitution meets the requirements of section 30,
register the bargaining council by entering its name in the register of
councils.

(8) If no agreement is concluded on-

(a) the registered trade unions to be admitted, the Commission must

decide which trade unions should be admitted;

(b) a constitution, the registrar, in accordance with the decisions made by

the Commission in paragraph (a), must determine a constitution that
meets the requirements of section 30, read with the changes required
by the context.

(9) The registrar must register the bargaining council for the sector by entering its
name in the register of councils.

(10) After registering the bargaining council, the registrar must-

(a) issue a certificate of registration that must specify the registered scope
of the bargaining council; and
 (b) send the certificate and a certified copy of the constitution to the
bargaining council.

SCHEDULE 2

GUIDELINES FOR CONSTITUTION OF WORKPLACE FORUM

1. Introduction

(1) This Schedule contains guidelines for the constitution of a workplace, forum.
It Is intended to guide representative trade unions that wish to establish a
workplace forum, employers and commissioners.

(2) This Act places the highest value on the establishment of workplace forums by
agreement between a representative trade union and an employer. The role of
the commissioner is to facilitate an agreement establishing the structure and
functions of a workplace forum. If agreement is not possible, either in whole
or in part, the commissioner must refer to this Schedule, using its guidelines in
a manner that best suits the particular workplace involved.

(3) For convenience, the guidelines follow the sequence of the paragraphs in
section 82 of this Act.

2. Number of seats in workplace forums (section 82(1)(a))

The formula to determine the number of seats in the workplace forum should reflect
the size, nature, occupational structure and physical location of the workplace. A
guideline may be-

(a) in a workplace in which 100 to 200 employees are employed, five

members;

(b) in a workplace in which 201 to 600 employees are employed, eight

members;

(c) in a workplace in which 601 to 1 000 employees are employed, IO

members;

(d) in a workplace in which more than 1 000 employees are employed, 10

members for the first 1 000 employees, plus an additional member for
every additional 500 employees, up to a maximum of 20 members.

3. Distribution of seats to reflect occupational structure (section 82(1)(b))

The formula to determine the distribution of seats in the workplace forum must reflect
the I occupational structure of the workplace.

Example:
There are 300 employees in a workplace. The occupational structure is as follows:
200 employees are manual employees; 50 are administrative and clerical employees;
and 50 are supervisory, managerial and technical employees. The six seats may be
distributed as follows4 seats for members to be elected from candidates nominated
from among the manual employees

I seat for members to be elected from candidates nominated from among the
administrative and clerical employees

I seat for members to be elected from candidates nominated from among the
supervisory, managerial and technical employees.

4. Elections (section 82(1)(c), (d), (g), (h), (i) and (j))

(1) The constitution must include provisions concerning the appointment of an

election officer.

Example:

(a) Every election or by-election in relation to a workplace forum must be

conducted by an election officer appointed by agreement between the
representative trade union and the employer.

(b) If the trade union and the employer cannot agree, the trade union may
apply to the Commission to appoint an election officer.

(c) The Commission must appoint an election officer to conduct a by-

election only if it is satisfied that the workplace forum cannot function
adequately without a by-election.

(2) The constitution must set out what the election officer should do and the
procedure for an election.

Example:

(a) Thirty days before each election of members of the workplace forum,
the election officer must-

(i) prepare a list of all employees in the workplace; and

(ii) call for nominations for members of the workplace, forum.

(b) Any employee may be nominated as a candidate for election as a

member of the workplace forum by-

(i) any registered trade union with members employed in the

work- place;
 (ii) a petition signed by not less than 20 per cent of the employees
in the workplace or 100 employees, whichever number of
employees is the smaller.

(c) Any employee who is a member or has previously served as a member

of a workplace forum is eligible for re-election.

(d) Fourteen days before each election of members of the workplace

forum, the election officer must-

(i) confirm that the nominated candidates qualify for election;

(ii) publish a list of all qualified candidates who have been properly
nominated; and

(iii) prepare a ballot for the election, listing the nominated

candidates in alphabetical order by surname.

(e) Voting must be by secret ballot.

Every employee is entitled to vote in the election of the workplace forum

during working hours at the employer's premises.

(g) Every employee in the workplace is entitled to cast a number of votes

equal to the number of members to be elected to the workplace forum.

(h) Every employee may cast one or more of those votes in favour of any
candidate.

5. Terms of office (section 82(1)(k), (l) and (m))

(1) The constitution must provide that the members of a workplace forum remain
in office until the first meeting of the newly elected workplace forum.

(2) The constitution must include provisions allowing the members to resign as
well as provisions for the removal of members from office.

Example:

(a) A member of a workplace forum may resign by giving written notice

to the chairperson.

(b) A member of a workplace forum must vacate that office-

(i) when the member's resignation takes effect;

(ii) if the member is promoted to senior managerial status;

(iii) if the member is transferred from the workplace;

 (iv) if the member's employment is terminated;

(v) as a result of an award of a commissioner; or

(vi) if the representative trade union that nominated a member

removes the member.

(c) The representative trade union, the employer, or the workplace forum
may apply to the Commission to have a member of the workplace
forum removed from office on the grounds of gross dereliction of the
duties of office.

(d) Twenty percent of the employees in the workplace may submit a

signed petition to the Commission applying for the removal from
office of a member of the workplace forum on the grounds of gross
dereliction of the duties of office.

(e) An application to remove a member of a workplace forum from office

must be decided by arbitration under the auspices of the Commission.

A by-election to fill any vacancy in the workplace forum must be conducted

by an election officer.

6. Meetings of workplace forum (section 82(1)(n))

The constitution must include provisions governing meetings of the workplace forum.

Example:

(a) The first meeting of a newly elected workplace forum must be

convened by the election officer as soon as practicable after the
election.

(b) At that meeting the members of the workplace forum must elect from
among their number a chairperson and a deputy chairperson.

(c) The workplace forum must meet whenever necessary, but at least once
a month.

(d) A quorum of the workplace forum must be a majority of the members

of the workplace forum holding office at any time.

(e) A decision of the majority of the members of the workplace forum

present at the meeting must be the decision of the workplace forum.

The meetings between members of the workplace forum and the employees should be
at least four times a year.

Example 1:
In a workplace that is a single place, the meetings with the employees should be with
all the members of the workplace forum.

Example 2:

In a workplace that is geographically dispersed, the meetings with the employees need
not be with all the members of the workplace forum, but with one or more members
of the workplace forum.

7. Time off for members of workplace forum (section 82(1)(p))

The constitution must include provisions governing time off for members to perform
their functions.

Example:

(a) A member of a workplace forum is entitled to take reasonable time off

during working hours with pay for the purpose of

(i) performing the functions and duties of a member; and

(ii) undergoing training relevant to the performance of those

functions and duties.

(b) The right to time off is subject to conditions that are reasonable, so as
to prevent the undue disruption of work.

(c) The costs associated with the training must be paid by the employer, if
those costs are reasonable, having regard to the size and capabilities of
the employer.

8. Facilities to be provided to workplace forum (section 82(1)(r))

The constitution must require the employer to provide adequate facilities to the
workplace forum to perform its functions.

Example:

(a) The employer must provide, at its cost-

(i) fees, facilities and materials that are necessary for the conduct
of elections and by-elections of the workplace forum; and

(ii) administrative and secretarial facilities that are appropriate to

enable the members of the workplace forum to perform their
functions and duties.

(b) These facilities must include, but are not limited to, a room in which
the workplace forum may meet and access to a telephone.
 (c) The costs incurred by the employer in complying with the provisions
of paragraphs (a) and (b) must be reasonable, having regard to the size
and capabilities of the employer.

9. Experts (section 82(1)(t))

The constitution may provide for the use of experts.

Example:

(a) A workplace forum may ask experts to assist it in the performance of

any of its functions.

(b) An expert must ensure that there is no conflict of interest between the
assistance given to one workplace forum and another.

(c) An expert may attend any meeting of the workplace forum and, at its
request, address any meetings of the workplace forum including a
meeting with the employer or the employees.

(d) An expert is entitled to any information to which the workplace forum

is entitled and may inspect and copy any document.

10. Establishment of coordinating and subsidiary workplace forums (section

82(2)(b))

(1) Where an employer carries on or conducts two or more operations that are
independent of each other by reason of their size, function or organisation, the
constitution may provide for the establishment of a coordinating workplace
forum with jurisdiction over those matters mentioned in sections 84 and 86
that affect the employees generally and for the establishment of a subsidiary
workplace forum in each of the workplaces with jurisdiction over those
matters that affect only the employees in that workplace.

(2) Where the employer has a workplace that is geographically dispersed and
there are matters that are of local interest rather than general interest, the
constitution may establish a coordinating workplace forum with general
jurisdiction and subsidiary workplace forums with local interest jurisdiction.

Example:

A bank with a head office may have many branches dispersed around the country.

If the branches are not regarded as separate workplaces, the bank may have one
workplace forum for all its employees or the constitution may allow for the
establishment of a coordinating workplace forum at head office level and in certain or
all of the branches allow the establishment of subsidiary workplace forums that will
deal with matters that affect only the employees in those branches.
 SCHEDULE 3

COMMISSION FOR CONCILIATION, MEDIATION &

ARBITRATION

1. Remuneration and allowances of members of governing body. The

Minister, after consulting the Minister of Finance, must determine the
remuneration and allowances and any other terms and conditions of
appointment of members of the governing body.

2. Resignation and removal from office of member of governing body

(1) A member of the governing body may resign by giving notice to the governing
body.

(2) The Minister, acting on the advice of NEDLAC, may remove a member of the
governing body from office for

(a) serious misconduct;

(b) incapacity; or

(c) being absent from three consecutive meetings of the governing body
without good cause or prior permission from the chairperson.

3. Vacancies in governing body

(1) A vacancy in the governing body exists whenever

(a) a member's term of office ends;

(b) a member's resignation takes effect;

(c) a member is removed from office; or

(d) a member dies.

(2) The Minister must fill a vacancy in the governing body as soon as is
practicable.

In the meantime, the Commission's proceedings and decisions continue to be valid.

(3) If a vacancy-

(a) is owing to the end of a member's term of office, the Minister may
reappoint the member, or appoint another person nominated by
NEDLAC in accordance with section 116(2) and (3);

(b) is owing to any other cause, the Minister must appoint another person
nominated by NEDLAC in accordance with section 116(2) and (3) to
 replace the member and serve the unexpired portion of the replaced
member's term of office.

4. Proceedings of governing body

(1) The governing body must determine procedures for its meetings.

(2) A quorum for a meeting of the governing body is three members of the
governing body. The quorum must include-

(a) one member who was nominated by those voting members of

NEDLAC who represent organised business;

(b) one member who was nominated by those voting members of

NEDLAC who represent organised labour; and

(c) one member who was nominated by those voting members of

NEDLAC who represent the State.

(3) Despite subitem (2), a meeting of the governing body may be held in the
absence of any member representing organised business or organised labour or
the State, if those members have agreed to the meeting proceeding in the
absence of that member and to the issues which may be dealt with in the
absence of that member.

(4) If the chairperson is absent from a meeting of the governing body, the
members present must elect one of themselves to preside at that meeting, and
at that meeting that member may exercise or perform any function of the
chairperson.

(5) A defect or error in the appointment of a member of the Commission does not
affect the validity of the Commission's proceedings or decisions.

5. Director of Commission

(1) The director may resign by giving written notice to the governing body.

(2) The governing body may remove the director from office for-

(a) serious misconduct;

(b) incapacity;

(c) a material violation of the Commission's code of conduct; or

(d) being absent from three consecutive meetings of the governing body
without good cause or prior permission from the chairperson.

(3) A vacancy in the office of director exists whenever-

 (a) the director reaches the age of 65;

(b) the director's resignation takes effect;

(c) the governing body removes the director from office; or

(d) the director dies.

(4) The governing body must appoint a director in accordance with the provisions
of section II 8 as soon as practicable after the office of the director becomes
vacant.

6. Bank account. The governing body must open and maintain an account in the
name of the Commission with a bank registered in the Republic, or with another
registered financial institution approved by the Minister of Finance and, subject to
item 7, must

(a) deposit to that account any money that the Commission receives; and

(b) make all payments on behalf of the Commission from that account.

7. Investment of surplus money. The governing body may resolve to invest any
money that the Commission does not immediately require to meet current expenditure
or contingencies

(a) on call or short-term deposit with any bank that meets the requirements
stated in item 6;

(b) if the Minister, with the concurrence of the Minister of Finance, gives
written approval of the duration and other terms of the investment, in
an investment account with the Corporation for Public Deposits.

8. Accounting and auditing. The Commission must, to the standards of generally

accepted accounting practice, principles and procedures

(a) keep books and records of its income, expenditure, assets and
liabilities;

(b) as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year, prepare
financial statements, including at least a statement of income and
expenditure for the previous financial year and a balance sheet
showing its assets, liabilities and financial position as at the end of the
previous financial year-, and

(c) each year, arrange for the Auditor-General to audit its books and
records of account and its financial statements.
9. Annual report

(1) As soon as practicable after the end of each financial year, the Commission
must provide the Minister with a report concerning the activities and the
financial position of the Commission during the previous financial year.

(2) The Minister must table the Commission's annual report in Parliament within
14 days of receiving it from the Commission, but if Parliament is not in
session at that time, the Minister must table the report within 14 days of the
beginning of the next session of Parliament.

SCHEDULE 4

DISPUTE RESOLUTION: FLOW DIAGRAMS

This Schedule contains flow diagrams that provide guidelines to the procedures for
the resolution of some of the more important disputes that may arise under this Act.
This Schedule is not part of this Act. It does not have the force of law. The flow
diagrams are intended only to provide assistance to those parties who may become
involved in a dispute.

The flow diagrams do not indicate the rights that parties may have to seek urgent
interim relief, nor do they indicate the right of review or appeal that parties have to
the Labour Court or the Labour Appeal Court in certain cases. This Act sets out the
circumstances in which these rights are available.

Awards and determinations by arbitrators are enforceable ultimately by the Labour

Court.

FLOW DIAGRAMS I TO 14 [Currently unavailable]

 SCHEDULE 5

AMENDMENT OF LAWS

1. Amendment of section 1 of Basic Conditions of Employment Act

Section 1 of the Basic Conditions of Employment Act is hereby amended by the

substitution for subsection (3) of the following subsection -

"(3) The Mines and Works Act, 1956 (Act No. 27 of 1956), the Wage Act, 1957 (Act
No. 5 of 1957), the Manpower Training Act, 1981 (Act No. 56 of 1981) and the
Labour Relations Act, 1995, as well as any matter regulated under any of them in
respect of an employee, shall not be affected by this Act, but this Act shall apply in
respect of any such employee in so far as a provision thereof provides for any matter
which is not regulated by or under any of the said Acts in respect of such employee.".

2. Amendment of section 35 of Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993

Section 35 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993), is
hereby amended-

(a) by the substitution for the words "Industrial court", wherever they
occur in subsection (3), of the words "Labour Court"; and

(b) by the substitution for subsection (4) of the following subsection-

"(4) Any person who wishes to appeal in terms of subsection (3), shall within
60 days after the chief inspector's decision was given, lodge the appeal with
the registrar of the Labour Court in accordance with the Labour Relations Act,
1995, and the rules of the Labour Court. ".

3. Amendment of section 2 of Pension Funds Act, 1956

Section 2 of the Pension Funds Act, 1956 (Act No. 24 of 1956), is hereby amended by
the substitution for subsection (1) of the following subsection:

(1) The provisions of this Act shall not apply in relation to any pension fund
which has been established or continued in terms of a collective agreement
concluded in a council in terms of the Labour Relations Act 1995 (Act No. 66
of 1995), before the Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998, has come into
operation, nor in relation to a pension fund so established or continued and
which, in terms of a collective agreement concluded in that council after the
coming into operation of the labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998, is
continued or further continued (as the case may be). However, such a pension
fund shall from time to time furnish the Registrar with such statistical
information as may be requested by the Minister.
4. Amendment of section 2 of Medical Schemes Act, 1967

Section 2(1) of the Medical Schemes Act, 1967 (Act No. 72 of 1967), is hereby
amended by the substitution for paragraph (g) of the following paragraph:

(f) shall, subject to the provisions of subsection (2A) apply with reference
to -
(i) a particular medical scheme established or continued in terms
of a collective agreement concluded in a council in terms of the
Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No. 66 of 1995), before the
Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1998, has come into
operation;
(ii) a particular medical scheme which was established or
continued in the circumstances mentioned in subparagraph (i)
and which, in terms of a collective agreement so concluded in
that council after the coming into operation of the Labour
Relations Amendment Act, 1998, is continued or further
continued (as the case may be), only if the Minister, at the
request of the Minister of Labour and by notice in the Gazette,
has declared the said provisions to be applicable with reference
to such a particular medical scheme;

5. Amendment of section 1 of Insurance Act, 1943

Section 1(1) of the Insurance Act, 1943 (Act No. 27 of 1943), is hereby amended by
the substitution for paragraph (d) of the definition of ‘insurance business’ of the
following paragraph:

‘(d) any transaction under the Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No. 66 of
1995);’

6. Amendment of section 2 of Friendly Societies Act, 1956

Section 2(1) of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956 (Act No. 25 of 1956), is hereby
amended by the substitution for paragraph (g) of the following paragraph:

‘(g) the relief or maintenance of members, or any group of members, when

unemployed or in distressed circumstances, otherwise than in
consequence of the existence of a strike or lockout as defined in
section 213 of the Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No. 66 of 1995);’

7. Amendment of section 3 of Friendly Societies Act, 1956

Section 3(1) of the Friendly Societies Act, 1956, is hereby amended by the
substitution for paragraph (a) of the following paragraph:

‘(a) which has been established or continued in terms of a collective

agreement concluded in a council in terms of the Labour Relations Act,
1995. However, such a friendly society shall from time to time furnish
 the registrar with such statistical information as may be requested by
the Minister;’

Schedule 6

Laws Repealed By Section 212

Number and year of law Short title Extent of repeal

Act No.28 of 1956 Labour Relations Act, 1956 The whole

Act No.41 of 1959 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1959 The whole

Act No.18 of 1961 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1961 The whole

Act No.43 of 1966 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1966 The whole

Act No.61 of 1966 Industrial Conciliation Further Amendment Act, 1966 The whole

Act No.104 of 1967 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1967 The whole

Act No.21 of 1970 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1970 The whole

Act No.94 of 1979 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1979 The whole

Act No.95 of 1980 Industrial Conciliation Amendment Act, 1980 The whole

Act No.57 of 1981 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1981 The whole

Act No.51 of 1982 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1982 The whole

Act No. 2 of 1983 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1983 The whole

Act No.81 of 1984 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1984 The whole

Act No.83 of 1988 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1988 The whole

Act No. 9 of 1991 Labour Relations Amendment Act, 1991 The whole

Act No.129 of 1993 General Law Third Amendment Act, 1993 Section 9 only

Act No.146 of 1993 Education Labour Relations Act, 1993 The whole

Act No.147 of 1993 Agricultural Labour Act, 1993 Chapter I only

Act No.50 of 1994 Agricultural Labour Amendment Act, 1994 Section I only

Proclamation No.105 Public Service Labour Relations Act, 1994 The whole of 1994
Proclamation No.128 Education Labour Relations Act, Amendment The whole
except of 1994

Proclamation, 1994 section 6

Proclamation No.134 Sections 1 and 2 only of 1994

South African Police Service Labour Relations Regulations, The whole 1995

SCHEDULE 7

TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

PART A – DEFINITIONS FOR THIS SCHEDULE

Definitions for this Schedule

In this Schedule, unless the context otherwise indicates -

"Agricultural Labour Act" means the Agricultural Labour Act, 1993 (Act No. 147
of 1993);

"Education Labour Relations Act" means the Education Labour Relations Act,
1993 (Act No. 146 of 1993);

"Education Labour Relations Council" means the council established by section

6(1) of the Education Labour Relations Act;

"Labour Relations Act" means the Labour Relations Act, 1956 (Act No. 28 of 1956);

"labour relations laws" means the Labour Relations Act, the Education Labour
Relations Act, Chapter I of the Agricultural Labour Act and the Public Service Labour
Relations Act;

"National Negotiating Forum" means the National Negotiating Forum established

for the South African Police Service by the South African Police Service Labour
Relations Regulations, 1995;

"pending" means pending immediately before this Act comes into operation;

"public service" does not include the education sector;

"Public Service Bargaining Council" means the bargaining council referred to in

section 5(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act;

"Public Service Labour Relations Act" means the Public Service Labour Relations
Act, 1994 (promulgated by Proclamation No. 105 of 1994);

"registrar" means the registrar of labour relations designated in terms of section 108;
and
"trade union" includes an employee organisation.

PART B – UNFAIR LABOUR PRACTICES

PART C-PROVISIONS CONCERNING EXISTING TRADE UNIONS,

EMPLOYERS' ORGANISATIONS, INDUSTRIAL COUNCILS AND
CONCILIATION BOARDS

5. Existing registered trade unions and employers' organisations

(1) A trade union or employers' organisation registered or deemed to be registered

in terms of the labour relations laws immediately before the commencement of
this Act will be deemed to be a registered trade union or registered employers'
organisation under this Act and continues to be a body corporate.

(2) As soon as practicable after the commencement of this Act, the registrar must
enter-

(a) the name of the trade union in the register of trade unions;

(b) the name of the employers' organisation in the register of employers'

organisations.

(3) A trade union or employers' organisation whose name has been entered in the
appropriate register must be issued with a new certificate of registration.

(4) If any provision of the constitution of the trade union or employers'

organisation does not comply with the requirements of section 95, the registrar
may direct that trade union or employers' organisation, in writing, to rectify its
constitution and submit it to the registrar within a period specified in the
direction, which period may not be shorter than three months.

(5) If a trade union or employers' organisation falls to comply with a direction

issued to it in terms of subitem (4), the registrar must notify the trade union or
employers' organisation that cancellation of its registration is being considered
because of the failure, and give the trade union or employers' organisation an
opportunity to show cause why its registration should not be cancelled within
30 days of the notice.

(6) If, when the 30-day period expires, the relevant trade union or employers'
organisation has not shown cause why its registration should not be cancelled,
the registrar must cancel the registration of that trade union or employers'
organisation by removing its name from the appropriate register or take other
lesser steps that are appropriate and not inconsistent with this Act.

(7) The registrar must notify the relevant trade union or employers' organisation
whether the registration of the trade union or employers' organisation has been
cancelled.

(8) Cancellation in terms of subitem (6) takes effect-

 (a) if the trade union or the employers' organisation has failed, within the
time contemplated in section 111 (3), to appeal to the Labour Court
against the cancellation, when that period expires; or

(b) if the trade union or the employers' organisation has lodged an appeal,
when the decision of the registrar has been confirmed by the Labour
Court.

6. Pending applications by trade unions or employers' organisations for

registration, variation of scope, alteration of constitution or name

(1) Any pending application in terms of the labour relations laws for the
registration, variation of scope of registration or alteration of the constitution
or name of a trade union or an employers' organisation must be dealt with by
the registrar as if the application had been made in terms of this Act.

(2) The registrar appointed in terms of the Public Service Labour Relations Act
and the secretary of the Education Labour Relations Council appointed in
terms of the Education Labour Relations Act must forward any pending
application referred to in subitem (1) to the registrar.

(3) In any pending appeal in terms of section 16 of the Labour Relations Act or in
terms of section 11 of the Education Labour Relations Act or in terms of
section 11 of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, the Minister or the
registrar of the industrial court or the registrar of the High Court, as the case
may be, must refer the matter back to the registrar who must deal with the
application as if it were an application made in terms of this Act.

(4) When dealing with any application referred to in subitem (1) or (2), the
registrar-

(a) may condone any technical non-compliance with the provisions of this
Act; and

(b) may require the applicant to amend its application within 60 days in
order to comply with the provisions of this Act.

7. Industrial councils

(1) An industrial council registered or deemed to be registered in terms of the

Labour Relations Act immediately before the commencement of this Act will
be deemed to be a bargaining council under this Act and continues to be a
body corporate.

(2) As soon as practicable after the commencement of this Act, the registrar must
enter the name of the bargaining council in the register of councils.

(3) A bargaining council whose name has been entered in the register of councils
must be issued with a certificate of registration.
(4) If any provision of the constitution of a bargaining council does not comply
with the requirements of section 30, the registrar may direct the bargaining
council, in writing, to rectify its constitution and submit it to the registrar
within a period specified in the direction, which period may not be shorter
than three months.

(5) If a bargaining council fails to comply with a direction issued to it in terms of

subitem (4), the registrar must notify the bargaining council that cancellation
of its registration is being considered because of the failure, and give the
bargaining council an opportunity to show cause why its registration should
not be cancelled within 30 days of the notice.

(6) If, when the 30-day period expires, the bargaining council has not shown
cause why its registration should not be cancelled, the registrar must cancel
the registration of that bargaining council by removing its name from the
register of councils or take other lesser steps that are appropriate and not
inconsistent with this Act.

(7) The registrar must notify the bargaining council whether the registration of the
bargaining council has been cancelled.

(8) Cancellation in terms of subitem (6) takes effect-

(a) if the bargaining council has failed, within the time contemplated in
section 111(3), to appeal to the Labour Court against the cancellation, when
that period expires; or

(b) if the bargaining council has lodged an appeal, when the decision of
the registrar has been confirmed by the Labour Court.

8. Pending applications by industrial councils for registration and variation of

scope

(1) Any pending application for the registration or the variation of the scope of
registration of an industrial council in terms of the Labour Relations Act must
be dealt with as if it were an application made in terms of this Act.

(2) In any pending appeal in terms of section 16 of the Labour Relations Act
against the refusal to register or vary the scope an industrial council, the
Minister or the registrar of the Supreme [High] Court, as the case may be,
must refer the matter to the registrar of labour relations who must consider the
application anew as if it were an application for registration made in terms of
this Act.

(3) When dealing with the application referred to in subitem (1) or (2), the
registrar may-

(a) require the applicant to amend its application within 60 days in order to
comply with the provisions of this Act; and
 (b) condone technical non-compliance with the provisions of this Act.

8A. Pending enquiries by industrial registrar

Any pending inquiry conducted by the industrial registrar under section 12(3) of the
Labour Relations Act must, after the commencement of this Act, be continued and
dealt with further by the same person in terms of the Labour Relations Act as if it had
not been repealed.

9. Pending applications by industrial councils for alteration of constitution or

name

The provisions in item 6 apply, read with the changes required by the context, to any
pending application for the alteration of the constitution or the name of an industrial
council in terms of the Labour Relations Act.

10. Pending applications for admission of parties to industrial councils

(1) Any pending application for admission of a party to an industrial council in

terms of section 21 A of the Labour Relations Act must be dealt with by the
industrial council as if it were an application made in terms of this Act.

(2) Any pending appeal before the industrial court against a decision of an
industrial council in terms of section 21 A of the Labour Relations Act must be
with by council in the industrial court as if the application had been made for
admission as a party to a bargaining council in terms of this Act.

(3) An appeal against a decision of an industrial council as contemplated in

section 21 A of the Labour Relations Act may, despite the repeal of that Act,
be instituted after the commencement of this Act, and must be heard by the
Labour Court and dealt with as if the application for admission had been made
in terms of this Act.

11. Pending applications to wind up and cancel registration of trade unions,

employers' organisations and industrial councils

Any pending application to wind up or to cancel the registration of a trade union,

employers' organisation or industrial council registered in terms of any labour
relations law must be dealt with by the registrar as if the labour relations laws had not
been repealed.

12. Existing agreements and awards of industrial councils and conciliation

boards

(1)(a) Any agreement promulgated in terms of section 48, any award binding
in terms of sections 49 and 50, and any order made in terms of section
51A, of the Labour Relations Act and in force immediately before the
commencement of this Act, remains in force and enforceable, subject
to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this subitem, and to subitem (5B), for a
period of 18 months after the commencement of this Act or until the
 expiry of that agreement, award or order, whichever is the shorter
period, in all respects, as if the Labour Relations Act had not been
repealed.

(b) On the request of any Council deemed by item 7(1) to be a bargaining

council, an agreement referred to in paragraph (a) that had been
concluded in that council -

(i) if it expires before the end of the 18-month period referred to in

paragraph (a) may be extended or declared effective in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (4)(a) of section
48 of the Labour Relations Act, for a period ending before or
on the expiry of that 18-month period, which provisions, as
well as any other provisions of the Labour Relations Act
relating to the industrial council agreements extended or
declared effective in terms of that subsection, will apply in all
respects, read with the changes required by the context, in
relation to any agreement extended or declared effective on the
authority of this subparagraph as if those various provisions
had not been repealed. However, the Minister may not on the
authority of this subparagraph declare an agreement to be
effective if it expires after 31 March 1997;
(ii) may be cancelled, in whole or in part, in accordance with the
provisions of subsection (5) of section 48 of the Labour
Relations Act, which provisions, as well as any other
provisions of the Labour Relations Act relating to industrial
council agreements wholly or partly cancelled in terms of that
subsection, will apply in all respects, read with the changes
required by the context, in relation to any agreement wholly or
partly cancelled on the authority of this subparagraph as if
those various provisions had not been repealed.

(c) An agreement referred to in paragraph (a) that had been concluded by

parties to a conciliation board –

(i) if it expires before the end of the 18-month period referred to in

paragraph (a), may, at the request of the parties that were
represented on that conciliation board at the time of the
conclusion of that agreement, be extended in accordance with,
and in the manner provided for in, paragraph (b)(i) which will
apply, read with the changes required by the context, in relation
to the extension of agreements of that nature;
(ii) may, at the request of those parties, be cancelled, in whole or in
part, in accordance with paragraph (b)(ii), which will apply,
read with the changes required by the context, in relation to the
cancellation of agreements of that nature.

(1A)(a) An agreement referred to in subitem (1) that had been concluded in a

council deemed by item 7(1) to be a bargaining council, may be
amended or amplified by a further agreement concluded in that
 bargaining council and promulgated in accordance with the provisions
of subsections (1) and (2) of section 48 of the Labour Relations Act,
which provisions will apply, in all respects, read with the changes
required by the context, for the purposes of this paragraph as if they
had not been repealed.

(b) Subitems (1)(b), (3) and (8)(a) will apply to any further agreement
concluded and promulgated on the authority of paragraph (a) of this
subitem, in all respects, as if it were an agreement referred to in
subitem (1)(a).

(2) An agreement promulgated in terms of section 12 of the Education Labour

Relations Act and in force immediately before the commencement of this Act
remains in force for a period of 18 months after the commencement of this Act
or until the expiry of that agreement, whichever is the shorter period, as if the
provisions of that Act had not been repealed.

(3) Despite the provisions of subitem (1), an agreement referred to in section

24(l)(x) of the Labour Relations Act that is in force immediately before the
commencement of this Act will be deemed to be a closed shop agreement
concluded in compliance with section 26 of this Act except that-

(a) the requirements in section 26(3)(d) and section 98(2)(b)(ii) become

applicable at the commencement of the next financial year of the trade
union party to the agreement; and

(b) the commencement date of the closed shop agreement shall be deemed
to be the commencement date of this Act.

(4) Any pending request for the promulgation of an agreement in terms of section
48 of the Labour Relations Act must be dealt with as if the Labour Relations
Act had not been repealed.

(5) Any request made before the expiry of six months after the commencement of
this Act for the promulgation of an agreement entered into before the
commencement of this Act must be dealt with as if the Labour Relations Act
had not been repealed.

(5A) Any exemption from an agreement or award, or from an order, contemplated

in subitem (1), that was in force immediately before the commencement of
this Act, will remain in force for a period of 18 months after the
commencement of this Act or until the period for which the exemption has
been granted, has expired, whichever is the shorter period, as if the Labour
Relations Act had not been repealed.

(5B) Any one or more of or all the provisions of an order referred to in subitem
(1)(a) may be cancelled, suspended or amended by the Minister in accordance
with the provisions of section 51A(4)(a) if the Labour Relations Act, which
provisions will apply for the purposes of this subitem as if they had not been
repealed.
(6) Any pending application for an exemption from all or any of the provisions of
any agreement or award remaining in force in terms of subitem (1), or for an
exemption from any provision of an order remaining in force in terms of that
subitem, must -

(a) in the case if that agreement or award, be dealt with in terms of the
provisions of section 51 and, whenever applicable, any other relevant
provisions, of the Labour Relations Act, in all respects, read with the
changes required by the context, as if the provisions in question had
not been repealed;

(b) in the case of that order, be dealt with in terms of the provisions of
section 51A and whenever applicable, any other relevant provisions of
the Labour Relations Act, as if the provisions in question had not been
repealed.

(7) An exclusion granted in terms of section 51(12) of the Labour Relations Act
will remain in force until it is withdrawn by the Minister.

(8) After the commencement of this Act and despite the repeal of the Labour
Relations Act –

(a) any person or class of persons bound by an agreement or award

remaining in force in terms of subitem (1) may apply, in accordance
with the provisions of section 51 of the Labour Relations Act, for an
exemption from all or any of the provisions of that agreement or award
(as the case may be). Any application so made must be dealt with in
terms of the provisions of section 51 and, whenever applicable, any
other relevant provisions of the Labour Relations Act, in all respects,
as if the provisions in question had not been repealed;
(b) any person, bound by an order remaining in force in terms of subitem
(1), may apply, in accordance with the provisions of section 51A of the
Labour Relations Act, for an exemption from any provision of that
order. Any application so made must be dealt with in terms of the
provisions of section 51A and, whenever applicable, any other relevant
provisions of the Labour Relations Act, in all respects, as if the
provisions in question had not been repealed.

12A. Designated agents

(1) Any person appointed under section 62 of the Labour Relations Act as a
designated agent of an industrial council deemed by item 7(1) to be a
bargaining council, who holds that office immediately before the
commencement of this Act, will be deemed to be a designated agent appointed
for the bargaining council under section 33 of this Act.

(2) The certificate of appointment that had been issued in terms of section 62(2)
of the Labour Relations Act to that designated agent, will be deemed to have
been issued in terms of section 33(2) of this Act.
13. Existing agreements including recognition agreements

(1) For the purposes of this section, an agreement-

(a) includes a recognition agreement;

(b) excludes an agreement promulgated in terms of section 48 of the

Labour Relations Act;

(c) means an agreement about terms and conditions of employment or any

other matter of mutual interest entered into between one or more
registered trade unions, on the one hand, and on the other hand-

(i) one or more employers;

(ii) one or more registered employers' organisations; or

(iii) one or more employers and one or more registered employers'

organisations.

(2) Any agreement that was in force immediately before the commencement of
this Act is deemed to be a collective agreement concluded in terms of this Act.

(3) Any registered trade union that is party to an agreement referred to in subitems
(1) and (2) in terms of which that trade union was recognised for the purposes
of collective bargaining is entitled to the organisational rights conferred by
sections I I to 16 of Chapter III and in respect of employees that it represents
in terms of the agreement, for so long as the trade union remains recognised in
terms of the agreement as the collective bargaining agent of those employees.

(4) If the parties to an agreement referred to in subsection (1) or (2) have not
provided for a procedure to resolve any dispute about the interpretation or
application of the agreement as contemplated in section 24(l), the parties to the
agreement must attempt to agree a procedure as soon as practicable after the
commencement of this Act.

(5) An existing non-statutory agency shop or closed shop agreement is not

binding unless the agreement complies with the provisions of this item.
Sections 25 and 26 of this Act become effective 180 days after the
commencement of this item.

PART D-MATTERS CONCERNING PUBLIC SERVICE

14. Public Service Bargaining Council

(1) The Public Service Bargaining Council will continue to exist, subject to item
20.

(2) The departmental and provincial chambers of the Public Service Bargaining
Council will continue to exist, subject to item 20.
(3) Within 30 days after the commencement of this Act, the chambers of the
Public Service Bargaining Council must furnish the registrar with copies of
their constitutions signed by their authorised representatives.

(4) The constitutions of the chambers of the Public Service Bargaining Council,
are deemed to be in compliance with section 30. However, where any
provision of the constitution of a chamber does not comply with the
requirements of section 30, the registrar may direct the chamber to rectify its
constitution and re-submit the rectified constitution within the period specified
in the direction, which period may not be shorter than three months.

(5) If a chamber fails to comply with a direction issued to it in terms of subitem

(5), the registrar must-

(a) determine the amendments to the constitution in order to meet the

requirements of section 30; and

(b) send a certified copy of the constitution to the chamber.

(6) A chamber of the Public Service Bargaining Council must deal with any
pending application for admission of a party to it in terms of section 10 of the
Public Service Labour Relations Act as if the application had been made in
terms of this Act.

(7) Any pending appeal before the industrial court or an arbitrator against a
decision of the Public Service Bargaining Council in terms of section 10 of the
Public Service Labour Relations Act must, despite the repeal of any of the
labour relations laws, be dealt with by the industrial court or arbitrator as if the
application had been made in terms of this Act.

(8) Despite the repeal of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, an appeal in
terms of section 10 of that Act against a decision of a chamber of the Public
Service Bargaining Council may be instituted after the commencement of this
Act and must be heard by the Labour Court and dealt with as if the application
had been made in terms of this Act.

15. Collective agreements in the public service

The following provisions, read with the changes required by the context, of the Public
Service Labour Relations Act, despite the repeal of that Act, will have the effect and
status of a collective agreement binding on the State, the parties to the chambers of
the Public Service Bargaining Council and all employees in the public service-

(a) section I for the purposes of this item unless the context otherwise
indicates;

(b) section 4(10);

(c) section 5(2), (3), (4)(a) and (5);

(d) section 7;

(e) section 8, except that the reference to section 5(l) should be a reference
to item 14(l);

(f) section 9(3);

(g) section 10(4) and (5);

(h) section 12;

(i) section 13, except that the reference to agreements should be a

reference to collective agreements including the collective agreement
contemplated in this item;

(j) sections 14, 15 and 16(2);

(k) section 17, except that the following subsection must be substituted for
subsection (4)(b)- "If the application of a trade union for recognition is
refused, the trade union, within 90 days of the notice of the refusal,
may refer the dispute to arbitration."; and

(l) section 18, except that-

(i) the following subsection must be substituted for sub- section

(10)(a)- "An employee who or the employee organisation which in
terms of subsection (1) has declared a dispute, requested that a
conciliation board be established and submitted the completed
prescribed form, may refer the dispute to arbitration or to the Labour
Court in terms of the provisions of this Act and, in respect of a dispute
not contemplated by this Act, to any other court if-

(i) a meeting of a conciliation board is not convened as

contemplated in subsection (3);

(ii) the head of department concerned falls to request the

appointment of a chairperson in terms of subsection (5);

(iii) where applicable, the Commission fails to appoint a

chairperson of the conciliation board in terms of
subsection (5);

(iv) the parties involved in the conciliation board have failed

to agree to extend the period of office of the conciliation
board in terms of subsection (7) until a settlement is
reached;

(v) the conciliation board does not succeed in settling the

dispute within the period contemplated in subsection
(7); or
 (vi) the parties to the dispute agree that they will not be able
to settle the dispute and submit written proof thereof to
the Commission or relevant court."; and

(ii) any reference to the Department of Labour should be a

reference to Commission.

16. Education Labour Relations Council

(1) The Education Labour Relations Council will continue to exist, subject to item
20.

(2) The registered scope of the Education Labour Relations Council is the State
and those employees in respect of which the Educators' Employment Act,
1994 (Proclamation No. 138 of 1994), applies.

(3) Within 30 days after the commencement of this Act, the Education Labour
Relations Council must furnish the registrar with a copy of its constitution
signed by its authorised representatives, and with the other information or
documentation.

(4) The constitution agreed on between the parties to the Education Labour
Relations Council is deemed to be in compliance with this Act: However,
where any provision of the constitution does not comply with the requirements
of section 30, the registrar may direct the Council to rectify its constitution and
re-submit the rectified constitution within the period specified in the direction,
which period may not be shorter than three months.

(5) If the Education Labour Relations Council fails to comply with a direction
issued to It in terms of subitem (5), the registrar must-

(a) determine the amendments to the constitution in order to meet the

requirements of section 30; and

(b) send a certified copy of the constitution to the Council.

(6) The Education Labour Relations Council must deal with any pending
application for admission to it in terms of the Education Labour Relations Act
as if the application had been made in terms of this Act.

(7) Any pending appeal before the industrial court or an arbitrator against a
decision of the Education Labour Relations Council must, despite the repeal of
any of the labour relations laws, be dealt with by the industrial court or
arbitrator as if the application had been made in terms of this Act.

(8) Despite the repeal of the Education Labour Relations Act, any appeal against a
decision of the Education Labour Relations Council may be instituted after the
commencement of this Act and must be heard by the Labour Court and dealt
with as if the application had been made in terms of this Act.
17. Education sector collective agreements

The following provisions, read with the changes required by the context, of the
Education Labour Relations Act, despite the repeal of that Act, will have the effect
and status of a collective agreement binding on the State, the parties to the Education
Labour Relations Council and all employees within registered scope-

(a) section 6(2) and (3);

(b) section 8(3), (4) and (5)(a);

(c) section 10(3) and (4);

(d) section 12(1) to (4), except that the disputes referred to in subsections
(2) and (4) may be referred to arbitration only; and

(e) section 13 and section 14(2).

18. Negotiating Forums in South African Police Service

(1) The National Negotiating Forum will continue to exist subject to item 20.

(2) The registered scope of the National Negotiating Forum is the State and those
employees in respect of whom the South African Police Service
Rationalisation Proclamation, 1995 and the Act contemplated in section 214 of
the Constitution applies.

(3) Within fourteen days of the commencement of this Act, or signing of its
constitution by its authorised representatives, whichever is the later, the
National Negotiating Forum must furnish the registrar with a copy of its
constitution signed by its authorised representatives, and with the other
information or documentation.

(4) The constitution agreed to by the National Negotiating Forum is deemed to be

in compliance with this Act. However where any provision of the constitution
does not comply with the requirements of section 30, the registrar may direct
the National Negotiating Forum to rectify its constitution and re-submit the
rectified constitution within fourteen days.

(5) The National Commissioner of the South African Police Service must deal
with any pending application for registration and recognition in terms of the
South made' African Police Service Labour Regulations as if the application
had been in terms of this Act

19. Collective agreement in South African Police Service

The provisions of the South African Police Service Labour Relations Regulations,
read with the changes required by the context, despite the repeal of those regulations,
will have the effect and status of a collective agreement binding on the State, the
parties to the National Negotiating Forum and all the employees within its registered
scope.

20. Consequences for public service bargaining institutions when Public Service
Co-ordinating Bargaining Council is established

When the Public Service Co-ordinating Bargaining Council is established in terms of

item 2 of Schedule I-

(a) the Public Service Bargaining Council and its chamber at central level
will cease to exist; and

(b) the following chambers of the former Public Service Bargaining

Council will continue to exist as juristic persons, despite paragraph (a),
namely-

(i) the chamber for each department, which will be deemed to be a

bargaining council that has been established under section
37(3)(a) of this Act for that department;

(ii) the chamber for each provincial administration, which will be

deemed to be a bargaining council that has been established
under section 37(3)(a) for that provincial administration; and

(c) the Education Labour Relations Council will be deemed to be a

bargaining council that has been established in terms of section
37(3)(b) of this Act for the education sector;

(d) the National Negotiating Forum will be deemed to be a bargaining

council that has been established in terms of section 37(3)(b) of this
Act for the South African Police Service.

PART E-DISPUTES AND COURTS

21. Disputes arising before commencement of this Act

(1) Any dispute contemplated in the labour relations laws that arose before the
commencement of this Act must be dealt with as if those laws had not been
repealed.

(2) Despite subsection (1), a strike or lock-out that commences after this Act
comes into operation will be dealt with in terms of this Act. This rule applies
even if the dispute giving rise to the strike or lock-out arose before this Act
comes into operation.

(3) For the purposes of a strike or lock-out referred to in subitem (2), compliance
with section 65(l)(d) of the Labour Relations Act, section 19(l)(b) of the
Public Service Labour Relations Act and section 15(l)(b) of the Education
Labour Relations Act will be deemed to be compliance with section 64(l)(a) of
this Act.
21A. Dispute resolution by councils before their accreditation

(1) Despite the provisions of section 52, a council may attempt to resolve through
conciliation -

(a) any dispute that may be referred to it in terms of this Act before 1
December 1996; and

(b) if the council has applied for accreditation in terms of section 127 of
this Act before 1 December 1996, also any dispute so referred to it
after 1 December 1996 but before the governing body of the
Commission has made a decision on that application in terms of
section 127(5) of this Act.

(2) For the purposes of subitem (1), any person appointed by a council to perform
on its behalf the dispute resolution function referred to in that subitem will be
competent to exercise any of the powers conferred on a commissioner by
section 142 of this Act, except the powers contemplated in subsection (1)(c)
and (d) of that section. In applying that section for the purposes of this
subitem, that section must be read with the changes required by the context,
and any reference in that section to the director must be read as a reference to
the secretary of the council.

(3) A council must refer to the Commission, for arbitration, any dispute that -

(a) was referred to the council in terms of this Act on the authority of subitem
(1); and
(b) remains unresolved after the council has attempted to resolve it through
conciliation; and
(c) is by this Act required to be resolved through arbitration.

22. Courts

(1) In any pending dispute in respect of which the industrial court or the
agricultural labour court had jurisdiction and in respect of which proceedings
had not been instituted before the commencement of this Act, proceedings
must be instituted in the industrial court or agricultural labour court (as the
case may be) and dealt with as if the labour relations laws had not been
repealed. The industrial court or the agricultural labour court may perform or
exercise any of the functions and powers that it had in terms of the labour
relations laws when it determines the dispute.

(2) Any dispute in respect of which proceedings were pending in the industrial
court or the agricultural labour court must be proceeded with as if the labour
relations laws had not been repealed.

(2A) In relation to any proceedings which, in terms of this Schedule, are brought or
continued before the industrial court, the rules which, immediately before the
commencement of this Act, were in force under the provisions of paragraphs
 (c ) or (d) of section 17(22) of the Labour Relations Act will apply as if those
provisions had not been repealed, subject to subitem (2B).

(2B) The Minister, after consultation with the president of the industrial court, may
make rules in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c ) of section
17(22) of the Labour Relations Act and, in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph (d) of that section, may repeal or alter any rule so made, as well as
any of the rules contemplated in subitem (2A), as if those provisions had not
been repealed and the Minister where the Board contemplated in those
provisions.

(3) Any pending appeal before the Labour Appeal Court established by section
17A of the Labour Relations Act must be dealt with by the Labour Appeal
Court as if the labour relations laws had not been repealed.

(4) Any pending appeal from a decision of that Labour Appeal Court or any
appeal to the Appellate Division from a decision of the Labour Appeal Court
in terms of section 17C and section 64 of the Labour Relations Act must be
dealt with as if the labour relations laws had not been repealed.

(5) Any appeal from a decision of the industrial court or the agricultural labour
court in terms of subitem (1) or (2), must be made to the Labour Appeal Court
established by section 167 of this Act, and that Labour Appeal Court must deal
with the appeal as if the labour relations laws had not been repealed.

(6) Despite the provisions of any other law, but subject to the Constitution, no
appeal will lie against any judgement or order given or made by the Labour
Appeal Court established by this Act in determining any appeal brought in
terms of subitem (5).

22A. Minister may authorise Commission to perform industrial court’s

functions

(1) The Minister, after consulting the Commission, may authorise the
Commission, by notice in the Government Gazette, to perform the industrial
court’s functions in terms of item 22(1) -

(a) in respect of the Republic as a whole or any province specified in the

notice; and
(b) with effect from a date so specifies.

(2) The authorisation of the Commission in terms of subitem (1) -

(a) does not affect the competence of the industrial court in terms of item
22(1) to decide and finalise all pending matters that are partly heard by
it as at the date when the authorisation takes effect, nor does it relieve
that court of its functions, duties and responsibility with regard to those
matters;
 (b) does not empower the Commission to perform any of the industrial
court’s functions with regard to the matters mentioned in paragraph
(a); and
(c) has the effect of substituting the Commission for the industrial court in
so far as all other pending matters are concerned.

(3) In the application of this item -

(a) the provisions of item 22(1) will apply to the Commission in all
respects as if it were the industrial court; and
(b) the rules governing the proceedings at the industrial court in terms of
item 22(2A) and (2B) will apply to the proceeding at all pending
matters to be decided by the Commission by virtue of its authorisation
in terms of this item.

PART F-PENSION MATTERS

23. Continuation of existing pension rights of staff members of Commission upon

assuming employment

(1) Any staff member of the Commission who, immediately before assuming
employment with the Commission, is a member of the Government Service
Pension Fund, the Temporary Employees Pension Fund or any other pension
fund or scheme administered by the Department of Finance (hereinafter
referred to as an officer or employee), may upon assuming that employment-

(a) choose to remain a member of that pension fund, and from the
date of exercising the choice, the officer or employee, despite
the provisions of any other law, will be deemed to be a dormant
member of the relevant pension fund within the contemplation
of section 15(l)(a) of the General Pensions Act, 1979 (Act No.
29 of 1979);

(b) request to become a member of the Associated Institutions

Pension Fund established under the Associated Institutions
Pension Fund Act, 1963 (Act No. 41 of 1963), as if the
Commission had been declared an associated institution under
section 4 of that Act; or

(c) request to become a member of any other pension fund

registered under the Pension Funds Act, 1956 (Act No. 24 of
1956).

(2) In the case where an officer or employee becomes a member of a fund after
making a request in terms of subitem (1)(b) or (c)-

(a) the pension fund of which the officer or employee was a member ("the
former fund") must transfer to the pension fund of which the officer or
 employee becomes a member of ("the new fund") an amount equal to
the funding level of the former fund multiplied by its actuarial liability
in respect of that officer or employee at the date the officer or
employee assumes office with the Commission, increased by the
amount of interest calculated on that amount at the prime rate of
interest from the date when employment with the Commission
commenced up to the date of transfer of the amount;

(b) membership of the officer or employee of the former fund will lapse
from the date when employment with the Commission commenced,
and from that date the officer or employee will cease to have any
further claim against the former fund except as provided in paragraph
(a); and

(c) the former fund must transfer any claim it may have against the officer
or employee, to the new fund.

(3) In the case where an officer or employee becomes a member of a new fund
after a request in terms of subitem (1)(c) the State must pay the new fund an
amount equal to the difference between the actuarial liability of the former
fund in respect of the officer or employee as on the date of the commencement
of employment with the Commission, and the amount transferred in terms of
subitem (2)(c) to the new fund, increased by the amount of interest thereon
calculated at the prime rate from the date of commencement of employment
up to the date of the transfer of the amount.

(4) Subitems (2) and (3) will apply, read with the changes required by the context,
in respect of any officer or employee who, by reason of having made a choice
in terms of subitem (1)(a), has become a dormant member and thereafter
requests that the pension benefits that had accrued, be transferred in terms of
section 15A(1) of the General Pensions Act, 1979, to another pension fund
referred to in that Act or a pension fund registered in terms of the Pension
Funds Act, 1956.

(5) If, after an officer or employee has become a member of any other pension
fund, by reason of having made a choice in terms of subitem (1)(c), a lump
sum benefit has become payable by that pension fund by reason of the death,
or the withdrawal or resignation from the pension fund, or retirement, of the
officer or employee, or the winding-up of the pension fund, then, for the
purposes of paragraph (e) of the definition of "gross income" in section I of
the Income Tax Act, 1962 (Act No. 58 of 1962), the pension fund will be
deemed, in relation to such officer or employee, to be a fund referred to in
paragraph (a) of the definition of "pension fund" in section I of that Act.

(6) For the purposes of this item-

"actuarial liability" of a pension fund in respect of a particular member or a

group of members of the fund, means the actuarial liability that is determined
by an actuary who the Minister has nominated for that purpose;
 "funding level", in relation to a pension fund, means the market value of the
assets of the fund stated as a percentage of the total actuarial liability of the
fund, after those assets and liabilities have been reduced by the amount of the
liabilities of the fund in respect of all its pensioners, as determined at the time
of the most recent actuarial valuation of the fund or any review thereof carried
out under direction of the responsible Minister; and

"prime rate of interest" means the average prime rate of interest of the three
largest banks in the Republic.

PART G: ESSENTIAL SERVICES

24. Essential ser vices in the public service

(1) An essential service contemplated in section 20(1) of the Public Service

Labour Relations Act will be deemed to have been designated an essential
service in terms of this Act for a period ending on a date 10 months after the
commencement of this Act or on the date of the publication of the notice of
designation mentioned in subitem (2), in the Government Gazette, whichever
date occurs first

(2) The essential services committee must, in the case of the services
contemplated in section 20(1) of the Public Service Labour Relations Act, as
soon as possible after the commencement of this Act, make a new designation,
under section 71 of this Act, of services that are essential services. Such a
designation will be effective from the date of the publication of the notice of
designation in the Government Gazette in terms of section 71(8) of this Act.

25. Essential services provided for in Labour Relations Act

(1) The services, in which employers referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of
section 46(1) of the Labour Relations Act, and employees referred to in
paragraphs (e) and (f) of that section, are engaged, as well as any service
contemplated in paragraphs (a) or (b) of section 46 (7) of that Act in which the
employers and employees to whom a notice in terms of the latter section
applied immediately before the commencement of this Act, are engaged, will
be deemed to have been designated essential services in terms of this Act for a
period ending on a date 10 months after the commencement of this Act or on
the date of the publication of the notice of designation mentioned in subitem
(2), in the Government Gazette, whichever date occurs first

(2) The essential services committee must, in the case of the services
contemplated in subitem (1), as soon as possible after the commencement of
this Act, make a new designation, under section 71 of this Act, of services that
are essential services. Such a designation will be effective from the date of the
 publication of the notice of the designation in the Government Gazette in
terms of section 71 (8) of this Act.

PART H -TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS ARISING OUT OF THE

APPLICATION OF THE LABOUR RELATIONS AMENDMENT ACT, 2002

26. Definitions

In this part -

(a) ‘Act’ means the Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No. 66 of 1995); and
(b) ‘Amendment Act’ means the Labour Relations Amendment Act, 2002.

27. Representation in conciliation and arbitration

(1) Until such time as rules made by the Commission in terms of section
115(2A)(m) of the Act come into force -

(a) sections 135(4), 138(4) and 140(1) of the Act remain in force as if they
had not been repealed, and any reference in this item to those sections
is a reference to those sections prior to amendment by this Amendment
Act;
(b) a bargaining council may be represented in arbitration proceedings in
terms of section 33A of the Act by a person specified in section 138(4)
of the Act or by a designated agent or an official of the council;
(c) the right of any party to be represented in proceedings in terms of
section 191 of the Act must be determined by -

(i) section 138(4) read with section 140(1) of the Act for disputes
about a dismissal; and

(ii) section 138(4) of the Act for disputes about an unfair labour
practice.

(2) Despite subitem 1(a), section 138(4) of the Act does not apply to an arbitration
conducted in terms of section 188A of the Act.

28. Order for costs in arbitration

Section 138(10) of the Act, before amendment by the Amendment Act, remains in
effect as if it had not been amended until such time as the rules made by the
Commission in terms of section 115(2A)(j) of the Act came into effect.

29. Arbitration in terms of section 33A

(1) Until such time as the Minister promulgates a notice in terms of section
33A(13) of the Act, an arbitrator conducting an arbitration in terms of section
33A of the Act may impose a fine in terms of section 33A(8)(b) of the Act
subject to the maximum fines set out in Table One and Two of this item.
(2) The maximum fine that may be imposed by an arbitrator in terms of section
33A(8)(b) of the Act -

(a) for a failure to comply with a provision of a collective agreement not

involving a failure to pay any amount of money, it the fine determined
in terms of Table One; and
(b) involving a failure to pay an amount due in terms of a collective
agreement, is the greater of the amounts determined in terms of Table
One and Table Two.

TABLE ONE: MAXIMUM PERMISSABLE FINE NOT

INVOLVING AN UNDERPAYMENT

No previous failure to comply R100 per employee in respect of whom

the failure to comply occurs
A previous failure to comply in respect of R200 per employee in respect of whom
the same provision the failure to comply occurs
A previous failure to comply within the R300 per employee in respect of whom
previous 12 months or two previous the failure to comply occurs
failures to comply in respect of the same
provisions within three years
Three previous failures to comply in R400 per employee in respect of whom
respect of the same provision within three the failure to comply occurs
years
Four or more previous failures to comply R500 per employee in respect of whom
in respect of the same provision within the failure to comply occurs
three years

TABLE TWO: MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FINE INVOLVING AN

UNDERPAYMENT

No previous failure to comply 25% of the amount due, including any

interest owing on the amount at the date
of the order
A previous failure to comply in respect of 50% of the amount due, including any
the same provision interest owing on the amount at the date
of the order
A previous failure to comply within the 75% of the amount due, including any
previous 12 months or two previous interest owing on the amount at the date
failures to comply in respect of the same of the order
provisions within three years
Three previous failures to comply in 100% of the amount due, including any
respect of the same provision within three interest owing on the amount at the date
years of the order
Four or more previous failures to comply 200% of the amount due, including any
in respect of the same provision within interest owing on the amount at the date
three years of the order
30. Unfair labour practice

(1) Any dispute about an unfair labour practice referred to a council or

Commission in accordance with items 3(1) and (2) of this Schedule prior to
the commencement of the Amendment Act must be dealt with as if items 2,3
and 4 of this Schedule had not been repealed.

(2)(a) A dispute concerning any act or omission constituting an alleged unfair

labour practice that occurred prior to the commencement of the
Amendment Act that had not been referred to a council or Commission
in terms of item 3(1) and 3(2) prior to the commencement of the
Amendment Act must be dealt with in terms of section 191 of the Act.

(b) If a dispute contemplated in paragraph (a) is not referred to

conciliation in terms of section 191(a) of the Act within 90 days of the
commencement of the Amendment Act, the employee alleging the
unfair labour practice must apply for condonation in terms of section
191(2) of the Act.

(c) Subitem (a) does not apply to an unfair labour practice in relation to
probation.

31. Bargaining councils in public service

Any bargaining council that was established or deemed to be established in terms of

section 37(3) of the Act prior to the Amendment Act coming into force is deemed to
have been established in terms of section 37(2) of the Act.

32. Expedited applications in terms of section 189A(13)

Until such time as rules are made in terms of section 159 of the Act –

(a) the Labour Court may not grant any order in terms of section 189A(13)
or (14) of the Act unless the applicant has given at least four days’
notice to the respondent of an application for an order in terms of
subsection (1). However, the Court may permit a sorter period of
notice if -

(i) the applicant has given written notice to the respondent of the
applicant’s intention to apply for the granting of an order;

(ii) the respondent has been given a reasonable opportunity to be

heard before a decision concerning that application is taken;
and

(iii) the applicant has shown good cause why a period shorter than
four days should be permitted;

(b) an application made in terms of section 189A(13) must be enrolled by

the Labour Court on an expedited basis.
 SCHEDULE 8

CODE OF GOOD PRACTICE: DISMISSAL

Introduction

(1) This code of good practice deals with some of the key aspects of dismissals for
reasons related to conduct and capacity. It is intentionally general. Each case is
unique, and departures from the norms established by this Code may be
justified in proper circumstances. For example, the number of employees
employed in an establishment may warrant a different approach.

(2) This Act emphasises the primacy of collective agreements. This Code is not
intended as a substitute for disciplinary codes and procedures where these are
the subject of collective agreements, or the outcome of joint decision-making
by an employer and a workplace forum.

(3) The key principle in this Code is that employers and employees should treat
one another with mutual respect. A premium is placed on both employment
justice and the efficient operation of business. While employees should be
protected from arbitrary action, employers are entitled to satisfactory conduct
and work performance from their employees.

2. Fair reasons for dismissal

(1) A dismissal is unfair if it is not effected for a fair reason and in accordance
with a fair procedure, even if it complies with any notice period in a contract
of employment or in legislation governing employment. Whether or not a
dismissal is for a fair reason is determined by the facts of the case, and the
appropriateness of dismissal as a penalty. Whether or not the procedure is fair
is determined by referring to the guidelines set out below.

(2) This Act recognises three grounds on which a termination of employment

might be legitimate. These are: the conduct of the employee, the capacity of
the employee, and the operational requirements of the employer's business.

(3) This Act provides that a dismissal is automatically unfair if the reason for the
dismissal is one that amounts to an infringement of the fundamental rights of
employees and trade unions, or if the reason is one of those listed in section
187.

The reasons include participation in a lawful strike, intended or actual

pregnancy and acts of discrimination.

(4) In cases where the dismissal is not automatically unfair, the employer must
show that the reason for dismissal is a reason related to the employee's
conduct or capacity, or is based on the operational requirements of the
business. If the employer fails to do that, or fails to prove that the dismissal
was effected in accordance with a fair procedure, the dismissal is unfair.
3. Disciplinary measures short of dismissal

Disciplinary procedures prior to dismissal

(1) All employers should adopt disciplinary rules that establish the standard of
conduct required of their employees. The form and content of disciplinary
rules will obviously vary according to the size and nature of the employer's
business.

In general, a larger business will require a more formal approach to discipline.

An employer's rules must create certainty and consistency in the application of
discipline. This requires that the standards of conduct are clear and made
available to employees in a manner that is easily understood. Some rules or
standards may be so well established and known that it is not necessary to
communicate them.

(2) The courts have endorsed the concept of corrective or progressive discipline.

This approach regards the purpose of discipline as a means for employees to

know and understand what standards are required of them. Efforts should be
made to correct employees' behaviour through a system of graduated
disciplinary measures such as counselling and warnings.

(3) Formal procedures do not have to be invoked every time a rule is broken or a
standard is not met. Informal advice and correction is the best and most
effective way for an employer to deal with minor violations of work
discipline. Repeated misconduct will warrant warnings, which themselves may
be graded according to degrees of severity. More serious infringements or
repeated misconduct may call for a final warning, or other action short of
dismissal. Dismissal should be reserved for cases of serious misconduct or
repeated offences.

Dismissals for misconduct

(4) Generally, it is not appropriate to dismiss an employee for a first offence,

except if the misconduct is serious and of such gravity that it makes a
continued employment relationship intolerable. Examples of serious
misconduct, subject to the rule that each case should be judged on its merits,
are gross dishonesty or wilful damage to the property of the employer, wilful
endangering of the safety of others, physical assault on the employer, a fellow
employee, client or customer and gross insubordination. Whatever the merits
of the case for dismissal might be, a dismissal will not be fair if it does not
meet the requirements of section 188.

(5) When deciding whether or not to impose the penalty of dismissal, the
employer should in addition to the gravity of the misconduct consider factors
such as the employee's circumstances (including length of service, previous
disciplinary record and personal circumstances), the nature of the job and the
circumstances of the infringement itself.
(6) The employer should apply the penalty of dismissal consistently with the way
in which it has been applied to the same and other employees in the past, and
consistently as between two or more employees who participate in the
misconduct under consideration.

4. Fair procedure

(1) Normally, the employer should conduct an investigation to determine whether

there are grounds for dismissal. This does not need to be a formal enquiry. The
employer should notify the employee of the allegations using a form and
language that the employee can reasonably understand. The employee should
be allowed the opportunity to state a case in response to the allegations. The
employee should be entitled to a reasonable time to prepare the response and
to the assistance of a trade union representative or fellow employee. After the
enquiry, the employer should communicate the decision taken, and preferably
furnish the employee with written notification of that decision.

(2) Discipline against a trade union representative or an employee who is an

office-bearer or official of a trade union should not be instituted without first
informing and consulting the trade union.

(3) If the employee is dismissed, the employee should be given the reason for
dismissal and reminded of any rights to refer the matter to a council with
jurisdiction or to the Commission or to any dispute resolution procedures
established in terms of a collective agreement.

(4) In exceptional circumstances, if the employer cannot reasonably be expected

to comply with these guidelines, the employer may dispense with pre-
dismissal procedures.

5. Disciplinary records

Employers should keep records for each employee specifying the nature of any
disciplinary transgressions, the actions taken by the employer and the reasons for the
actions.

6. Dismissals and industrial action

(1) Participation in a strike that does not comply with the provisions of Chapter
IV is misconduct. However, like any other act of misconduct, it does not
always deserve dismissal. The substantive fairness of dismissal in these
circumstances must be determined in the light of the facts of the case,
including-

(a) the seriousness of the contravention of this Act;

(b) attempts made to comply with this Act; and

(c) whether or not the strike was in response to unjustified conduct by the
employer.
(2) Prior to dismissal the employer should, at the earliest opportunity, contact a
trade union official to discuss the course of action it intends to adopt. The
employer should issue an ultimatum in clear and unambiguous terms that
should state what is required of the employees and what sanction will be
imposed if they do not comply with the ultimatum. The employees should be
allowed sufficient time to reflect on the ultimatum and respond to it, either by
complying with it or rejecting it. If the employer cannot reasonably be
expected to extend these steps to the employees in question, the employer may
dispense with them.

7. Guidelines in cases of dismissal for misconduct

Any person who is determining whether a dismissal for misconduct is unfair should
consider-

(a) whether or not the employee contravened a rule or standard regulating

conduct in, or of relevance to, the workplace; and

(b) if a rule or standard was contravened, whether or not-

(i) the rule was a valid or reasonable rule or standard;

(ii) the employee was aware, or could reasonably be expected to

have been aware, of the rule or standard;

(iii) the rule or standard has been consistently applied by the

employer; and

(iv) dismissal was an appropriate sanction for the contravention of

the rule or standard.

8. Incapacity: Poor work performance

(1) Probation

(a) An employer may require a newly-hired employee to serve a period of

probation before the appointment of the employee is confirmed.
(b) The purpose of the probation is to give the employer an opportunity to
evaluate the employee’s performance before confirming the
appointment.
(c) Probation should not be used for purposes not contemplated by this
Code to deprive employees of the status of permanent employment.
For example, a practice of dismissing employees who complete their
probation periods and replacing them with newly-hired employees, is
not consistent with the purpose of probation and constitutes an unfair
labour practice.
(d) The period of probation should be determined in advance and be of
reasonable duration. The length of the probationary period should be
determined with reference to the nature of the job and the time it takes
to determine the employee’s suitability for continued employment.
 (e) During the probationary period, the employee’s performance should be
assessed. An employer should give an employee reasonable
evaluation, instruction, training, guidance or counselling in order to
allow the employee to render a satisfactory service.
(f) If the employer determines that the employee’s performance is below
standard, the employer should advise the employee of any aspects in
which the employer considers the employee to be failing to meet the
required performance standards. If the employer believes that the
employee is incompetent, the employer should advise the employee of
the respects in which the employee is not competent. The employer
may either extend the probationary period or dismiss the employee
after complying with subitems (g) or (h), as the case may be.
(g) The period of probation may only be extended for a reason that relates
to the purpose of probation. The period of extension should not be
disproportionate to the legitimate purpose that the employer seeks to
achieve.
(h) An employer may only decide to dismiss an employee or extend the
probationary period after the employer has invited the employee to
make representations and has considered any representations made. A
trade union representative or fellow employee may make the
representations on behalf of the employee.
(i) If the employer decides to dismiss the employee or to extend the
probationary period, the employer should advise the employee of his or
her rights to refer the matter to a council having jurisdiction, or to the
Commission.
(j) Any person making a decision about the fairness of a dismissal of an
employee for poor work performance during or on expiry of the
probationary period ought to accept reason for dismissal that may be
less compelling than would be the case in dismissals effected after the
completion of the probationary period.

(2) After probation, an employee should not be dismissed for unsatisfactory

performance unless the employer has-

(a) given the employee appropriate evaluation, instruction, training,

guidance or counselling; and

(b) after a reasonable period of time for improvement, the employee

continues to perform unsatisfactorily.

(3) The procedure leading to dismissal should include an investigation to establish

the reasons for the unsatisfactory performance and the employer should
consider other ways, short of dismissal, to remedy the matter.

(4) In the process, the employee should have the right to be heard and to be
assisted by a trade union representative or a fellow employee.
9. Guidelines in cases of dismissal for poor work performance

Any person determining whether a dismissal for poor work performance is unfair
should consider –

(a) whether or not the employee failed to meet a performance standard;

and

(b) if the employee did not meet a required performance standard whether
or not-

(i) the employee was aware, or could reasonably be expected to

have been aware, of the required performance standard;

(ii) the employee was given a fair opportunity to meet the required
performance standard; and

(iii) dismissal was an appropriate sanction for not meeting the

required performance standard.

10. Incapacity: Ill health or injury

(1) Incapacity on the grounds of ill health or injury may be temporary or

permanent. If an employee is temporarily unable to work in these
circumstances, the employer should investigate the extent of the incapacity or
the injury. If the employee is likely to be absent for a time that is unreasonably
long in the circumstances, the employer should investigate all the possible
alternatives short of dismissal. When alternatives are considered, relevant
factors might include the nature of the job, the period of absence, the
seriousness of the illness or injury and the possibility of securing a temporary
replacement for the ill or injured employee. In cases of permanent incapacity,
the employer should ascertain the possibility of securing alternative
employment, or adapting the duties or work circumstances of the employee to
accommodate the employee's disability.

(2) In the process of the investigation referred to in subsection (1) the employee I
should be allowed the opportunity to state a case in response and to be assisted
by a trade union representative or fellow employee.

(3) The degree of incapacity is relevant to the fairness of any dismissal. The cause
of the incapacity may also be relevant. In the case of certain kinds of
incapacity, for example alcoholism or drug abuse, counselling and
rehabilitation may be appropriate steps for an employer to consider.

(4) Particular consideration should be given to employees who are injured at work
or who are incapacitated by work-related illness. The courts have indicated
that the duty on the employer to accommodate the incapacity of the employee
is more onerous in these circumstances.
11. Guidelines in cases of dismissal arising from ill health or injury

Any person determining whether a dismissal arising from ill health or injury is unfair
should consider-

(a) whether or not the employee is capable of performing the work; and

(b) if the employee is not capable-

(i) the extent to which the employee is able to perform the work;

(ii) the extent to which the employee's work circumstances might

be adapted to accommodate disability, or, where this is not
possible, the extent to which the employee's duties might be
adapted; and

(iii) the availability of any suitable alternative work.

SCHEDULE 10

POWERS OF DESIGNATED AGENT OF BARGAINING COUNCIL

(Section 33)

(1) A designated agent may, without warrant or notice at any reasonable time,
enter any workplace or any other place where an employer carries on business
or keeps employment records, that is not a home, in order to monitor or
enforce compliance with a collective agreement concluded in the bargaining
council.

(2) A designated agent may only enter a home or any place other than a place
referred to in subitem (1) -

(a) with the consent of the owner or occupier; or

(b) if authorised to do so by the Labour Court in terms of subitem (3);

(3) The Labour Court may issue an authorisation contemplated in subitem (2)(b)
only on written application by a designated agent who states under oath or
affirmation the reasons for the need to enter a place, in order to monitor or
enforce compliance with a collective agreement concluded in the bargaining
council.

(4) If it is practicable to do so, the employer and a trade union representative must
be notified that the designated agent is present at a workplace and of the
reason for the designated agent’s presence.

(5) In order to monitor or enforce compliance with a collective agreement, a

designated agent may -
 (a) require a person to disclose information, either orally or in writing, and
either alone or in the presence of witnesses, on a matter to which a
collective agreement relates, and require that disclosure to be under oath or
affirmation;
(b) inspect and question a person about any record or document to which a
collective agreement relates;
(c) copy any record or document referred to in paragraph (b) or remove these
to make copies or extracts;
(d) require a person to produce or deliver to a place specified by the
designated agent any record or document referred to in paragraph (b) for
inspection;
(e) inspect, question a person about, and if necessary remove, an article,
substance or machinery present at a place referred to in subitems (1) and
(2);
(f) question a person about any work performed; and
(g) perform any other prescribed function necessary for monitoring or
enforcing compliance with a collective agreement.

(6) A designated agent may be accompanied by an interpreter and any other

person reasonably required to assist in conducting an inspection.

(7) A designated agent must -

(a) produce on request a copy of the authorisation referred to in subitem

(3);
(b) provide a receipt for any record or document removed in terms of
subitem (5)(e); and
(c) return any removed record, document or item within a reasonable
time.

(8) Any person who is questioned by a designated agent in terms of subitem (5)
must answer all questions lawfully put to that person truthfully and to the best
of that person’s ability.

(9) An answer by any person to a question by a designated agent in terms of this

item may not be used against that person in any criminal proceedings, except
proceedings in respect of a charge of perjury or making a false statement.

(10) Every employer and each employee must provide any facility and assistance at
a workplace that is reasonably required by a designated agent to effectively
perform the designated agent’s functions.

(11) The bargaining council may apply to the Labour Court for an appropriate
order against any person who -

(a) refuses or fails to answer all questions lawfully put to that person truthfully
and to the best of that person’s ability;
(b) refuses or fails to comply with any requirement of the designated agent in
terms of this item; or
 (c) hinders the designated agent in the performance of the agent’s functions in
terms of this item.

(12) For the purposes of this Schedule, a collective agreement is deemed to include
any basic condition of employment which constitutes a term of a contract of
employment in terms of section 49(1) of the Basic Conditions of Employment
Act.
 .- .-—____
—.--—. -.—. -.
,—_- ..,_ —- .._ - -..
1 - . . . .
i
L)_, ., ., I ,’ ----~’._ /
/
>--,
:.’- ‘,
~{
i . . . .. _ _ _ ~.lr<-REpuBL C OF SOUTH AFRICA
--—~ .: .,,- ,’~~ ~ . j. ~~~~~~
‘-J

GOVERNMENT GAZETTE

STAATSKOERANT
VAN DIE REPUBLIEK VAN SUID-AFRIKA

Registered at the Post O@ce as a Newspaper As ‘n Nlillsblad by die Poskantoor Geregistreer

CAPE TOWN, 2 MARCH 1999

VOL. 405 No. 19814
KAAPSTAD, 2 MAART 1999

I
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT KANTOOR VAN DIE PRESIDENT

No. 282. 2 March 1999 No. 282. 2 Maart 1999

It is hereby notified that the President has assented to the Hierby word bekend gemaak dat die President sy goed-
following Act which is hereby published for general keuring geheg het aan die onderst~ande Wet wat hierby ter
information:— algemene irrligting gepubliseer word:—

No. 1 of 1999: Public Finance Management Act, 1999. No. 1 van 1999: \Vet op Openb~re Finansiele Bestuur. 1999.
 (EIIgl;sll tf.~t signed by tlze President.)
(As.setltcd to 2 Marclz 1999. )

ACT
To regulate financial management in the national government; to ensure that all
revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities of that government are managed
efficiently and effectively; to provide for the responsibilities of persons entrusted
with financial management in that government; and to provide for matters
connected therewith.

B E IT ENACTED by the Parliament of the Republic of South Africa, as

follows:—

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

CHAPTER 1

INTERPRETATION. OBJECT, APPLICATION AND AMENDMENT OF 5

“THIS ACT

1. Definitions
2. Object of this Act
3. Institutions to which this Act applies
4. Amendments to this Act
CHAPTER 2

NATIONAL TREASURY AND NATIONAL REVENUE FUND

Part 1: National Treasury

5. Establishment
6. Functions and powers 15
7. Banking, cash management and investment framework
8. Annual consolidated financial statements
9. Financial statistics and ag&regations
10. Delegations by National Treasury

Part 2: National Revenue Fund

11. Control of National Revenue Fund

12. Deposits and withdrawals by South African Revenue Services in Revenue
Funds J

13. Deposits into National Revenue Fund

14, Withdrawal of exclusions 25
15. Withdrawals and investments from National Revenue Fund
16. Use of funds in emergency situations

CHAPTER 4

NATIONAL BUDGETS

26. Annual appropriations 30

4 No. 19814 (; OVI;RX>IENT GAZ13~E, 2 N!ARCH 19~)9

.!ct N(). 1. 199Y P[’BLIC FINANCE NI.4NAGEMENT ACT. 1999

27. National budgets

28. Multi-year budget projections
29, Expenditure before annual budget is passed
30. National adjustments budget
32. Publishing of reports on state of budget
33. Withholding of appropriated funds
34. Unauthorised expenditure

CHAPTER 5

DEPARTMENTS AND CONSTITUTIONAL INSTITUTIONS

Part 1: Appointment of accounting oficers 10

36. Accounting oficers

37. Acting accounting officers

Par( 2: Responsibilities of accounting oficers

38. General responsibilities of accounting officers

39. Accounting officers’ responsibilities relating to budgetary control 15
40. Accounting officers’ reporting responsibilities
41. Information to be submitted by accounting officers
42. Accounting officers’ responsibilities when assets and liabilities are transferred
43. Vlrement between main divisions within votes

Part 3: Other oflcials of departments and constitutional institutions 20

44. Assignment of powers and duties by accounting officers

45. Responsibilities of other officials

CHAPTER 6

PUBLIC ENTITIES

Part 1: Application of this Chapter 25

46. Application
47. Unlisted public entities
48. Classification of public entities

Part 2: Accounting authorities for public entities

49. Accounting authorities 30

50. Fiduciary duties of accounting authorities
51. General responsibilities of accounting authorities
52. Annual budget and corporate plan by Schedule 2 public entities and
government business enterprises
53. Annual budgets by non-business Schedule 3 public entities 35
54. Information to be submitted by accounting authorities
55. Annual reports and financial statements

Part 3: Other oficials of public entities

56. Assignment of powers and duties by accounting authorities

57. Responsibilities of other officials 40

Part 4: External auditors

58. Appointment of auditors

59. Discharge of auditors
60. Duties and powers of auditors
(> \,) IYSIJ G()\”l:RNMl:NT GAZETTE. 2 NI.4RCH 1009”

,icl No. 1, 199Y PL”BLIC FIN.ANCE N1.\X.4GENlENT .\ CT, 199Y

61. Reports of audi[or

62. Duties and powers of Auditor-General

CHAPTER 7

EXECUTIlzE AUTHORITIES

63. Financial responsibilities of executive authorities

64. Executive directives having financial implications
65. Tabling in legislatures

CHAPTER 8

LOANS, GUARANTEES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

Part 1: General principles 10

66. Restrictions on borrowing, guarantees and other commitments

68. Consequences of unauthorised transactions
69. Regulations on borrowing by public entities
70. Guarantees, indemnities and securities by Cabinet members

Part 2: bans by national government 15

71. Purposes for which Minister may borrow money

72. Signing of loan agreements
73. Interest and repayments of loans to be direct charges
74. Repayment, conversion and consolidation of loans
75. Obligations from lien over securities 20

CHAPTER 9

GENERAL TREASURY MATTERS

76. Treasury regulations and instructions

77. Audit committees
78. Publishing of draft treasury regulations for public comment 25
79. Departures from treasury regulations, instructions or conditions
80. Determination of interest rates for debt owing to state

CHAPTER 10

F~ANCML MISCONDUCT

Part 1: Disciplinary proceedings 30

81. Financial misconduct by officials in departments and constitutional institutions

82. Financial misconduct by treasury officials
83. Financial misconduct by accounting authorities and officials of public entities
84. Applicable legal regime for disciplin~ proceedings
85. Regulations on financial misconduct procedures 35

Part 2: Criminal proceedings

86. Offences and penalties

CHAPTER 11

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD

87, Establishment 40
x A(1. IYX14 G()\’I:RNJII:NT GAZETTE. 2 \lARCH 1999

:tct N(). 1. lYYY I’l” BI.IC FIS4SCE \l:4S.AGENIEh’T 4CT. 1999

S8. Composition
89. Functions of Board
90. Powers of Board
91. Regulations on accounting standards of Board

CHAPTER 12 5

hlISCELLANEOUS

92. Exemptions
93. Transitional provisions
94. Repeal of legislation
95. Short title and commencement 10

SCHEDULES

CHAPTER 1

INTERPRETATION, OBJECT, APPLICATION AND AMENDMENT OF

THIS ACT

Definitions 15

1. In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates—

“accounting oficer” means a person mentioned in section 36;
“accounting authority” means a body or person mentioned in section 49;
“Accounting Standards Board” means the board established in terms of section
87; 20
“annual Division of Revenue Act” means the Act of Parliament which must
annually be enacted in terms of section 214(1) of the Constitution;
“constitutional institution” means an institution listed in Schedule l;
“department” means a national department;
“executive authority”- 25
(a) in relation to a national department, means the Cabinet member who is
accountable to Parliament for that department; and
(b) in relation to a national public entity, means the Cabinet member who is
accountable to Parliament for that public entity or in whose portfolio it falls;
“financial year”- 30
(a) means a year ending 31 March; or
(b) in relation to a national public entity that existed when this Act took effect and
that has a different financial year in terms of other legislation, means that
financial year, provided the National Treasury has approved that other
financial year; 35
“financial statements” means statements consisting of at least—
(a) a balance sheet:
(b) an income statement;
(c) a cash-flow statement;
(d) any other statements that may be prescribed; and 40
(e) any notes to these statements;
“fruitless and wasteful expenditure” means expenditure which was made in vain
and would have been avoided had reasonable care been exercised;
“generally recognised accounting practice” means an accounting practice
complying in material respects with standards issued by the Accounting Standards 45
Board;
“irregular expenditure” means expenditure, other than unauthorised expendi-
ture, incurred in contravention of or that is not in accordance with a requirement of
any applicable legislation. including—
(a) this Act; or 50
(b) the State Tender Board Act, 1968 (Act No. 86 of 1968), or any regulations
made in terms of that Act;
“main division within a vote” me~s one of the main segments into which a vote
is divided and which—
(u) specifies the total amount which is appropriated for the items under that
segment: and
(/J) is approled by Parliament as part of the vote:
“Minister’. means the Minister of Finance;
“national department.’ means— 5
(u) a department lis[ed in Schedule 1 of the Public Service Act, 1994
(Proclamation No. 103 of 1994), but excluding a provincial administration; or
(b) an organisational component listed in Schedule 3 of that Act;
“national government business enterprise” means an entity which—
(a) is a juristic person under the ownership control of the national executive; 10
(b) has been assigned financial and operational authority to carry on a business
activity;
(c) as its principal business. provides goods or services in accordance with
ordinary business principles: and
(d) is financed fully or substantially from sources other than— 15
(i) the National Revenue Fund; or
(ii) by way of a tax, le~y or other statutory money;
“national public entity” means—
(a) a national government business enterprise; or
(b) a board, commission, company, corporation, fund or other entity (other than a 20
national government business enterprise) which is—
(i) established in terms of national legislation ;
(ii) fully or substantially funded either from the National Revenue Fund, or
by way of a tax, levy or other money imposed in terms of national
legislation: and 25
(iii) accountable to Parliament:
“National Treasury” means the National Treasury established by section 5;
“overspending”-
(a) in relation to a vote, means when expenditure under the vote exceeds the
amount appropriated for that vote; or 30
(b) in relation to a main division within a vote, means when expenditure under the
main division exceeds the amount appropriated for that main division, subject
to section 43;
“ownership control “, in relation to an entity, means the ability to exercise any of
the following powers to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity in 35
order to obtain benefits from its activities:
(u) To appoint or remove all, or the majority of, the members of that entity’s board
of directors or equivalent governing body;
(b) to appoint or remove that entity’s chief executive officer;
(c) to cast all, or the majority of, the votes at meetings of that board of directors 40
or equivalent governing body; or
(d) to control all, or the majority of, the voting rights at a general meeting of that
entity;
“prescribe” means prescribe by regulation or instruction in terms of section 76:
“public entity” means a national public entity; 45
“Revenue Fund” means—
(a) the National Revenue Fund mentioned in section 213 of the Constitution;
“this Act” includes any regulations and instructions in terms of section 69,76, 85
or 91;
“trading entity.’ means an entity operating within the administration of a 50
department for the provision or sale of goods or services, and established—
(u) in the case of a national department, with the approval of the National
Treasury;
“treasury” means the National Treasury;
“unauthorised expenditure” means— 55 .
(a) overspending of a tote or a main division within a vote;
(b) expenditure not in accordance with the purpose of a vote or, in the case of a
main division, not in accordance with the purpose of the main division;
“vote” means one of the main segments into which an appropriation Act is divided
and which- 60
(u) specifies the total amount which is usually appropriated per department in an ‘
appropriation Act; and
\ct so. 1.1999 P~”R1.1(” FIX i\C[; .ll,.\X.LIGf:\lEKT ,4CI. l~)oc)

(II) is separately approved b! Parliament before it approves tbe relevant drof[

~ppropriiltiotl” Act ai SUCII,

Object of this Act

2. The object of this Act is to secure transparency, accountability. and sound

management of the revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities of the institutions to 5
which this Act applies.

Institutions to which this Act applies

3. ( 1 j This Act, to the extent indicated in the Act, applies to—

(a) departments;
(b) public entities listed in Schedule 2 or 3; 10
(c) constitutional institutions: and
(d) Parliament, subject to subsection (2).
(~) To the extent that a provision of this Act applies t~
(a) Parliament, any controlling and supervisory functions of the National
Treasury in terms of that provision are performed by the Speaker of the 15
National Assembly and the Chairperson of the National Council of Provinces,
acting jointly.
(3) In the event of any inconsistency between this Act and any other legislation, this
Act prevails.

Amendments to this Act 20

4. Draft legislation directly or indirectly amending this Act, or providing for the
enactment of subordinate legislation that may conflict with this Act, may be introduced
in Parliament—
(a) by the Minister only; or
(b) only after the Minister has been consulted on the contents of the draft 25
legislation.

CHAPTER 2

NATIONAL TREASURY AND NATIONAL REVENUE FUND

Part 1: NatioItal Treasuq

Establishment 30

5. (1) A National Treasury is hereby established, consisting of—

(a) the Minister, who is the head of the Treasury; and
(b) the national department or departments responsible for financial and fiscal
matters.
(2) The Minister. as the head of the National Treasury, takes the policy and other 35
decisions of the Treasury, except those decisions taken as a result of a delegation or
instruction in terms of section 10.

Functions and powers

6. (1) The National Treasury must—

(a) promote the national government’s fiscal policy framework and the co- 40
ordination of macro-economic policy;
(b) co-ordinate intergovernmental financial and fiscal relations;
(c) manage the bud&et preparation process;
(d) exercise control over the implementation of the annual national budget,
including any adjustments budgets; 45
(e) facilitate the implementation of the annual Division of Revenue Act;
(f) monitor the implementation of provincial budgets;
(x) promote and enforce transparency and effective management in respect of
revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities of departments, public entities and
constitutional institutions; and 50
 (~i) ptrform the other functions assigned to the National Tre:tsury in terms of this
Act.
(2) To the extent necessary to perform the functions mentioned in subsection ( 1). the
National Treasury—
((i) must prescribe uniform treasury norms and standards; 5
(/7) must enforce this Act and any prescribed norms and standards, including any
prescribed standards of generally recognised accounting practice and uniform
classification systems. in national departtnents;
(c) must monitor and assess the implementation of this Act. including any
prescribed norms and standards. in national public entities and in constitu- 10
tional institutions;
(d) may assist departments and constitutional institutions in building their
capacity for efficient, effective and transparent financial management;
(e) may investigate any system of financial mana&ement and internal control in
any department, public entity or constitutional institution; 15
(~) must intervene by taking appropriate steps, which may include steps in terms
of section 100 of the Constitution or the withholding of funds in terms of
section 216(2) of the Constitution, to address a serious or persistent material
breach of this Act by a department, public entity or constitutional institution;
and 20
(g) may do anythin& further that is necessary to fulfil its responsibilities
effectively.
(3) Subsections (1) (g) and (2) apply to public entities listed in Schedule 2 only to the
extent provided for in this Act.

Banking, cash management and investment framework 25

7. (1) The National Treasury must prescribe a framework within which departments,
public entities listed in Schedule 3 and constitutional institutions must conduct their
cash management.
(2) A department authorised to open a bank account in terms of the prescribed
framework, a public entity or a constitutional institution may open a bank account 30
only-
(a) with a bank registered in South Africa and approved in writing by the National
Treasury; and
(b) after any prescribed tendering procedures have been complied with.
(3) A department, public entity listed in Schedule 3 or constitutional institution may 35
not open a bank account abroad or with a foreign bank except with the written approval
of the National Treasury.
(4) The National Treasury may prescribe an investment policy for public entities,
constitutional institutions and those departments authorised to open a bank or other
account in terms of the prescribed framework. 40
(5) A bank which has opened a bank account for a department, a public entity listed
in Schedule 3 or a constitutional institution, or any other institution that holds money for
a department, a public entity listed in Schedule 3 or a constitutional institution, must
promptly disclose information regarding the account when so requested by the National
Treasury or the Auditor-General. 45

Annual consolidated financial statements

8. ( 1 ) The National Treasu~ must—

(a) prepare consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally
recognised accounting practice for each financial year in respect of—
(i) national departments; 50 .
(ii) public entities under the ownership control of the national executive;
(iIi) constitutional institutions:
(iv) the South African Reserve Bank;
(Y) the Auditor-General: and
(vi) parliament: and 55
(17) submit those statements for audit to the Auditor-General within three months
after the end of that financial year.
 (2) The Auditor-General must audit the consolidated financial statements and submit
an audit report on the statements to the National Treasury within three months of receipt
of the statements.
(3) The Minister must submit the consolidated financial statements and the audit
report on those statements within one month of receiving the report from the 5
Auditor-General, to Parliament for tabling in both Houses.
(4) The consolidated financial statements must be made public when submitted to
Parliament.
(5) If the Minister fails to submit the consolidated financial statements and the
Auditor-General’s audit report on those statements to Parliament within seven months 10
after the end of the financial year to which those statements relate—
(a) the Minister must submit to Parliament a written explanation setting out the
reasons why they were not submitted; and
(b) the Auditor-General may issue a special report on the delay.

Financial statistics and aggregations 15

9. The National Treasury may annually compile in accordance with international

standards, and publish in the national Goverizment Gazette, financial statistics and
aggregations concerning aIl spheres of government.

Delegations by National Treasury

10. (1) The Minister may— 20

(a) in writing delegate any of the powers entrusted to the National Treasury in
terms of this Act, to the head of a department forming part of the National
Treasury, or instruct that head of department to perform any of the duties
assigned to the National Treasury in terms of this Act.
(2) A delegation, instruction or request in terms of subsection (1) to the head of a 25
department forming part of the National Treasury—
(a) is subject to any limitations or conditions that the Minister may impose;
(b) may authorise that head, in the case of subsection (l)(a)—
(i) to sub-delegate, in writing, the delegated power to another National
Treasury official, or to the holder of a specific post in the National 30
Treasury, or to the accounting officer of a constitutional institution or a
department, or to the accounting authority for a public entity; or
(ii) to instruct another National Treasury official, or the holder of a specific
post in the National Treasury, or the accounting officer for a constitu-
tional institution or a department, or the accounting authority for a public 35
entity, to perform the assigned duty; and
(d) does not divest the Minister of the responsibility concerning the exercise of
the delegated power or the performance of [he assigned duty.
(3) The Minister may confirm, vary or revoke an> decision taken by the head of a
department forming part of the National Treasury, as a result of a delegation, instruction 40
or request in terms of subsection (1)(a), or by a treasury otTicial or accounting officer or
accounting authority as a result of an authorisation in terms of subsection (2)(b), subject
to any rights that may have become vested as a consequence of the decision.

Part 2: Natio~tal Revenue FuItd

Control of National Revenue Fund 45

11. (1) The National Treasury is in charge of the National Revenue Fund and must
enforce compliance with the provisions of section 213 of the Constitution, namely
that—
)\ct K(). 1.1999 P[”B[. [c Fr\’,4NcE NtANAGl;NlENT.AcT. 1999

(a) ail money received by the national government must be paid into the Fund.
except money reasonably excluded by this Act or another Act of Parliament:
and
(b) no money may be withdrawn from the Fund except—
(i) in terms of an appropriation by an Act of Parliament; or 5
(ii) as a direct charge against the Fund, subject to section 15(1 )(a)(ii).
(2) Draft legislation that provides for a withdrawal from the National Revenue Fund
as a direct charge against the Fund, may be introduced in Parliament only after the
Minister has been consulted and has consented to the direct charge.
(3) Money that must be paid into the National Revenue Fund is paid into the Fund by 10
depositin& it into a bank account of the Fund in accordance with any requirements that
may be prescribed.
(4) The National Treasury ~ust establish appropriate and effective cash management
and banking arrangements for the National Revenue Fund.
(5) The National Treasury must ensure that there is at all times suficient money in the 15
National Revenue Fund.

Deposits and withdrawals by South African Revenue Services in.Revenue Funds

12. (1) The South African Revenue Services must promptly deposit into a Revenue
Fund all taxes, levies, duties, fees and other moneys collected by it for that Revenue
Fund, in accordance with a framework determined by the National Treasury. 20
(2) The South African Revenue Services may, despite section 15(1), withdraw
money from the National Revenue Fund—
(a) to refund any tax, levy or duty credits or any other charges in connection with
taxes, levies or duties;
(b) to make other refunds approved by the National Treasury; or 25
(c) to transfer to a member of the South African Customs Union any money
collected on its behalf.
(3) The National Treasury must promptly transfer all taxes, levies, duties, fees and
other moneys collected by the South African Revenue Services for a province and
deposited into the National Revenue Fund, to that province’s Provincial Revenue Fund. 30
(4) Withdrawals in terms of subsection (2) or (3) are direct charges against the
National Revenue Fund.

Deposits into National Revenue Fund

13. (1) All money received by the national government must be paid into the
National Revenue Fund, except money received by— 35
- -
(a) Parliament;
(b) a national public entity:
(c) the South African Reserve Bank;
(d) the Auditor-General:
(e) the national government from donor agencies which in terms of ’legislation or 40
the agreement with the donor, must be paid to the Reconstruction and
Development Programme Fund;
(f) a national department—
(i) operating a trading entity, if the money is received in the ordinary course
of operating the trading entity; 45
(ii) in trust for a specific person or category of persons or for a specific
purpose;
(iii) from another department to render an agency service for that department;
or
(iv) if the money is of a kind described in Schedule 4; or 50
(s) a constitutional institution—
(i) in tmst for a specific person or category of persons or for a specific
purpose; or
(ii) if the money is of a kind described in Schedule 4.
/\ct No. 1. 1999 P(BLIC FIXANCE MANAGEh4ENT ACT. 1999

(2) The exclusion in subsection (1 )(b) does not apply to a national public entity
which is not listed in Schedule 2 or 3 but which in terms of section 47 is required to be
listed.
(3] Draft ]egisIation that excludes money from payment into the National Revenue
Fund may be introduced in Parliament only after the Minister has been consulted on the 5
reasonableness of the exclusion and has consented to the exclusion.
(4) Any legislation inconsistent with subsection (1) is of no force and effect to the
extent of the inconsistency.
(5) Money received by Parliament, a national public entity listed in Schedule 2 or 3,
the South African Reserve Bank or the Auditor-General must be paid into a bank account 10
opened by the institution concerned.

Wthdrawal of exclusions

14. (1) The National Treasury may withdraw, from a date determined by it, any
exclusion granted to a national department, a constitutional institution or a national
public entity in terms of section 13(l), either with regard to all money or with regard to 15
money of a specific kind received by that department, constitutional institution or public
entity, if—
(a) the exclusion is not reasonable within the context of section 213 of the
Constitution; or
(b) the National Treasury regards the withdrawal of the exclusion to be necessary 20
for transparency or more effective and accountable financial management.
(2) The exclusion in terms of section 13(1) of the following public entities may not
be withdrawn:
(a) A national government business enterprise which is a company and in which
the state is not the sole shareholder; and 25
(b) the national public entities listed in Schedule 2.
(3) From the date on which the withdrawal of an exclusion in terms of subsection (1)
takes effect until the end of the relevant financial year, the National Treasury may
transfer money from the National Revenue Fund, as a direct charge against the Fund, to
the national department or public entity affected by the withdrawal, provided that the 30
amount of the transfer does not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
excluded from payment into the Fund.
(4) The Minister must promptly inform Parliament of any withdrawal of an exclusion
in terms of subsection (1).

Withdrawals and investments from National Revenue Fund 35

15. (1) Only the National Treasury may withdraw money from the National
Revenue Fund, and may do so only—
(a) to provide funds that have been authorised—
(i) in terms of an appropriation by an Act of Parliament; or
(ii) as a direct charge against the National Revenue Fund provided for in the 40
Constitution or this Act, or in any other Act of Parliament provided the
direct charge in such a case is listed in Schedule 5;
(b) to refund money invested by a province in the National Revenue Fund; or
(c) to refund money incorrectly paid into, or which is not due to, the National
Revenue Fund. 45
(2) A payment in terms of subsection (1 )(b) or (c) is a direct charge against the
National Revenue Fund.
(3) (a) The Nationrd Treasury may invest temporarily, in the Republic or elsewhere,
money in the National Revenue Fund that is not immediately needed.
(b) When money in the National Revenue Fund is invested, the investment, including 50 .
interest earned, is regarded as part of the National Revenue Fund.

Use of funds in emergency situations

16. (1) The Minister may authotise the use of funds from the Nationrd Revenue Fund
22 s,). IYS14 G()\’F.RN\tEXT G.4ZETTE.2 M/\RCt+ IY99

.4ct No. 1.19Y9 PC’BLfC FISANCE \f.AN.4GE\lENT ACT. lYYY

to defray expenditure of an exceptional nature which is currently not provided for and
which cannot, without serious prejudice to the public interest, be postponed to a future
parliamentary appropriation of funds.
(2) The combined amount of any authorisations in terms of subsection ( 1), may not
exceed two per cent of the total amount appropriated in the annual national budget for 5
the current financial year.
(3) An amount authorised in terms of subsection (1) is a direct charge against the
National Revenue Fund.
(4) An amount authorised in terms of subsection (1) must—
(a) be reported to Parliament and the Auditor-General within 14 days, or if the 10
funds are authorised for the deployment of the security services, within a
period determined by the President; and
(b) be attributed to a vote.
(5) A report to Parliament in terms of subsection (4)(a) must be submitted to the
National Assembly for tabling in the Assembly and made public. 15
(6) Expenditure in terms of subsection (1) must be included either in the next
adjustments budget for the financial year in which the expenditure is authorised or in
other appropriation legislation tabled in the National Assembly within 120 days of the
Minister authorizing the expenditure, whichever is the sooner.

CHAPTER 4 20

NATIONAL BUDGETS

Annual appropriations

26. Parliament must appropriate money for each financial year for the requirements of
the state.

National annual budgets 25

27. (1) The Minister must table the annual budget for a financial year in the National
Assembly before the start of that financial year or, in exceptional circumstances, on a
date as soon as possible after the start of that financial year, as the Minister may
determine.
(3) An annual budget must be in accordance with a format as may be prescribed, and 30
must at least contain—
(a) estimates of all revenue expected to be raised during the financial year to
which the budget relates;
(b) estimates of current expenditure for that financial year per vote and per main
division within the vote; 35
(c) estimates of interest and debt servicing charges, and any repayments on loans;
(d) estimates of capital expenditure per vote and per main division within a vote
for that financial year and the projected financial implications of that
expenditure for future financial years;
(e) estimates of revenue excluded in terms of section 13(1) from the Revenue 40
Fund for that financial year;
~) estimates of all direct charges against the Revenue Fund and standing
appropriations for that financial year;
(g) proposals for financing any anticipated deficit for that financial year;
(/1) an indication of intentions regarding bomowing and other forms of public 45
liability that will increase public debt during that financial year and future
financial years;
(i) the projected—
(i) revenue for the previous financial year;
(ii) expenditure per vote, and per main division within the vote, for the 50
previous financial year; and
(iii) borrowing for the previous financial year; and
(j) any other information as may be prescribed, including any multi-year budget
information.
(4) When the annual budget is in~oduced in the National Assembly, the accounting 55
officer for each department must submit to Parliament measurable objectives for each
24 No. 19X14 GO\ ’ERNMENT GAZEmE. 2 MARCH 1999

Act No. 1.1999 PL-B[.IC FISANCE MANAGEMENT ACT, 1999

main division within the department’s vote. The treasury may co-ordinate these
submissions and consolidate them in one document.

Multi-year budget projections

28. (1) The Minister must annually table in the National Assembly a multi-year
budget projection of— 5
(a) the estimated revenue expected to be raised during each year of the multi-year
period; and
(b) the estimated expenditure expected to be incurred per vote during each year of
the multi-year period, differentiating between capital and current expenditure.
(2) A multi-year budget projection tabled by the Minister must contain the 10
Minister’s key macro-economic projections.

Expenditure before annual budget is passed

29. (1) If an annual budget is not passed before the start of the financial year to
which it relates, funds may be withdrawn in accordance with this section from the
Revenue Fund for the services of the state during that financial year as direct charges 15
against the Fund until the budget is passed.
(2) Funds withdrawn from a Revenue Fund in terms of subsection (1 )—
(a) may be utilised only for services for which funds were appropriated in the
previous annual budget or adjustments budget; and
(b) may not— 20
(i) during the first four months of that financial year, exceed 45 per cent of
the total amount appropriated in the previous annual budget;
(ii) during each of the following months, exceed 10 per cent of the total
amount appropriated in the previous annual budget; and
(iii) in aggregate, exceed the total amount appropriated in the previous annual 25
budget.
(3) The funds provided for in subsection(1) are not additional to funds appropriated
for the relevant financial year, and any funds withdrawn in terms of that subsection must
be regarded as forming part of the funds appropriated in the annual budget for that
financial year. 30

National adjustment budgets

30. (1) The Minister may table an adjustments budget in the National Assembly as
and when necessary.
(2) A national adjustments budget may only provide for—
(a) adjustments required due to significant and unforeseeable economic and 35
financial events affecting the fiscal targets set by the annual budget;
(b) unforeseeable and unavoidable expenditure recommended by the national
executive or any committee of Cabinet members to whom this task has been
assigned ;
(c) any expenditure in terms of section 16; 40
(d) money to be appropriated for expenditure already announced by the Minister
during the tabling of the annual budget;
(e) tie shifting of funds between and within votes or to follow the transfer of
functions in terms of section 42;
~) the utilisation of savings under a main division of a vote for the defrayment of 45
excess expenditure under mother main division of the same vote in terms of
section 43; and
(g) the roll-over of unswnt funds from the preceding financial year.

Publishing of reports on state of budget

32. (I) Within 30 days tier the end of each month, tie Nation~ Treasuw must 50
publish in the national Government Gazette a statement of actual revenue and
expenditure with regmd to tie National Revenue Fund.
2(> X(1. 19814 GOVERNhlENT CJAZETTE. 2 MARCH IY9Y

}ict N{). 1, 199Y PUBLIC FIN.ASCE M.4NAGEhlENT ACT. 199Y

(3) The statement must specify the following amounts and compare those amounts
in each instance with the corresponding budgeted amounts for the relevant financial
year:
(a) The actual revenue for the relevant period, and for the financial year up to the
end of that period: 5
(b) the actual expenditure per vote (distinguishing between capital and current
expenditure) for that period, and for the financial year up to the end of that
period; and
(c) actual borrowings for that period, and for the financial year up to the end of
that period. 10
(4) The National Treasury may deterrnine—
(a) the format of the statement of revenue and expenditure; and
(b) any other detail the statement must contain.

Withholding of appropriated funds

33. The treasury— 15

(a) may withhold from a department any remaining funds appropriated for a
specific function if that function is transferred to another department or any
other institution; and
(b) must allocate those remaining funds to that other department or institution.

Unauthorised expenditure 20

34. (1) Unauthorised expenditure does not become a charge against a Revenue Fund
except when—
(a) the expenditure is an overspending of a vote and Parliament approves, as a
direct charge against the Revenue Fund, an additional amount for that vote
which covers the overspending; or 25
(b) the expenditure is unauthorised for another reason and Parliament authorises
the expenditure as a direct charge against the Revenue Fund.
(2) If Parliament does not approve in terms of subsection ( l)(a) an additional amount
for the amount of any overspending, that amount becomes a charge against the funds
allocated for the following or future financial years under the relevant vote. 30

CHAPTER 5

DEPARTMENTS AND CONSTITUTIONAL INSTITUTIONS

Part 1: Appointment of accounting oflcers

Accounting officers

36. (1) Every department and every constitutional institution must have an 35
accounting officer.
(2) Subject to subsection (3)—
(a) the head of a department must be the accounting officer for the department;
and
(b) the chief executive officer of a constitutional institution must be the 40
accounting officer for that institution.
(3) The treasury may, in exceptional circumstances, approve or instruct in writing
that a person other than the person mentioned in subsection (2) be the accounting officer
for—
(a) a department or a constitutional institution; or 45
(b) a trading entity within a department.
(4) The treasu~ may at any time withdraw in writing an approval or instruction in
te~s of subsection (3).
(5) The employment contract of an accounting officer for a department, trading
entity or constitutional institution must be in writing and, where possible, include 50
Performance standards. The provisions of sections 38 to 42, as may be appropriate, are
regarded as forming part of each such contract.
/icl N{). 1.1999 PL” BLIC FIS,\SCE N1.4X.AGEMENT ACT. IY99

Acting accounting officers

37. When an accounting officer is absent or otherwise unable to perform the functions
of accounting officer, or during a ~acancy. the functions of accounting officer must be
performed by the official acting in the place of that accounting officer.

Part 2: Respo~tsibilities of accoutlti.Jlg oficers 5

General responsibilities of accounting officers

38. ( 1 ) The accounting officer for a department, trading entity or constitutional

institution—
(a) must ensure that that department. trading entity or constitutional institution
has and maintains- 10
(i) effective, efficient and transparent systems of financial and risk
management and internal control;
(ii) a system of internal audit under the control and direction of an audit
committee complying with and operating in accordance with regulations
and instructions prescribed in terms of sections 76 and 77; 15
(iii) an appropriate procurement and provisioning system which is fair,
equitable. transparent, competitive and cost-effective;
(iv) a system for properly evaluating all major capital projects prior to a final
decision on the project;
(b) is responsible for the effective, efficient, economical and transparent use of the 20
resources of the department, trading entity or constitutional institution;
(c) must take effective and appropriate steps t~
(i) collect all money due to the department, trading entity or constitutional
institution;
(ii) prevent unauthorised, irregulas and fruitless and wasteful expenditure 25
and losses resulting from criminal conduct; and
(iii) manage available working capital efficiently and economically;
(d) is responsible for the management, including the safeguarding and the
maintenance of the assets, and for the management of the liabilities, of the
department, trading entity or constitutional institution; 30
(e) must comply with any tax, levy, duty, pension and audit commitments as may
be required by legislation;
(f) must settle all contractual obligations and pay all money owing, including
intergovernmental claims, within the prescribed or agreed period;
(g) on discovery of any unauthorised, irregulw or fruitless and wasteful 35
expenditure, must immediately report, in writing, particul~s of the expendi-
ture to the treasury and in the case of irregular expenditure involving the
procurement of goods or services, also to the relevant tender board;
(11) must take effective and appropriate disciplinary steps against any official in
the service of the department, trading entity or constitutional institution 40
who—
(i) contravenes or fails to comply with a provision of this Act;
(ii) commits an act which undermines the financial management and internal
control system of the department, trading entity or constitutional
institution; or 45
(iii) m~es or permits an unauthorised expenditure, irregul~ expenditure or
fruitless and wasteful expenditure;
(;) when transferring funds in te~s of the annual Division of Revenue Act, must
ensure that the provisions of that Act are complied with;
(1) before transferring any funds (other than grants in terms of the annual 50
Division of Revenue Act or to a constitutional institution) to an entity within
or outside government, must obtain a written assurance from the entity that
that entity implements effective, efficient and transparent financial manage-
Act No. 1.1999 PL”BLIC FIS.\NCE hl.4NAGEMENTACT. i99~)

ment and internal control systems, or, if such written assurance is not or
cannot be gi~en. render the transfer of the funds subject to conditions and
remedial measures requiring the entity to establish and implement effective,
efficient and transparent financial management and internal control systems;
(k) must enforce compliance with any prescribed conditions if the department, 5
trading entity or constitutional institution gives financial assistance to any
entity or person:
(/) must take into account all relevant financial considerations, including issues
of propriety, regularity and value for money, when policy proposals affecting
the accounting officer’s responsibilities are considered, and when necessary, 10
bring those considerations to the attention of the responsible executive
authority;
(~r~) must promptly consult and seek the prior written consent of the National
Treasury on any new entity which the department or constitutional institution
intends to establish or in the establishment of which it took the initiative; and 15
(/7) must comply, and ensure compliance by the department, trading entity or
constitutional institution, with the provisions of this Act.
(2) An accounting officer may not commit a department, trading entity or
constitutional institution to any liability for which money has not been appropriated.

Accounting officers’ responsibilities relating to budgetiry control 20

39. (1) The accounting officer for a department is responsible for ensuring that—
(u) expenditure of that department is in accordance with the vote of the
department and the main divisions within the vote; and
(b) effective and appropriate steps are taken to prevent unauthorised expenditure.
(2) An accounting officer, for the purposes of subsection (l), must— 25
(a) take effective and appropriate steps to prevent any overspending of the vote of
the department or a main division within the vote;
(b) report to the executive authority and the treasury any impending
(i) under collection of revenue due;
(ii) shortfalls in budgeted revenue; and 30
(iii) overspending of the department’s vote or a main division within the vote;
and
(c) comply with any remedial measures imposed by the treasury in terms of this
Act to prevent overspending of the vote or a main division within the vote.

Accounting officers’ reporting responsibilities 35

40. (1) The accounting officer for a department, trading entity or constitutional
institution—
(a) must keep full and proper records of the financial affairs of the department,
trading entity or constitutional institution in accordance with any prescribed
norms and standards; 40
(b) must prepare financial statements for each financial year in accordance with
generally recognized accounting practice;
(c) must submit those financial statements within two months after the end of the
financial year tp
(i) the Auditor-General for auditing; and 45
(ii) the treasury to enable that treasu~ to prepare consolidated financial
statements in terms of section 8;
(d) must submit within five months of the end of a financial year to the treasury
and, in the case of a dep~ment or trading entity, also to the executive
authority responsible for that department or trading entity— 50
(i) an ~nual report on the activities of that department, trading entity or
constitutional institution during that financial year;
Act N{). 1.1999 PL”BLIC FISANCE hfANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

(ii) the firtancial statements for that financial year after those statements have
been audited: and
(iii) the Auditor-Generals report on those statements;
(e) must, in the case of a constitutional institution, submit to Parliament that
institution’s annual report and financial statements referred to in paragraph 5
(d), and the Auditor-General’s report on those statements, within one month
after the accounting officer received the Auditor-General’s audit report; and
V) is responsible for the submission by the department or constitutional
institution of all reports, returns, notices and other information to Parliament,
an executive authority, the treasury or the Auditor-General, as may be required 10
by this Act.
(2) The Auditor-General must audit the financial statements referred to in subsection
(1)(b) and submit an audit report on those statements to the accounting officer within two
months of receipt of the statements.
(3) The annual report and audited financial statements referred to in subsection (l) 15
(d) must—
(a) fairly present the state of affairs of the department, trading entity or
constitutional institution, its business, its financial results, its performance
against predetermined objectives and its financial position as at the end of the
financial year concerned; and 20
(b) include particulars of—
(i) any material losses through criminal conduct, and any unauthorised
expenditure, irregular expenditure and fruitless and wasteful expendi-
ture, that occurred during the financial year;
(ii) any criminal or disciplinary steps t~en as a result of such losses, 25
unauthorised expenditure, irregular expenditure and fruitless and waste-
ful expenditure;
(iii) any material losses recovered or written of f and
(iv) any other matters that may be prescribed.
(4) The accounting officer of a department must— 30
(a) each year before the beginning of a financial year provide the treasury in the
prescribed format with a bre&down per month of the anticipated revenue and
expenditure of that department for that financial year;
(b) each month submit information in the prescribed format on actual revenue and
expenditure for the preceding month and the amounts anticipated for that 35
month in terms of paragraph (a); and
(c) within 15 days of the end of each month submit to the treasury and the
executive authority responsible for that department—
(i) the information for that month;
(ii) a projection of expected expenditure and revenue collection for the 40
remainder of the current financial year; and
(iii) when necessary, an explanation of any material variances and a summary
of the steps that are tken to ensure that the projected expenditure and
revenue remain within budget.
(5) If an accounting officer is unable to comply with any of the responsibilities 45
determined for accounting officers in this Part, the accounting officer must promptly
report the inability, together with reasons, to the relevant executive authority and
treasury.

Information to be submitted by accounting officers

41, An accounting officer for a department, trading entity or constitutional institution 50

must submit to the treasury or the Auditor-General such information, returns,
documents, explanations and motivations as maybe prescribed or as the treasury or the
Auditor-General may require.

Accounting officers’ responsibilities when assets and liabilities are transferred

42. (1) When assets or liabilities of a deptiment are transferred to another department 55
or other institution in terms of legislation or following a reorganisation of functions, the
accounting officer for the transferring department must—
.; 4 x,) IYS14 [;()\ ERXNIENT G.AZETTE. 2 M.4KCI{ I<)Y9

Act No. 1.1999 PCBLIC RX AXCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

(a) draw up an inventory of such assets and liabilities; and

(b) provide the accounting officer for the receiving department or other institution
with substantiating records, including personnel records of staff to be
transferred.
(2) Both the accounting officer for the transferring department and the accounting . 5
officer for the receiving department or other institution must sign the inventory when the
transfer takes place.
(3) The accounting officer for the transferring department must file a copy of the
signed inventory with the treasury and the Auditor-General within 14 days of the
transfer. 10

Virement between main divisions within votes

43. (1) An accounting officer for a department may utilise a saving in the a~ount
appropriated under a main division within a vote towards the defrayment of excess
expenditure under another main division within the same vote, unless the treasury
directs otherwise. 15
(2) The amount of a saving under a main division of a vote that may be utilised in
terms of subsection (1), may not exceed eight per cent of the amount appropriated under
that main division.
(3) An accounting officer must within seven days submit a report containing the
prescribed particulars concerning the utilisation of a saving in terms of subsection (1), 20
to the executive authority responsible for the department and the treasury.
(4) This section does not authorise the utilisation of a saving in—
(a) an amount specifically and exclusively appropriated for a purpose mentioned
under a main division within a vote;
(b) an amount appropriated for transfer to another institution; and 25
(c) an amount appropriated for capital expenditure in order to defray current
expenditure.
(5) A utilisation of a saving in terms of subsection (1) is a direct charge against the
Revenue Fund.
(6) The National Treasury may by regulation or instruction in terms of section 76 30
regulate the application of this section.

Part 3: Other oficials of departments and constitutional institutions

Assignment of powers and duties by accounting o~cers

44. (1) The accounting officer for a department, trading entity or constitutional
institution may— 35
(a) in writing delegate any of the powers entrusted or delegated to the accounting
officer in terms of this Act, to an official in that department, trading entity or
constitutional institution; or
(b) instruct any oficial in that department, trading entity or constitutional
institution to perform any of the duties assigned to the accounting officer in 40
terms of this Act.
(2) A delegation or instruction to an official in terms of subsection (l)—
(a) is subject to any limitations and conditions prescribed in terms of this Act or
as the treasury may impose;
(b) is subject to any limitations and conditions the accounting officer may impose; 45
(c) may either be to a specific individual or to the holder of a specific post in the
relevant department, trading entity or constitutional institution; and
(d) does not divest the accounting officer of the responsibility concerning the
exercise of the delegated power or the performance of the assigned duty.
(3) The accounting officer may confirm, vary or revoke any decision taken by an 50 -
official as a result of a delegation or instruction in terms of subsection (1), subject to any
rights that may have become vested as a consequence of the decision.
.; () \(l. 19s14 G(>\”ERNhlk:Nl GAZ.EUE. 2 ,M.<RCH 1999

}\ct N(). 1. 1999 P~BLIC FIS.ASCE MAX.AGE}IENT ACT. 199’)

Responsibilities of other officials

45. An oticial in a department. trading entity or constitutional institution—

(o) must ensure that the system of financial management and internal control
established for that department. trading entity or constitutional institution is carried out
within the area of responsibility of that official; 5
(b) is responsible for the effective, efficient, economical and transpwent use of
financiaI and other resources within that official’s area of responsibility;
(c) must take effective and appropriate steps to prevent, within that official’s area of
responsibility, any unauthorised expenditure, irregular expenditure and fruitless and
wasteful expenditure and any under collection of revenue due; 10
(d) must comply with the provisions of this Act to the extent applicable to that official,
including any dele&ations and instructions in terms of section 44; and
(e) is responsible for the management, including the safeguarding, of the assets and
the management of the liabilities within that official’s area of responsibility.

CHAPTER 6 15

PUBLIC ENTITIES

Part Z: Application of this Chapter

Applimtion

46. The provisions of this Chapter apply, to the extent indicated, to all public entities
listed in Schedule 2 or 3. 20

Unlisted public entities

47. (1) The Minister, by notice in the national Government Gazerte—

(a) must amend Schedule 3 to include in the list all pubhc entities that are not
listed; and
(b) may make technical changes to the list. 25
(2) The accounting authority for a public entity that is not listed in either Schedule
2 or 3 must, without delay, notify the National Treasury, in writing, that the public entity
is not listed.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to an unlisted public entity that is a subsidiary of
a public entity, whether the latter entity is listed or not. 30
(4) The Minister may not list the following institutions in Schedule 3:
(a) A constitutional institution, the South African Reserve Bank and the
Auditor-General;
(b) any public institution which functions outside the sphere of national
government; and 35
(c) any institution of higher education.

Classification of public entities

48. (l) The Minister may by notice in the national Government Gazette classify
public entities listed in Schedule 3 in accordance with the relevant definitions set out in
section 1, as— 40
(a) national government business enterprises; and
(b) national public entities.
(2) A public entity is for the purposes of this Act regarded as belonging to the class
in which it is classified in terms of subsection (1).
 Part 2: A ccounting authorities for public entities

Accounting authorities

49. (1) Every public entity must have an authority which must be accountable for
the purposes of this Act.
(2) If the public entity— 5
(a) has a board or other controlling body, that board or controlling body is the
accounting authority for that entity; or
(b) does not have a controlling body, the chief executive officer or the other
person in charge of the public entity is the accounting authority for that public
entity unless specific legislation applicable to that public entity designates 10
another person as the accounting authority.
(3) The treasury, in exceptional circumstances, may approve or instruct that another
functionary of a public entity must be the accounting authority for that public entity.
(4) The treasury may at any time withdraw an approval or instruction in terms of
subsection (3). 15
(5) A public entity must inform the Auditor-General promptly and in writing of any
approval or instruction in terms of subsection (3) and any withdrawal of an approval or
instruction in terms of subsection (4).

Fiduciary duties of accounting authorities

50. (1) The accounting a~thority for a public entity must— QO

(u) exercise the dut~ of utmost care ~o ensure reasonable protection of the assets
and records of the public entity;
(b) act with fidelity, honesty, integrity and in the best interests of the public entity
in managing the financial affairs of the public entity;
(c) on request, disclose to the executive authority responsible for that public 25
entity or the legislature to which the public entity is accountable, all material
facts, including those reasonably discoverable, which in my way may
influence the decisions or actions of the executive authority or that legislature;
and
(d) seek, within the sphere of influence of that accounting authority, to prevent 30
any prejudice to the financial interests of the state.
(2) A member of an accounting authority or, if the accounting authority is not a board
or other body, the individual who is the accounting authority, may not—
(a) act in a way that is inconsistent with the responsibilities assigned to an
accounting authority in terms of this Act; or 35
(b) use the position or privileges of, or confidential information obtained as,
accounting authority or a member of an accounting authority, for personal
gain or to improperly benefit another person.
(3) A member of an accounting authority must—
(a) disclose to the accounting authority any director indirect personal or private 40
business interest that that member or any spouse, partner or close family
member may have in any matter before the accounting authority; and
(b) withdraw from the proceedings of the accounting authority when that matter
is considered, unless the accounting authority decides that the member’s
direct or indirect interest in the matter is trivial or irrelevant. 45

General responsibilities of accounting authorities

51. (1) An accounting authority for a public entity—

(a) must ensure that hat public entity has and maintains—
(i) effective, efficient and transpwent systems of financial and risk
management ~d internal control; 50 ‘
(ii) a system of internal audit under the conwo] and direction of an audit
committee complying with and operating in accordance with regulations
and instructions prescribed in terms of sections 76 and 77; and
}ict No. 1.1999 PL’BI.IC ~N.AXCE hlANAGEhlENT ACT. IY9Y

(iii ) an appropriate procurement and provisioning system which is fair,

equitable. transparent. competitive and cost-effective;
(iv) a system for properly evaluating all major capital projects prior to a final
decision on the project;
(b) must take effective and appropriate steps to— 5
(i) collect all revenue due to the public entity concerned; and
(ii) prevent irregular expenditure, fruitless and wasteful expenditure, losses
resulting from criminal conduct, and expenditure not complying with the
operational policies of the public entity; and
(iii) manage available working capital efficiently and economically; 10
(c) is responsible for the management, including the safeguarding, of the assets
and for the management of the revenue, expenditure and liabilities of the
public entity;
(d) must comply with any tax, levy, duty, pension and audit commitments as
required by legislation; 15
(e) must take effective and appropriate disciplinary steps against any employee of
the public entity wh~
(i) contravenes or fails to comply with a provision of this Act;
(ii) commits an act which undermines the financial management and internal
control system of the public entity; or 20
(iii) makes or permits an irregular expenditure or a fruitless and wasteful
expenditure;
~) is responsible for the submission by the public entity of all reports, returns,
notices and other information to Parliament, and to the relevant executive
authority or treasury, as may be required by this Act; 25
(g) must promptly inform the National Treasury on any new entity which that
public entity intends to establish or in the establishment of which it takes the
initiative, and allow the National Treasury a reasonable time to submit its
decision prior to formal establishment; and
(h) must comply, and ensure compliance by the public entity, with the provisions 30
of this Act and any other legislation applicable to the public entity.
(2) If an accounting authority is unable to comply with any of the responsibilities
determined for an accounting authority in this Part, the accounting authority must
promptly report the inability, together with reasons, to the relevant executive authority
and treasury. 35

Annual budget and corporate plan by Schedule 2 public entities and government
business enterprises

52. The accounting authority for a public entity listed in Schedule 2 or a government
business enterprise listed in Schedule 3 must submit to the accounting officer for a
department designated by the executive authority responsible for that public entity or 40
government business enterprise, and to the treasury, at least one month, or another
period agreed with the National Treasury, before the start of its financial year—
(a) a projection of revenue, expenditure and borrowings for that financial year in
the prescribed format; and
(b) a corporate plan in the prescribed format covering the affairs of that public 45
entity or business enterprise for the following three financial years, and, if it
has subsidiaries, also the affairs of the subsidiaries.

Annual budgets by non-business Schedule 3 public entities

53. (l) The accounting authority for a public entity listed in Schedule 3 which is not
a government business enterprise must submit to the executive authority responsible for 50
that public entity, at least six months before the start of the financial year of the
department designated in terms of subsection (2) or another period agreed to between
the executive authority and tie public entity, a budget of estimated revenue and
expenditure for that financial yem, for approval by the executive authority.
(2) The budget must be submitted to the executive authority through the accounting 55
42 x,). 19s14 GOVERNMENT GAZEnE. 2 hlARCH 1999

Act No. 1, 199Y PUBLIC ~NANCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

officer for a department designated by the executive authority, who may make
recommendations to the executive authority with regard to the approval or amendment
of the budget.
(3) A public entity which must submit a budget in terms of subsection (1), may not
budget for a deficit and may not accumulate surpluses unless the prior written approval 5
of the National Treasury has been obtained.
(4) The accounting authority for such a public entity is responsible for ensuring that
expenditure of that public entity is in accordance with the approved budget.
(5) The National Treasury may regulate the application of this section by regulation
or instruction in terms of section 76. 10

Information to be submitted by accounting authorities

54. (1) The accounting authority for a public entity must submit to the treasury or
the Auditor-General such information, returns, documents, explanations and motiva-
tions as may be prescribed or as the treasury or the Auditor-General may require.
(2) Before a public entity concludes any of the following transactions, the 15
accounting authority for the public entity must promptly and in writing inform the
treasury of the transaction and submit relevant particulars of the transaction to its
executive authority for approval of the transaction:
(a) establishment or participation in the establishment of a company;
(b) participation in a significant partnership, trust, unincorporated joint venture or 20
similar arrangement;
(c) acquisition or disposal of a significant shareholding in a company;
(d) acquisition or disposal of a significant asset;
(e) commencement or cessation of a significant business activity; and
(V a significmt change in the nature or extent of its interest in a significant 25
partnership, trust, unincorporated joint venture or similar arrangement.
(3) A public entity may assme that approval has been given if it receives no
response from the executive authority on a submission in terms of subsection (2) within
30 days or within a longer period as maybe agreed to between itself and the executive
authority. 30
(4) The executive authority may exempt a public entity listed in Schedule 2 or 3 from
subsection (2).

Annual report and financial statements

55. (1) The accounting authority for a public entitY—

(aj must keep full and proper records of the financial affairs of the public entity; 35
(b) prepare financial statements for each financial year in accordance with
generally accepted accounting practice, unless the Accounting Standards
Board approves the application of generally recognised accounting practice
for that public entity;
(c) must submit those financial statements within two months after the end of the 40
financial year—
(i) to the auditors of the public entity for auditing; and
(ii) if it is a business enterprise or other public entity under the ownership
control of the national government, to the treasury; and
(d) must submit within five months of the end of a financial year to the treasury, 45
to the executive authority responsible for that public “entity and , if the
Auditor-General did not perform the audit of the financial statements, to the
Auditor-General—
(i) an annual report on the activities of that public entity during that financial
year; 50
(ii) the financial statements for that financial year after the statements have
been audited; and
(iii) the report of the auditors on those statements.
(2) The annual report and financial statements referred to in subsection (1) (d)
must— 55
(a) fairly present the state of affairs of the public entity, its business, its financial
4J so, 198!4 GO\ ’E RNhl ENT GAZEmE. 2 NIARCH 1999

..\ct N{). 1. IY99 PUBLIC ~NAXCE \fANAGE,MENT ACT. 1999

results. its performance against predetermined objectives and its financial

position as at the end of the financial year concerned;
(b) include particulars of—
(i) any material losses through criminal conduct and any irregulm expendi-
ture and fruitless and wasteful expenditure that occurred during the 5
financial year;
(ii) any criminal or disciplinary steps taken as a consequence of such losses
or irregular expenditure or fruitless and wasteful expenditure;
(iii) any losses recovered or written off,
(iv) any financial assistance received from the state and commitments made 10
by the state on its behalfi and
(v) any other matters that may be prescribed; and
(c) include the financial statements of any subsidiaries.
(3) An accounting authority must submit the report and statements referred to in
subsection (1) (d), for tabling in Parliament, to the relevant executive authority through 15
the accounting officer of a department designated by the executive authority.
(4) The treasury may direct that, instead of a separate report, the audited financial
statements of a Schedule 3 public entity which is not a government business enterprise
must be incorporated in those of a department designated by the treasury.

Part 3: Other oficials ofpublic entities 20

Assignment of powers and duties by accounting authorities

56. (1) The accounting authority for a public entity may—

(a) in writing delegate any of the powers entrusted or delegated to the accounting
authority in terms of this Act, to an official in that public entity; or
(b) instruct an official in that public entity to perform any of the duties assigned to 25
the accounting authority in terms of this Act.
(2) A delegation or instruction to an official in terms of subsection (l)—
(a) is subject to arty limitations and conditions the accounting authority may
impose;
(b) may either be to a specific individual or to the holder of a specific post in the 30
relevant public entity; and
(c) does not divest the accounting authority of the responsibility concerning the
exercise of the delegated power or the performance of the assigned duty.
(3) The accounting authority may confirm, vary or revoke any decision taken by an
official as a result of a delegation or instruction in terms of subsection (1), subject to any 35
rights that may have become vested as a consequence of the decision.

Responsibilities of other o~cials

57. An official in a public entity—

(a) must ensure that the system of financial management and internal control
established for that public entity is carried out within the area of responsibility 40
of that official;
(b) is responsible for the effective, efficient, economical and transparent use of
financial and other resources within that official’s area of responsibility;
(c) must take effective and appropriate steps to prevent, within that official’s area
of responsibility, any irregular expenditure and fruitless and wasteful 45
expenditure and any under collection of revenue due;
(d) must comply with the provisions of this Act to the extent applicable to that
official, including any delegations and instructions in terms of section 56; and
(e) is responsible for the management, including the safegumding, of the assets
and the management of the liabilities within that official’s area of responsi- 50
bility.
,ict N(). 1, 1Y99 PLIBLIC ~NANCE ~A~AGEMENT ACT. 1999

Part 4: External auditors

Appointment of auditors

58. (l) The annual financial statements of a public entity must be audited annually
by—
(a) the Auditor-General; or 5
(b) a person registered in terms of section 15 of the Public Accountants’ and
Auditors’ Act, 1991 (Act No. 80 of 1991), as an accountant and auditor, and
engaged in public practice as such.
(2) A public entity may appoint, as its auditor, a person referred to in subsection
( l)(b) only if the audit is not performed by the Auditor-General. 10
(3) A public entity must consult the Auditor-General on the appointment of an
auditor in terms of subsection (2).

Discharge of auditors

59. (1) An auditor appointed by a public entity in terms of section 58 (1 ) (b) may not
be discharged before tie expiry of that auditor’s term of appointment except by the 15
executive authority responsible for that public entity acting—
(a) after consultation with the accounting authority for that public entity; and
(b) with the concurrence of the Auditor-General.
(2) If an executive authority intends discharging an auditor in terms of subsection (l),
the executive authority must— 20
(a) in writing give notice of the proposed discharge to the auditor, with reasons;
and
(b) give the auditor an opportunity to make written representations to the
executive authority and the Auditor-General within 20 days of receipt of the
notice. 25
(3) The Auditor-General must report any discharge of an auditor in terms of this
section to Parliament.

Duties and powers of auditors

60. (1) An auditor appointed in terms of section 58(l)(b) must perform the functions
of office as auditor in terms of section 20 of the Public Accountants’ and Auditors’ Act, 30
1991 (Act No. 80 of 1991).
(2) In exercising the powers and performing the duties as auditor of a public entity
the auditor—
(a) has access at all reasonable times to the accounting records, including all
books, vouchers, documents and other propeny of the public entity; 35
(b) may require from the accounting authority for that public entity such
information and explanations as are necess~ for the purpose of the audit; and
(c) may investigate whether there are adequate measures and procedures for the
proper application of sound economic, efficient and effective management.
(3) An auditor appointed in terms of section 58(1)(b) may consult the Auditor- 40
General or any person in the Office of the Auditor-General concerning any matter
relating to the auditing of the public entity concerned.
(4) An auditor appointed in terms of section 58(1 )(b)—
(a) must receive notice of every meeting of the public entity’s audit committee;
and 45
(b) may attend, and participate in, any meeting of the audit committee at the
expense of the public entity.

Reporti of auditor

61. (1) The repofl of an auditor appointed in te~s of section 58(1 )(b) must be
addressed to the executive authority responsible for the public entity concerned and 50
4s No. 19814 G(l\/ERNMENT GAZETTE. 2 31.ARCH 1999

Act N(). 1.1999 PUBLIC FIN.AXCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

must state separately in respect of each of the following matters whether in the auditors
opinion—
(n) the annual financial statements of the public entity fairly present the financial
position and the results obtained by the entity in accordance with subsection
55( 1)(b) applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year; 5
(b) if required by the Auditor-General, the performance information furnished in
terms of subsection 55(2)(a) is fair in all material respects and, if applicable,
on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year; and
(c) the transactions that had come to the auditor’s attention during auditing were
in all material respects in accordance with the mandatory functions of the 10
public entity determined by law or otherwise.
(2) The auditor—
(a) must report to the executive authority responsible for the public entity the
results of any investigation carried out under subsection 60(2)(c); and
(b) when reporting in terms of paragraph (a), must draw attention to any other 15
matters within the auditor’s investigation which, in the auditor’s opinion,
should in the public interest be brought to the notice of Parliament.

Duties and powers of Auditor-General

62. (1) The Auditor-General may—

(a) investigate any public entity or audit the financial statements of any public 20
entity if the Auditor-General is not appointed. as auditor and the Auditor-
General considers it to be in the public interest’ or upon the receipt of a
complain~ and
(b) recover the cost of the investigation or audit from the public entity.
(2) An investigation or audit in terms of section (1) maybe carried out either by the 25
Auditor-General or a person appointed by the Auditor-General.
(3) The executive authority responsible for a public entity in respect of which the
Auditor-General has issued a special report in terms of subsection (1) or (2), must
promptly table the report in the National Assembly.
(4) The Auditor-General may— 30
(a) claim the reasonable cost of performing the duties and exercising the powers
in terms of this section from the public entity concerned; and
(b) annually report to Parliament on specific and general findings regarding the
accountability of public entities.

CHAPTER 7 35

EXECU~VE AUTHORITIES

Financial responsibilities of executive authorities

63. (1)(a) Executive authorities of departments must perform their statutory functions
within the limits of the funds autiorised for the relevant vote.
(b) In performing their statutory functions executive authorities must consider the 40
monthly reports submitted to them in terms of section 39(2)(b) and 40(4)(c).
(~) Th e executive authority responsible for a public entity under the o w n e r s h i p
control of the national executive must exercise that executive’s ownership control
powers to ensure that that public entity complies with this Act and the financial policies
of that executive. 45

Executive directives having financial implications

64. (1) Any directive by an executive authority of a department to the accounting

officer of the department having financial implications for the department must be in
Writing.
(2) If implementation of the directive is likely to result in unauthorised expenditure, 50
the accounting officer will be responsible for any resulting unauthorised expenditure
50 N(1 19814 GO\ ’ERNhl E\’T GAZETTE. 2 hl,ARCH I ~)~)()

Act No. 1, IY99 PL’BLIC FINANCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

unless the accountin& officer has informed the executive authority in writing of the
likelihood of that unauthorised expenditure.
(3) Any decision of the executive authority to proceed with the implementation of the
directive, and the reasons for the decision, must be in writing, and the accounting oficer
must promptly file a copy of this document with the National Treasury and the 5
Auditor-General.

Tabling in legislatures

65. (1) The executive authority responsible for a department or public entity must
table in the National Assembly.—
(a) the annual report and financial statements referred to in section 40(1)(d) or 10
55( 1)(d) and the audit report on those statements, within one month after the
accounting officer for the department or the accounting authority for the
public entity received the audit report; and
(b) the findings of a disciplinary board, and any sanctions imposed by such a
board, which heard a case of financial misconduct against an accounting 15
officer or accounting authority in terms of section 81 or 83.
(2) If an executive authority fails to table, in accordance with subsection(1) (a), the
annual report and financial statements of the department or the public entity, and the
audit report on those statements, in the relevant legislature within six months after the
end of the financial year to which those statements relate— 20
(a) the executive authority must table a written explanation in the legislature
setting out the reasons why they were not tabled; and
(b) the Auditor-General may issue a special report on the delay.

CHAPTER 8

LOANS, GUARANTEES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS 25

Pati 1: General principles

Restrictions on borrowing, guarantees and other commitments

66. (1) An institution to which this Act applies may not borrow money or issue a
guarantee, indemnity or security, or enter into any other transaction that binds or may
bind that institution or the Revenue Fund to any future financial commitment, unless 30
such borrowing, guarantee, indemnity, security or other transaction—
(a) is authorised by this Act; and
(b) in the case of public entities, is also authorised by other legislation not in
conflict with this Act.
(2) Only the following persons may borrow money, or issue a guarantee, indemnity or 35
security, or enter into any other transaction that binds or may bind the Revenue Fund to
any future financial commitment:
(a) Transactions that bind or may bind the National Revenue Fund: the Minister
or, in the case of the issue of a guarantee, indemnity or security, the
responsible Cabinet member acting with the concurrence of the Minister in 40
terms of section 70.
(3) Public entities may only through the following persons borrow money, or issue a
guarantee, indemnity or security, or enter into any other transaction that binds or may
bind that public entity to any future financial commitment:
(a) A public entity listed in Schedule 2: The accounting authority for that 45
Schedule 2 public entity.
(b) A national government business enterprise listed in Schedule 3 and authorised
by notice in the national Govenlment Gazette by the Minister: The accounting
authority for that government business enterprise, subject to any conditions
the Minister may impose. 50
(c) Any other national public entity: The Minister or, in the case of the issue of a
guarantee, indemnity or security, the Cabinet member who is the executive
authority responsible for that public entity, acting with the concurrence of the
Minister in terms of section 70.
52 X(). 19s14 G()\’I;RNh!EXT GAZI<TTE. 2 A1,ARCH 19YY

Act N(). 1, 1999 PL”BLIC FINANCE hlANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

(4) Constitutional institutions may not borrow money. nor issue a guarantee.
indemnity or security, nor enter into any other transaction that binds or may bind the
entity to any future financial commitment.
(5) Despite subsection (4), the Minister may in writing permit a public entity
mentioned in subsection (3)(c) or a constitutional institution to borrow money for 5
bridging purposes up to a prescribed limit, including a temporaw bank overdraft> subject
to such conditions as the Minister may impose.
(6) A person mentioned in subsection (2) or (3) may not delegate a power conferred
in terms of that subsection. except v’ith the prior written approval of the Minister.
(7) A public entity authorised to borrow money— 10
(a) must annually submit to the Minister a borrowing programme for the year;
and
(b) may not borrow money in a foreign currency above a prescribed limit, except
when that public entity is a company in which the state is not the only
shareholder. . 15

Consequences of unauthorised transactions

68. If a person, otherwise than in accordance with section 66, lends money to an
institution to which this Act applies or purports to issue on behalf of such an institution
a guarantee, indemnity or security, or enters into any other transaction which purports to
bind such an institution to any future financial commitment, the state and that institution 20
is not bound by the lending contract or the guarantee, indemnity, security or other
transaction.

Regulations on borrowing by public entities

69. The Minister may by regulation in terms of section 76 regulate the borrowing of
money by or for or on behalf of public entities referred to in section 66 (3) (b) and (c), 25

Guarantees, indemnities and securities by Cabinet members

70. (1) A Cabinet member, with the written concurrence of the Minister (given either
specifically in each case or generally with regard to a category of cases and subject to
any conditions approved by the Minister), may issue a guarantee, indemnity or security
which binds— 30
(a) the National Revenue Fund in respect of a financial commitment incurred or
to be incurred by the national executive; or
(b) a national public entity referred to in section 66(3)(c) in respect of a financial
commitment incurred or to be incurred by that public entity.
(2) Any payment under a guarantee, indemnity or security issued in terms of— 35
(a) subsection (1)(a), is a direct charge against the National Revenue Fund, and
any such payment must in the first instance be defrayed from the funds
budgeted for the department that is concerned with the issue of the guarantee,
indemnity or security in question; and
(b) subsection (1)(b), is a charge against the national public entity concerned. 40
(3) A Cabinet member who seeks the Minister’s concurrence for the issue of a
guarantee, indemnity or security in terms of subsection (1)(a) or (b), must provide the
Minister with all relevant information as the Minister may require regarding the issue of
such guarantee, indemnity or security and the relevant financial commitment.
(4) The responsible Cabinet member must at least annually report the circumstances 45
relating to any payments under a guarantee, indemnity or security issued in terms of
subsection (1)(a) or (b), to the National Assembly for tabling in the National Assembly.
i4 N(}. 19814 GC)\:ERXhlENT GAZETTE.. 2 hf.4RCH 199Y

!\ct No. 1.1999 PUBLIC RN.ANCE MANAGEMENT ACT. ! 999

Part 2: bans by national govern)nent

Purposes for which Minister may borrow money

71. The Minister may borrow money in terms of section 66(2)(a) for the following
purposes only:
(a) To finance national budget deficits; 5
(b) to refinance maturing debt or a loan paid before the redemption date;
(c) to obtain foreign currency;
(d) to maintain credit balances on a bank account of the National Revenue Fund;
(e) to regulate internal monetary conditions should the necessity arise; or
(f) any other purpose approved by the National Assembly by special resolution. 10

Signing of loan agreements

72. The Minister, on conditions determined by the Minister, may authorise another
person to sign a loan agreement when the Minister borrows money in terms of section
66(2)(a).

Interest and repayments of loans to be direct charges 15

73. The following payments in connection with loans are direct charges against the
National Revenue Fund:
(a) the repayment of money borrowed by the Minister in terms of section 66(2)(a)
or repaid in terms of section 74;
(b) the interest payable on money borrowed; and 20
(c) any costs associated with such borrowing and approved by the National
Treasury.

Repayment, conversion and consolidation of loans

74. The Minister may, on such terms and conditions as the Minister may determine,
and, when necess~, with the concurrence of the lender— 25
(a) repay any loan prior to the redemption date of that loan;
(b) convert the loan into any other loan; or
(c) consolidate two or more loans into an existing or new loan.

Obligations from lien over securities

75. Neither the Minister, nor the National Treasury is responsible for the fulfillment of 30
any obligation resulting from any lien, whether expressed, implied or construed, held
over any security issued in terms of this Act, despite the fact that the Minister or the
National Treasury was notified of the lien.

CHAPTER 9

GENERAL TREASURY MATTERS 35

Treasury regulations and instructions

76. (1) The National Treasury must make regulations or issue instructions applicable
to departments, conceming—
(a) any matter that must be prescribed for departments in terms of this Act;
(b) the recovery of losses and damages; 40
(c) the handling of, and control over, trust money and property;
(d) the rendering of free services;
(e) the writing off of losses of state money or other state assets or amounts owed
to the state:
? (? X(). 19s14 GO\’ERNMENT GAZETTE. 2 MARCH 1999

Act N(). 1.1999 PUBLIC ~N.AXCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

(f) liability for losses and dama&es and procedures for recovery;
(g) the cancellation or variation of contracts to the detriment of the state;
(h) the settlement of claims by or against the state;
(;) the waiver of claims by the state;
(~) the remission of money due to the Revenue Fund, refunds of revenue and 5
payments from the Revenue Fund, as an act of grace;
(k) the alienation, letting or other disposal of state assets; and
(1) gifts or donations by or to the state.
(2) The National Treasury may make regulations or issue instructions applicable to
departments.
, conceminr— 10
(a) any matter th~t may be prescribed for departments in terms of this Act;
(b) the charging of expenditure against particular votes;
(c) the establishment of and control over trading entities;
(d) the improvement and maintenance of immovable state assets;
(e) fruitless and wasteful, unauthorised and irregular expenditure; 15
V) the determination of any scales of fees, other charges or rates relating to
revenue accruing to, or expenditure from, a Revenue Fund;
(g) the treatment of any specific expenditure;
(h) vouchers or other proofs of receipts or payments, which are defective or have
been lost or damaged; 20
(i) assets which accrue to the state by operation of any law; or
(j) any other matter that may facilitate the application of this Act.
(3) Regulations in terms of sub~ection ( 1) or (2)-may prescribe matters for which the
prior approval of a treasury must be obtained.
(4)The National Treasury may make regulations or issue instructions applicable to d] 25
institutions to which this Act applies conceming—
(a) any matter that may be prescribed for all institutions in terms of this Act;
(b) financial management and internal control;
(c) the determination of a framework for an appropriate procurement and
provisioning system which is fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and 30
cost-effective;
(d) audit committees, their appointment and their functioning;
(e) internal audit components and their functioning;
W) the administration of this Act; and
(g) any other matter that may facilitate the application of this Act. 35
(5) A treasury regulation or instruction in terms of this section may—
(a) differentiate between different categories of—
(i) institutions to which this Act applies;
(ii) accounting officers; or
(iii) accounting authorities; or 40
(b) be limited in its apphcation to a specific category of—
(i) institutions to which this Act applies;
(ii) accounting officers; or
(iii) accounting authorities.

Audit committees 45

77. An audit committee—

must consist of at least three persons of whom, in the case of a department—
(i) one must be from outside the public service;
(ii) the majority may not be persons in the employ of the department, except
with the approvrd of the treasury; and 50
(iii) the chairperson may not be in the employ of the department;
must meet at least twice a year; and
may be established for two or more departments or institutions if the treasury
consider it to be more economical.
 Act No. 1, 1999 PL’BLIC FIS.4XCE hl.4NAGEMENT ACT. 1999

.. Publishing OF draft treasury regulations for public comment

78. Draft regulations in terms of section 76 must be published for public comment in
the national Government Ga:ette before their enactment.

Departures from treasury regulations, instructions or conditions

79. The National Treasun may on good grounds approve a departure from a treasury 5
regulation or instruction or any condition imposed in terms of this Act and must
promptly inform the Auditor-General in writing when it does so.

Determination of interest rates for debt owing to state

80. (1) The Minister, by notice in the national Government Gazette, must deter-
mine— 10
(a) a uniform interest rate applicable to loans granted out of the Revenue Fund;
and
(b) a uniform interest rate applicable to dl other debts which must be paid into the
Revenue Fund .
(2) An interest rate determined in terms of subsection (1)(b) may differentiate 15
between different categories of debt.

CHAPTER 10

F~ANCUL MISCONDUCT

Part 1: Dkciplinaq proceedings

Financial misconduct by ofici~ in departments and constitutional institutions 20

81. (1) An accounting 05cer for a department or a constitutional institution

commits an act of financial misconduct if that accounting officer willfully or
negligently—
(a) fails to comply with a requirement of section 38,39,40,41 or 42; or
(b) makes or permits an unauthorised expenditure, an irregular expenditure or a 25
fruitless and wasteful expenditure.
(2) An official of a department, a trading entity or a constitutional institution to whom
a power or duty is assigned in terms of section 44 commits an act of financial
misconduct if that 05cial willfully or negligently fails to exercise that power or perform
that duty. 30

Financial misconduct by trasury officials

82. An official of the treasury to whom a power or duty is assigned in terms of section
10 commits an act of financial misconduct if that official willfully or negligently fails to
exercise that power or perform that duty.

Financial misconduct by accounting authorities and o5cials of public entities 35

83. (1) The accounting authority for a public entity commits an act of financial
misconduct if that accounting authority willfully or negligently—
(a) fails to comply with a requirement of section 50,51, 52,53, 54 or 55; or
(b) makes or permits m irregul= expenditure or a fruitless and wasteful
expenditure. 40
(2) If the accounting authority is a board or other body consisting of members, every
member is individually and severally liable for any financial misconduct of the
accounting authority.
(3) An official of a public entity to whom a power or duty is assigned in terms of
section 56 commits an act of financial misconduct if that o5cial willfully or negligently 45
fails to exercise that power or perform that duty.
(4) Financial misconduct is a ~ound for dismissal or suspension of, or other sanction
against, a member or person referred to in subsection (2) or (3) despite any otier
legislation.
6(J N() 19814 G()\’ERN-MENT GAZE”l-I”L. 2 MAKLH I YYY
Act No. 1.1999 PUBLIC mNANCE MANAGEMENT ACT. 1999

Applicable legal regime for disciplinary proceedings

84. A charge of financial misconduct against an accounting officer or official referred

to in section 81 or 83, or an accounting authority or a member of an accounting authority
or an official referred to in section 82, must be investigated, heard and disposed of in
terms of the statutory or other conditions of appointment or employment applicable to 5
that accounting officer or authority, or member or official, and any regulations prescribed
by the Minister in terms of section 85.

Regulations on financial misconduct procedures

85. (1) The Minister must m*e regulations prescribing—

(a) the manner, form and circumstances in which allegations and disciplinary and 10
criminal charges of financial misconduct must be reported to the National
Treasury and the Auditor-General, including—
(i) particulars of the alleged financial misconduc~ and
(ii) the steps t&en in connection with such financial misconduct;
(b) matters relating to the investigation of allegations of financial misconduct; 15
(c) the circumstances in which the National Treasury may direct that disciplin~
steps be t~en or criminal charges be laid against a person for financial
misconduct;
(d) the circumstances in which a disciplin~ board which hears a charge of
financial misconduct must include a person whose name appears on a list of 20
persons with expertise in state finances or public accounting compiled by the
National Treasury;
(e) the circumstmces in which the findings of a disciplinary board and any
sanctions imposed by the board must be reported to the National Treasury, and
the Auditor-General; and 25
~) any other matters to the extent necessary to facilitate the object of this
Chapter.
(2) A regulation in terms of subsection(1) may—
(a) differentiate between different categories of—
(i) accounting officers; 30
(ii) accounting authorities;
(iii) officials; and
(iv) institutions to which this Act applies; and
(b) be limited in its application to a particular category of accounting officers,
accounting authorities, 05cials or institutions only. 35

Part 2: Criminal proceedings

Offences and penalties

86. (1) An accounting officer is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a

fine, or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years, if that accounting officer
willfully or in a grossly negligent way fails to comply with a provision of section 38, 39 40
or 40.
(2) An accounting authority is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine,
or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years, if that accounting authority
wilfully or in a grossly negligent way fails to comply with a provision of section 50, 51
or 55. 45
(3) Any person, other than a person mentioned in section 66(2) or (3), who purports
to borrow money or to issue a guarantee, indemnity or security for or on behalf of a
department, public entity or constitutional institution, or who enters into any other
contract which purports to bind a department, public entity or constitutional institution
to any future financial commitment, is guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a 50
fine or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years.
Act No. 1. 1999 PC’B1.lC FIS.-$XCE MA NAGELfEST ACT. 1999

CHAPTER 11

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD

Establishment

87. ( 1 ) The Minister by regulation in terms of section 91 must establish a board to

be known as the Accounting Standards Board.
(2) The Accounting Standards Board is a juristic person.

Composition

88. (l) The Accounting Standards Board consists of no more than 10 members as
the Minister may determine.
(2) The Minister, after consulting the Auditor-General, appoints the members of the 10
Board.
(3) The Board may establish its own operating procedures.

Functions of Board

89. (1) The Accounting Standards Board must—

(a) set standards of generally recognised accounting practice as required by 15
section 216( l)(a) of the Constitution, for the annual financial statements of—
(i) departments;
(ii) public entities;
(iii) constitutional institutions;
(iv) municipalities and boards, commissions, companies, corporations, funds 20
or other entities under the ownership control of a municipality; and
(v) Parliament;
(b) prepare and publish directives and guidelines concerning the standards set in
terms of paragraph (a);
(c) recommend to the Minister effective dates of implementation of these 25
standards for the different categories of institutions to which these standards
apply; and
(d) perform any other function incidental to advancing financial reporting in the
public sector.
(2) In setting standards the Board must take into account all relevant factors, 30
including—
(a) best accounting practices, both locally and internationally; and
(b) the capacity of the relevant institutions to comply with the standards.
(3) The Board may set different standards for different categories of institutions to
which these standards apply. 35
(4) The standards set by the Board must promote transparency in and effective
management of revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities of the institutions to which
these standards apply.

Powers of Board

90. The Accounting Standards Board may do all that is necessay or expedient to 40
perform its functions effectively, which includes the power t%
(a) determine its own staff establishment and appoint employees to posts on its
staff establishment;
(b) obtain the services of any person or entity to perform any specific act or
function; 45
(c) confer with any person or entity;
(d) acquire or dispose of any tight in or to property, but ownership in immovable
property may be acquired or disposed of only with the consent of the Minister;
(e) insure itself against any loss, damage, risk or liability;
m perform legal acts, or institute or defend any legal action in its own name; 50
(g) do research and publish reports; and
(h) do anything that is incidental to the exercise of any of its powers.
04 ho, IY814 G O V E R N M E N T GAAE”l-J’k. L MAKLH IYYY

Act No. 1$ 1999 P~TBLIC m~,~~CE MANAGEMENT ACT. t 9Y9

Regulations on accounting standards of Board

91. (1) The Minister, after consulting the Auditor-General, may m~e regulations—
(a) concerning the qualifications, remuneration, term of office and removal of
members of the Accounting Standards Board, the filling of vacancies, the
chairperson of the Board, and the finances and administration of the Board; 5
(b) prescribing the standwds set by the Board in terms of section 89; and
(c) concerning any other matter that may facilitate the proper functioning of the
Board or the implementation of those standards.
(2) The Minister must consult the Board on the implementation date of a regulation
made in terms of subsection (1)(b). 10
(3) Different regulations may be made in terms of subsection (1)(b) for different
categories of institutions to which the standards set in terns of section 89 apply.
(4) Draft regulations prescribing standards in terms of subsection (1)(b) must be
published for public comment in the national Government Gazette before their
enactment. 15

C~PTER 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Exemptions

92. The Minister, by notice in the national Government Gazette, may exempt any
institution to which this Act applies, or any category of those institutions, from any 20
specific provisions of this Act for a period determined in the notice.

Transitional provisions

93. (1) Anything done in terms of a provision of the Exchequer Act, 1975 (Act No.
66 of 1975), which can be done in terms of a provision of this Act, must be regarded as
having been done in terms of this Act. 25
(2) All treasury regulations and instructions made or issued in terms of the
Exchequer Act, 1975, remain in force until repealed in terms of section 76 of this Act.
(3) Until the Accounting Standards Board is established, the National Treasury may
perform the functions of the Board.
(4) The provisions of the Revenue Funds Interim Amangements Act, 1997 (Act No. 95 30
of 1997), despite the fact that they have lapsed, must be regarded as forming part of this
Act until 1 April 2000.

Repeal of legislation

94. The legislation mentioned in Schedule 6 is repealed to the extent specified in the
third column. 35

Short title and commencement

95. This Act is called the Public Finance Management Act, 1999, and t&es effect on
1 April 2000 except—
(a) Chapter 11 and section 93(4), which tke effect on the date of publication of
this Act; and 40
(b) those provisions determined by the Minister by notice in the national
Government Gazette, which will t&e effect on a date determined in the notice,
but which may not be a date later than 1 April 2003.
(>() .\,) IYN14 \, .,, , .!.!...,!,’., . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . .

.tct No. 1.1999 PL’BI.IC FIS.AXCE hfAN,\GE,MENT .ACT. 1099

SCHEDULE 1

CONSTITUTIONAL INSTITUTIONS

1. The Public Protector.

2. The Human Rights Commission.
3. The Commission for the Promotion and Protection of the Rights of Cultural,
Religious and Linguistic Communities. ‘
4. The Commission for Gender Equality.
5. The Independent Electoral Commission.
6. The Independent Broadcasting Authority.
7. The Financial and Fiscal Commission.
8. The Commission on the Remuneration of Persons Holding Public Office.
9. The Pan South African Language Board.
10, The Municipal Demarcation Board.
 SCHEDULE2

NIAJOR PUBLIC ENTITIES

1. Air Tmffic and Navigation Services Company

2. Ai~orts Company
3. Alexander Bay Development Corporation
4, Armaments Corporation of South Africa
5 Atomic Energy Corporation of South Africa Limited
6: Centrdl Energy Fund
7. DENEL
8. Development Bank of Southern Africa
9. ESKOM
10. Independent Development Trust
11, Industrial Development Coloration of South Africa Limited
12. Land and Agricultural Bank of South Africa
13. SA Abattoir Corporation
14. SA Broadcasting Commission
15. SA Forestry Company Limited
16. SA Post Ofice Limited
17. Telkom SA Limited
18. Transnet Limited
19. Trans-Caledon Tunnel Authority
20. Any subsidiary or entity under the ownership control of the above public
entities
/(1 ..(,. If’.,+

,\ct N{). 1. 1999 P1”BLIC FIS.+SCE \l,\S.4GEMENT ,4 Cr. 19Y9

SCHEDULE3

OTHER PUBLIC ENTITIES

Part A: National Public Entities

1. Accounting Standards Board

7-. Agricultural Credi[ Board
3 Agricultural Reseach Council
4. Air Services LicensinE Council
5. Board on Tariffs and Trade
6. Competition Board
7. Certification Council for Technikon Education
8. Commission for Conciliation, Mediation & Arbitration
9. Compensation Board
10. Council for Geoscience
11. Council for Mineral Technology (Mintek)
12. Council for Nuclear Safety
13. Council for Scientific and Industrial Research
14. Financial Services Board
15. Human Sciences Research Council
16. Judicial Services Commission
17. Legal Aid Board
18. National Agriculture Marketing Council
19. National Economic, Development and Labour Council
20. National Electricity Regulator
21. National Film Board
22. National Housing Bowd
23. National Housing Finance Co~oration
24. National Monuments Council
25. National Parks Board
26. National Road Fund
27. National Small Business Council
28. National Youth Commission
29. Road Accident Fund
30. SA Bureau of Standards
31. SA Certification Council
32. SA Civil Aviation Authority
33. SA Housing Development Board
34. SA Housing Fund
35. SA Housing Trust Limited
36. SA Medical Research Council
37. SA Qualifications Authority
38. SA Revenue Service
39. SA Road Board
40. SA Road Safety Council
41. SA Telecommunications Regulatory Authority
42 SA Tourism Board
43. State Information Technology Agency
44. Unemployment Insurance Fund
45. Wage Board
46. Water Research Commission
47. Any subsidiary or entity under the ownership control of the above public
entities

Part B: National Government Business Enterprises

1. Albaniekus Waterraad
2. Bala-Bala Farms (Pty) Ltd
3. Bloem Water
4. Bosveld Waterraad
5. Goudveld Water
6. Iniala Farms (Pty) Ltd
 (;()\ERNMF,NT GAZETTF;. ~ NfAR~H I ~~’)
-. \,, 19>14

PL”BLIC FISANCE 3!.ANAGEF4ENT ACT. 1999

,\~t so. 1.1999

7. Kal;~hari-Oos \Fatemaad
8. Kalahari-Wes \Fatemaad
9. Karos-Geelkoppen Watemaad
10. Khula Enterprises
Il. Lanok (ptY) ‘td
12. MagalieS Water
13. Mhlathuze W a t e r
14. Mjindi Farming (Pty) Ltd
15. Mpendle-Ntambanana Agricultural Company (Pty) Ltd
16. Namakwa Water
17. Ncera F a r m s (Pty) Ltd
18. Noord Transvaal Water / Meetse
19. Ntsika Ente~rises
20. Overberg Walter
21. pelladrift Water
22. Phalaborwa Water
23. Rand Water Board
24. SA Rail Commuter Corporation Limited
25. Umgeni Water Bowd
26. Any subsidiary or entity under the ownership control of the above public
entitieS
Act No. 1, 1999 PIBLIC FI\.ANCE h14NAGEMENT ACT. 19QC)

SCHEDULE 4

EXCLUSIONS FROM REVENUE FUNDS

(In terms of section 13(l)(g))

1. SA Schools Act (covering school fees)

SCHEDULE 5

DIRECT CHARGES AGAINST NATIONAL REVENUE FUND

Payments in terms of the following Acts:

1. Remuneration of Public Office Bearers Act, 1998 (Act No. 20 of 1998) (Covering
the President’s salary and the salaries of members of Parliament sections 2(7) and
3(7));
2. Remuneration and Allowances of Deputy Presidents, Ministers and Deputy
Ministers Act, 1994 (Act 53 of 1994) (Covering the salary of the Deputy President
section 4(a));
3. Judges’ Remuneration and Conditions of Employment Act, 1989 (Act 88 of 1989)
(Covering salaries and allowances of Judges and Judges seconded to governments
of other countries in terms of section 2).
,ict No. 1.1999 PVBLIC FfNANCE NIANAGEMENT .ACT. 1999

SCHEDULE 6

REPEAL OF LEGISLATION

(Section 87)

No. and year of act Short title Extent of repeal

(a) Act No. 66 of 1975 Exchequer Act. 1975 The whole. except sections 28, 29.
30
Act No. 106 of 1976 Financial Arrangements with the The whole
Transkei Act, 1976
Act No. 93 of 1977 Financial Arrangements with The whole
Boputhtastwana Act. 1977
Act No. 105 of 1979 Flrrancial Arrangements with Vends The whole
Act. 1979
Proclamation No. R.85 of South West Africa Constitution Act, Part 3
1968 1968 (Act No. 39 of 1968)
Act No. 67 of 1980 Railways and Harbours Acts Section 19
Amendment Act, 1980
Act No. 29 of 1981 Railways and Harbours Acts Section 21
Amendment Act, 1981
Act No. l180f 1981 Financial Arrangements with Clskei The Whole
Act, 1981
Act No. 100 of 1984 Exchequer and Audit Amendment The whole
Act. 1984
Act No. 9 of 1989 Legal Succession of the South Afri- Schedule 2 Part 6 of the act insofar
can Transpon Services Act, 1989 as it relates to the Exchequer Act,
1975
Act No. 120 of 1991 Finance Act, 1991 Sections 14, 15 and 16
Act No. 96 of 1992 Parr Appropriation Acts Abolition The whole
Act, 1992
Act No. 69 of 1993 Exchequre Amendment Act, 1993 The whole
Act No. t 23 of 1993 Finance Act. 1993 The whole
Act No. 142 of 1993 Exchequer Second Amendment Act, The whole
1993
Act No. 182 of 1993 Exchequer Third Amendment Act, The whole
1993
Act No. 41 of 1994 Finance Act, 1994 Sec~ions 17 and 18
(b) Act No. 93 of 1992 Reporting by Public Entities Act, The whole
1992
(C) Act No. 66 of 1975 Exchequer and Audit Act, 1975 The whole insofar as it is in force
in the area of the former Republic
of Transkei
Act No. 102 of 1976 Finance Act. 1976 Sections 23, 24 and 25 insofar as it
is in force in the area of the former
Republic of Transkei
(d) Act No. 29 oi 1992 Exchequer ACI, 1992 The whole
(Bophuthatswana)
Act No. 16 of 1993 Exchequer Amendment Act, 1993 The whole
(Bophuthatswana)
(e) Act No, 66 Oi 1975 Exchequer and Audit Act, 1975 The whole insofar as it is in force
in the mea of the former Republic
oi Vends
Act No. I I 1 of 1977 Finance Act, 1977 Sections 9, 10 and } 1 insofar as it
is in force in the area of the former
Republic oi Vends
Acl No, 94 of 1978 Finance Act, 1978 Sections 12, 13 and 14 insofar as it
is in force in the area of the former
Republic of Vends
 .,, l.)>,- tiOVk KNMLN 1 LT.ALLI lb. J MAKLH IYVY

,\cf No. 1, 1999 PLBLIC ~NANCE MANAGEMENT ACT, 1999

No. and year of act Short title Extent of repeal

Proclamation No. R.85 of Exchequer and Audit Proclamation SectIons 16 and 17 insofar as it is
I I in force in the area of the former I
I Republic of Vends
ACI No. 21 of 1983 (Vends) Exchequer and Audit Amendment The whole
\ Act, 1983 I
Act No. 18 of 1987 (Vends) Exchequer and Audit Amendment I The whole
\ Act, 1987
Act No. 28 of 1989 (Vends) Exchequer and Audit Amendment I The whole
Act, 1989
Proclamation No. 25 of 1993 Exchequer and Audit Amendment The whole
(Vends) Act, 1993
(f) Act No. 28 of 1985 Exchequer and Audit Act, 1985 The whole
(Ciskei)
L
ECSA Associations: Recognised Voluntary Associations

These Voluntary Associations applied for recognition in terms of section 36(1) of the Engineering
Profession Act, 2000 (Act 46 of 2000) and were recognised by the Council in terms of Section 25(3) of
the above Act.

One of the benefits of recognition is that registered members of a Recognised Voluntary Association
(Categories A and B only) enjoy partial exemption from payment of their ECSA annual fees. Expiry date
for these Voluntary Associations below is five (5) years from the date of recognition. They are listed in
alphabetically order according to their acronyms, for ease of reference.

CATEGORY A

Association Aeronautical Society of South Africa (AeSSA)

Telephone (012) 662 5113

Fax (012) 641 2706

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA A0022

Association Association of Mine Managers of South Africa (AMMSA)

Telephone (011) 498 7547/7678

Fax (011) 834 3804

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA A0031
Association Association of Mine Resident Engineers (AMRE)

Telephone (011) 498 1377

Fax (011) 834 3804

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA A0032

Association Clinical Engineering Association Of South Africa (CEASA)

Telephone (021) 918 1583

Fax 086 681 1845

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 26 August 2010

Reference VA A0040

Association Concrete Society of Southern Africa (CSSA)

Telephone (012) 348 5305

Fax (012) 348 6944

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA A0019
Association Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers South African Section (IEEE)

Telephone (CPD): (021) 650 4490

CPD Email: [email protected]

Fax 086 618 0900

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 22 August 2013

Reference VA A0036

Association Institute of Professional Engineering Technologists (IPET)

Telephone (011) 787 9706

Fax (011) 787 9706

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 October 2010

Reference VA A0004

Association Institution of Certificated Mechanical and Electrical Engineering (ICMEESA )

Telephone (011) 615 4304

Fax 0866 718 533

E-Mail [email protected] ;[email protected]

Date Recognised 24 November 2010

Reference VA A0002
Association Institution of Municipal Engineering of Southern Africa (IMESA)

Telephone (031) 266 3263

Fax (031) 266 5094

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 14 April 2011

Reference VA A0003

Association International Council on Systems Engineering (SA Chapter) (INCOSE SA)

Telephone (012) 841 3403

Fax (018) 841 3179

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 22 June 2012

Reference VA A0030

Association Lift Inspectors Association of South Africa (LIASA)

Telephone (031) 208 1367

Fax 086 512 7278

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 15 March 2012

Reference VA A0026
Association National Society of Black Engineers (NSBE)

Telephone (033) 345 0783/0778/1583

Fax (033) 345 1856

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 23 May 2013

Reference VA A0037

Association Society For Asphalt Technology (SAT)

Telephone (011) 709 8420

Fax 086 637 9844

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 26 August 2010

Reference VA A0043

Association Society of Telkom Engineers (STE)

Telephone (012) 311 4480

Fax (012) 311 1850

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 22 August 2013

Reference VA A0035
Association South African Colliery Engineers’ Association (SACEA)

Telephone (011) 498 7100/7533

Fax (013) 655 2339

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 May 2016

Reference VA A0005

Association South African Colliery Managers Association (SACMA)

Telephone (011) 498 7678/(012) 307 4086

Fax (012) 307 5357

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA A0029

Association South African Institute of Agricultural Engineers (SAIAE)

Telephone (012) 842 4009

Fax (012) 842 4317

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA 0020
Association South African Institute of Electrical Engineers (SAIEE)

Telephone (011) 487 3003

Fax 086 645 1586

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 14 April 2011

Reference VA A0008

Association South African Institute of Marine Engineers and Naval Architects (SAIMENA)

Telephone (031) 274 1800

Fax (031) 205 5238

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA A0010

Association South African Institute of Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning (SAIRAC)

Telephone (011) 392 6630

Fax (041) 466 0608

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 10 May 2012

Reference VA A0028
Association South African Institution of Chemical Engineers (SAIChE)

Telephone (011) 704 5915

Fax 086 672 9430

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA A0007

Association South African Institution of Civil Engineering (SAICE)

Telephone (015) 297 7207

Fax (011) 805 5971

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA A0006

Association Southern African Asset Management Association (SAAMA)

Telephone (012) 665 3387

Fax (012) 665 3322

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA A0025
Association Southern African Institute for Industrial Engineers (SAIIE)

Telephone (012) 420 6478

Fax (011) 899 3277

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA A0009

Association Southern African Institute of Mining And Metallurgy (SAIMM)

Telephone (011) 834 1273/7

Fax (011) 838 5923

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 14 April 2011

Reference VA A0011

Association The Chamber of Engineering Technology (COET)

Telephone (011) 787 1302

Fax (011) 787 1302

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 October 2010

Reference VA A0001
Association The South African Institution of Mechanical Engineering (SAIMechE)

Telephone (011) 615 5660

Fax (011) 388 5356

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 May 2016

Reference VA A0021

Association South African National Committee on Large Dams (SANCOLD)

Telephone (012) 460 9100

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 December 2014

Reference VA A0046

Association South African Society for Railway Engineering (SASRE)

Telephone (012) 842 5616

Fax (012) 842 6235

E-Mail [email protected]@transnet.net

Date Recognised December 2014

Reference VA A0047
Association Lifting Equipment Engineering Association of South Africa (LEEASA)

Telephone (011) 7891302

Fax (011) 7891302

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised December 2014

Reference VA A0048

CATEGORY B

Association South African Black Technical & Allied Careers Organisation (SABTACO)

Telephone (011) 403 2165

Fax 086 672 6735

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 23 May 2013

Reference VA B0045

Association South African Federation of Hospital Engineers (SAFHE)

Telephone (012) 841 3007

Fax (012) 841 3539

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA B0023
Association South African Institute of Draughting (SAID)

Telephone (021) 975 5191

Fax (021) 532 0261

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 22 August 2013

Reference VA B0033

Association Society for Automation Instrumentation Measurement and Control (SAIMC) NPC

Telephone 011 312 2445 / 086 107 2462

Fax 086 651 5238

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA B0024

Association Water Institute of Southern Africa (WISA)

Telephone (011) 805 3537

Fax (011) 315 1258

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 12 June 2008

Reference VA B0038
CATEGORY C

Association Association of Municipal Electricity Undertakings (AMEU)

Telephone (011) 061 5000

Fax (011) 789 1385

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0027

Association Built Environment Professions Export Council (BEPEC)

Telephone (012) 362 0522

Fax 086 668 7880

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 24 November 2010

Reference VA C0044

Association Consulting Engineers South Africa (CESA )

Telephone (011) 869 4200

Fax (011) 463 7383

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 May 2016

Reference VA C0013
Association Illumination Engineering Society of South Africa (IESSA)

Telephone (011) 476 4171

Fax (011) 476 2178

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0012

Association Institute of Quarrying Southern Africa (IQSA)

Telephone (011) 704 5037

Fax (011) 791 7655

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0014

Association
Institute of timber construction (ITC)

Telephone (011) 974 1061

Fax (011) 392 6155

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0015
Association South African Forum of Civil Engineering Contractors (SAFCEC)

Telephone (011) 418 6300

Fax (011) 450 1715

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0017

Association South African Flameproof Association (SAFA)

Telephone (011) 872 4225

Fax (011) 872 5101

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 19 May 2016

Reference VA C0016

Association South African Fluid Power Association (SAFPA)

Telephone (011) 465 1126

Fax 086 503 4524

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 June 2015

Reference VA C0039
Association South African Institute of Steel Construction (SAISC)

Telephone (011) 726 6111

Fax (011) 482 9644

E-Mail [email protected] ; [email protected] m

Date Recognised 11 August 2011

Reference VA C0018

Association South African Institute of Welding (SAIW)

Telephone (011) 298 2100

Fax (011) 836 4132

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 22 August 2013

Reference VA C0034

Association South African Road Federation (SARF)

Telephone (011) 394 9025

Fax 011) 403 7736

E-Mail [email protected]

Date Recognised 4 December 2014

Reference VA C0042
Association Southern African Society For Trenchless Technology (SASTT)

Telephone (012) 567 4026

Fax (012) 567 4026

E-Mail [email protected]; [email protected]

Date Recognised 26 August 2010

Reference VA C0041

Category A
Associations whose membership consists of natural persons who, subject to the applicable provisions of
Rule 4, are –

 practising in any particular discipline or sub-discipline of engineering; or

 practising in any particular category of registration contemplated in section 18 of the Act.

Category B
Associations whose membership consists of natural persons who, subject to the applicable provisions of
rule 5, are –

 practising in engineering or in any of the professions in the built environment contemplated in

section 1(iv) of the Council for the Built Environment Act, 2000; or

 practising in engineering or in any of the scientific professions contemplated in Section A and B

of Schedule I of the Natural Scientific Professions Act, 1993 (Act No. 106 of 1993).

Category C
Associations whose membership consists of juristic persons, including sole proprietors, who, subject to
the applicable provisions of rule 6, are engaged in carrying out work of an engineering nature.